mp:V3.0.0 Ontwerp medicatieproces 9 ENG: verschil tussen versies

Uit informatiestandaarden
Ga naar: navigatie, zoeken
(Changing medication)
(Consolidation process)
 
(46 tussenliggende versies door 8 gebruikers niet weergegeven)
Regel 1: Regel 1:
 
__NUMBEREDHEADINGS__
 
__NUMBEREDHEADINGS__
{{DISPLAYTITLE:Functional Design Medication Process 9 version 3.0.0 English version}}
+
{{DISPLAYTITLE:Functional Design Medication Process 9 version 3.0.0-rc.2 English version}}
{{IssueBox|'''<big>Deze pagina is in ontwikkeling. </big>'''}}
+
[[Bestand:NL.jpg|50px]]  [https://informatiestandaarden.nictiz.nl/wiki/mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9 Klik hier voor de Nederlandse live-versie]<br> <br>
[[Bestand:ENG.jpg|50px]]  [[mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|This is the ENG version]] <br> <br>
+
__NUMBEREDHEADINGS__
[[Bestand:NL.jpg|50px]]  [[mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9|Klik hier voor de NL versie]]<br> <br>
+
=<span class="anchor" id="inleiding"></span>Introduction=
For an overview of relevant wiki pages for Medication Process see [[Landingspagina_Medicatieproces]]
+
This document is part of the {{#lst:mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|informatiestandaard medicatieproces}} (MP9), developed within the {{#lst:mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|website medicatieoverdracht}}. During the {{#lst:mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|kickstart}} the working method described in the information standard is tested and, if necessary, adjusted.
  
=Introduction=
+
==General information==
 +
This document describes the functional design (FD) of the {{#lst:mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|informatiestandaard medicatieproces}}. It describes the recording and exchange of medication data and illustrates this with specific practical examples. This is explained using the concepts of actors (people and information systems) and transactions (what information is exchanged, when, and how).<br>
 +
For more information about information standards and how they are developed, see the Nictiz webpage for {{#lst:mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|informatiestandaarden}}. The {{#lst:mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|begrippenoverzicht}} on the Nictiz website and the {{#lst:mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|begrippenlijst}} on the Medication Transfer programme website explain the terms used in this FD.<br>
  
This document is the functional design for the Medication Process Information Standard (in Dutch: 'Informatiestandaard Medicatieproces'). It provides a general description as well as a description of specific practical situations. The recording and exchange of information is described for specific situations using actors (people, information systems) and transactions (which information is exchanged when).  
+
Links to the {{#lst:mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|technisch ontwerp}} can be found here.
  
Target groups for this document:  
+
==Target audience==
*Health professionals
+
The target audience for this document consists of:
*Information analysts and architects
+
* Product managers, architects, designers, builders and testers of:
*Software suppliers
+
:: - suppliers of medication-related information systems.
 +
:: - healthcare organisations and regional organisations.
 +
:: - Nictiz.
 +
* Representatives of health professionals and patients.
  
==Scope and vision==
+
==Frameworks and principles==
 +
===Legislation===
 +
The transfer of medication data as described in this document complies with legislation and regulations. Sending a medication agreement combined with a dispense request corresponds to a prescription as defined in the Medicines Act. Further explanation can be found in {{#lst:mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|NEN7503}}. The {{#lst:mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|richtlijn}} also contains an explanation of the legal requirements for the exchange of medication data.
  
This document has been produced within the Medication process program. The Medication process program aims first to take away existing obstacles in the medication process, while taking into account current legislation and the possibility of obtaining tangible results in the foreseeable future.  
+
===Guideline and process===
 +
In 2020, the revised quality standard {{#lst:mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|richtlijn}} was published by the Dutch Healthcare Institute. The objective is described as follows:<br>
 +
‘The transfer of medication data within the patient's network, so that prescribers, pharmacists, and administrators can provide continuity of care and make responsible risk assessments for safe medical and pharmaceutical care at the time of prescribing, dispensing, and administering within the chain.’<br>
  
One of the main obstacle entails the lack of insight in the actual medication use of patients. This is partly due to the fact that therapeutic and logistical information are often mixed, which results in the medication history becoming unclear. The following distinction between therapy and logistics exists:  
+
The accompanying {{#lst:mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|informatieparagraaf}} provides a general description of the recording and exchange of medication data. The information standard elaborates on this in detail. The medication process broadly consists of the following sub-processes:
 +
* Prescribe
 +
* Dispense
 +
* Administer
 +
* Use
 +
The medication verification sub-process is also important in this regard.
 +
[[#mp|Chapter 5, Medication Process,]] describes the care process.
  
* '''Therapy''' covers the medical side. This includes medication (and treatment) agreements, as well as the corresponding support and implementation. Therapeutic intention, (actual) medication use, self-medication and pharmacotherapy are also covered by the term ‘therapy’ as it is defined in this document.
+
===Scope of the information standard===
* '''Logistics''' covers the physical flow of medicinal products, including requests, planning and dispense. This also includes medication supply and the medication use.  
+
The scope of the information standard covers the functional descriptions (this FD) and the dataset for all data exchanges within all sub-processes in the medication process (in {{#lst:mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|ART-DECOR}}).
  
The program has taken into account current legislation and feasibility within the foreseeable future. The vision goes beyond the scope of the Medication process program and lays the foundations for a situation where a dispense request is no longer required. The ultimate objective is for prescribers to only have to concern themselves with the therapeutic side (which medicinal product, which strength, which dosage, when to start, etc.). It will no longer be necessary to create a dispense request. Instead, the prescriber will make medication agreements directly with the patient. Based on these medication agreements, the pharmacist will take care of the logistical process, eliminating the need for a dispense request altogether. Because of legislation this is not (yet) possible. The Medication process program does however take the first necessary step in the right direction.
+
==Qualification==
 +
A qualification script is drawn up based on this FD and the accompanying dataset. Drawing up qualification scripts falls outside the scope of this FD. For more information, see the Nictiz page on {{#lst:mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|kwalificatie}} and the landing page of the {{#lst:mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|kickstart}}.
  
 
==Reading guide==
 
==Reading guide==
 +
===Use cases and scenarios in this FD===
 +
Within Nictiz, information standards are generally described on the basis of use cases. In these information standards, a use case is defined as a description of a practical situation in healthcare that is linked to a scenario. A scenario is a coherent group of transactions for the exchange of data.<br>
 +
The FD for MP9 deals with the healthcare-wide exchange of medication data between a large number of different parties involved and in a variety of healthcare situations. Within MP9, therefore, different use cases with associated scenarios may occur in a single sub-process. A scenario may also apply to more than one sub-process. Furthermore, MP9 pays a lot of attention to the recording of data, in addition to its exchange.<br>
 +
A different structure has therefore been chosen for MP9:<br>
 +
* [[#informatieoverdracht|Chapter 3 Information transfer]] provides an overview of the scenarios with their transactions, and the system roles required for this. It indicates in which sub-processes these occur.
 +
* The description of the care process is provided in [[#mp|Chapter 5 Medication process]]. For each sub-process, it indicates which system roles are required.
  
The following paragraph introduces the main building blocks and the terminology used in this document. Detailed descriptions of the various processes (prescribe, dispense, administer, medication use) are given in [[#Medication process|Chapter 2]]. The purpose of the descriptions is to clarify how healthcare processes function in an ideal situation; which process steps are needed; which actors are participating; which information applies and which moments of exchange exist. The process descriptions follow a fixed format:
+
===Chapter overview===
 +
[[#inleiding|Chapter 1 Introduction]] provides general information about the FD of MP9.<br>
 +
[[#concept|Chapter 2 Conceptual model]] describes the underlying conceptual model on which MP9 is based: the reason for developing this model, principles, definitions and working method.<br>
 +
[[#informatieoverdracht|Chapter 3 Information exchange]] provides an overview of the relevant information systems, system roles, scenarios and transactions, and the building blocks involved.<br>
 +
[[#consolideren|Chapter 4 Consolidation: what, why and how]] describes what consolidation is and what the associated rules are for MP9.<br>
 +
[[#mp|Chapter 5 Medication Process]] describes the broad outline of the process, the sub-processes involved and how medication data is used, recorded and exchanged within it.<br>
 +
[[#aanvullende info|Chapter 6 Additional Information]] contains text that has not been included elsewhere, and references to relevant documentation outside this FD.
  
*Current situation <br />This paragraph describes the relevant differences between the current situation and the desired situation ('soll') in accordance with this information standard. Any obstacles will be described here.
+
===Examples on separate pages===
*Process description with the paragraphs:  
+
Due to the length of this FD, the practical examples have been moved to pages outside this main page. There is a page with [[mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG/praktijkvoorbeelden|all examples]] and separate pages with examples per sub-process or sub-topic.<br>
** ''Precondition''<br />The conditions that must be met before the process is started.  
+
In addition, there are [[mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG/aanvullende_documentatie#Overige_voorbeelden|several other pages]] with further explanations in the form of examples.
** ''Trigger Event''<br />The event that starts the process.
 
** ''One or more process steps''<br />Description of part of the process.  
 
**''Post-condition''<br />The conditions that are met after the process steps have been carried out.
 
**''Use cases''<br />List of use cases associated with a specific subprocess. The use cases are detailed in [[#Description of use cases|Chapter 4]].  
 
**''Information sytems and transaction groups'',<br />This paragraph describes the information systems, system roles, transactions and transaction groups related to the process steps. All information concerning information systems and transaction groups is also included in [[#Information systems and transactions|Chapter 7]].  
 
  
[[#Domain-specific handling of the medication process|Chapter 3]] describes a number of domain-specific interpretations of the medication process, for instance those of the thrombosis service and those related to service observation services in an ambulatory situation. [[#Description of use cases|Chapter 4]] describes several use cases in more detail. The practical situations are derived from general medical practice in a large number of cases but are illustrative of similar situations in a different setting. The use cases are classified according to subprocess, as indicated in [[#Medication process|Chapter 2]].<br>  
+
===<span class="anchor" id="beta"></span>Functionalities in beta version===
[[#Medication overview and inference rules|Chapter 5]] describes how a medication profile can be constructed from the different building blocks. [[#Information systems and transactions|Chapter 7]] includes an overview of all information systems, system roles, transactions and transaction groups. Guidelines for the functionality of the various information systems have been detailed in [[#Functionality|Chapter 8]].
+
In the previous publication of the FD and the dataset, some functionalities were incorrectly given the version designation 'release candidate 1'. This concerns the proposal data (see [[#mp voorstelgegevens|section 5.6]]) and the functionalities in the Administer sub-process (see [[#Deelproces Toedienen|section 5.4]]).<br>
 +
In this publication of the FD and the dataset, these functionalities are therefore published as beta versions, as they still need to be tested. This is in accordance with Nictiz's Sustainable Release Policy.
  
In this document, Dutch terminology is used for the medication building blocks: 'medicatieafspraak' (MA), 'verstrekkingsverzoek' (VV), 'toedieningsafspraak' (TA), 'medicatieverstrekking' (MVE), 'medicatietoediening' (MTD), 'medicatiegebruik' (MGB), 'medicatieverbruik' (MVB) (see Table 1 for the English translations). Dutch terminology for the medication building blocks is consistently used even in translated documents, as a translation may not refer to exactly the same entity.
+
===Writing conventions===
 +
The following writing conventions are followed in this FD:
 +
* The medication building blocks are written as abbreviations. Only when they are first introduced and in section titles are the full names written out. The aim is to make the text shorter and more readable, especially in the case of long names such as ’variable dosing regimen’ or ’reply proposal dispense request’.
 +
* Data elements of the building blocks and values from value lists are written as they appear in the dataset in {{#lst:mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|ART-DECOR}}, including capital letters. This ensures that it is always clear what is meant.
 +
* In this FD, the term ’patient’ is used to refer to both patients and clients.
 +
* In this FD, the term ’supplier’ is used. A supplier is a pharmacist or dispensing general practitioner who carries out the dispensing process or under whose responsibility it takes place.
  
==Introduction of relevant terms==
+
===Repeated text blocks===
 +
Various pieces of text may appear in multiple places in the FD. This concerns information that is relevant in different paragraphs. This is particularly the case in Chapter 5. Examples include:
 +
* Instructions for completing a data element that appears in both the MA and the TA.
 +
* Texts about GDS that appear in various paragraphs of Chapter 5 are summarised in a separate section 5.8.
 +
In such cases, the text is copied from the first paragraph in which it appears. This ensures that any changes are made in the same way in every instance.
  
===Therapeutic and logistical building blocks===
+
=<span class="anchor" id="concept"></span>Conceptual model=
 +
This chapter explains the model that forms the basis of MP9.<br>
 +
Section 2.1 discusses the reasons for developing this model.<br>
 +
Section 2.2 explains the basic principles.<br>
 +
Section 2.3 describes the medication building blocks and the proposal data.<br>
 +
Section 2.4 introduces the concept of ‘pharmaceutical treatment’ and its functional application.<br>
 +
Section 2.5 explains the interrelationships between building blocks and medication treatment.<br>
 +
Section 2.6 describes how these building blocks can be exchanged.
  
The use cases include a description of the process and the data elements associated with it. Related data elements are grouped together in a Clinical Information Model (CIM) or Clinical Building Block (CBB) (in Dutch: 'zorginformatiebouwsteen' - zib). The dataset details the data elements of which these zibs consist; data elements may have been added to the zibs in keeping with the clinical context and care process. The data set includes the complete set of definitions of the data elements of the building blocks. The building blocks together with their data elements can be used in various scenarios for arranging/modelling healthcare applications or for defining interfaces for data exchange.
+
==Reasons for developing the conceptual model==
 +
Registration and communication of medication data are largely done digitally. Over time, various problems have come to light. This was investigated in a project by the NHG and KNMP in 2012-2013. The conclusion was that therapeutic and logistical aspects are intertwined in the recording and communication of medication data. In addition, there is a lack of a clear and shared conceptual framework.<br>
  
The different building blocks are shown in the figure below. They have been ordered according to process and subprocesses, and according to therapy versus logistics.  
+
The above has been elaborated in a report, {{#lst:mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|bouwstenen medicatieproces}} from 2014. This report describes a conceptual model in which therapeutic and logistical data are separated. This model forms the basis for the MP9 information standard. The texts in this chapter are partly based on this report.
  
{{anchor|figuur 1}}
+
==Principles of the conceptual model==
[[Bestand:Figuur 1 Bouwstenen - overzicht.png|Figuur 1 Buildingblocks- overview]]
+
The conceptual model was developed using the sub-processes in the medication process as a starting point:
 +
* prescribe
 +
* dispense
 +
* administer
 +
* use
 +
During these sub-processes, information is generated that is recorded in the form of medication building blocks. A building block in an information standard is a collection of related data elements surrounding a specific concept within a specific context, for example a medication agreement in the medication process. These data elements describe the data required for a clear and unambiguous representation of this concept.<br>
 +
The various medication building blocks represent steps in the patient’s medication process: prescribing a medicine (medication agreement, dispense request, variable dosing regimen), followed by dispensing (administration agreement, medication dispense), administering (medication administration) and using (medication use) that medicine.<br>
 +
During a sub-process, the data elements of the relevant building block are filled in as far as possible and relevant. This results in a concrete instance of that building block.<br>
 +
Instances of building blocks can be exchanged digitally: either by actively sending them to another health professional, or by making them available for consultation by another health professional and the patient, at any given moment (see [[#push/pull|section 2.6]]). This allows a health professional to access all of a patient's medication data at any time, as intended in the quality standard {{#lst:mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|richtlijn}}.<br>
 +
A full explanation of the conceptual model can be found in the original report {{#lst:mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|bouwstenen medicatieproces}}.
  
The table below provides a description of the building blocks. The four additional concepts ‘voorstel medicatieafspraak’ (therapeutic), 'antwoord voorstel medicatieafspraak' (therapeutic), ‘voorstel verstrekkingsverzoek’ (logistics) and ‘antwoord voorstel-verstrekkingsverzoek’ (logistics) are also described.  
+
==Medication building blocks and proposal data==
 +
This section describes the medication building blocks and proposal data. After the initial introduction, the Dutch abbreviations for the building blocks are used throughout, except in section titles.
  
 +
===<span class="anchor" id="bouwstenen"></span>Therapeutic and logistical building blocks===
 +
Within the medication building blocks, a distinction is made between therapy and logistics:<br>
 +
 +
'''Therapy'''<br>
 +
This concerns the medical aspects. It includes, among other things, the medication (treatment) agreements and their implementation. The therapeutic intention, the (actual) use and self-medication also fall under this category.<br>
 +
The therapeutic building blocks are: medication agreement (MA), administration agreement (TA), variable dosing regimen (WDS), medication administration (MTD) and medication use (MGB).<br>
 +
 +
'''Logistics'''<br>
 +
This concerns aspects relating to the physical flow of medicines, such as requests and deliveries.<br>
 +
The logistical building blocks are: dispense request (VV) and medication dispense (MVE).<br>
 +
<br>
 +
Figure 2.1 shows the medication building blocks, divided into sub-processes and distinguishing between therapy and logistics.<br>
 +
 +
{{anchor|figuur FOH1}}
 +
[[Bestand:Bouwstenen_Engels_20231018.png|750px|Figure 2.1 Medication building blocks - overview]]<br>
 +
''<small>Figure 2.1  Overview of therapeutic and logistical medication building blocks</small>''<br>
 +
<br>
 +
The table below provides a description of these building blocks.
 
{{anchor|tabel 1}}
 
{{anchor|tabel 1}}
 
{| class="wikitable" "cellpadding="10"
 
{| class="wikitable" "cellpadding="10"
! style="text-align:left;"| Building blocks in Dutch
+
! style="text-align:left;"| Building block
! style="text-align:left;"| Abbr. in Dutch
+
! style="text-align:left;"| Abbr.
! style="text-align:left;"| Building blocks in English
 
 
! style="text-align:left;"| Description
 
! style="text-align:left;"| Description
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| Medicatieafspraak
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| medicatieafspraak<br>medication agreement
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| MA
+
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| MA
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| Medication agreement
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| A medication agreement is an agreement between the prescriber and the patient regarding the use of medication by that patient. An agreement to discontinue or modify medication use is also a medication agreement.
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 'Medicatieafspraak' is the prescriber’s proposal for medication use with which the patient agrees. An agreement to discontinue medication is also a 'medicatieafspraak'<ref>This document only uses the term medicatieafspraak, which therefore also indicates the clinical equivalent provisional medication order</ref>.
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| Wisselend doseerschema
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| wisselend doseerschema<br>variable dosing regimen
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| WDS
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| WDS
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| Variable dosing regimen
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| The variable dosing regimen provides concrete details for the instructions for use section of a medication agreement. The dosing regimen can be modified in the interim without having to change the medication agreement.
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 'Wisselend doseerschema' contains the dosing instruction as composed by an (external) prescriber. In the 'wisselend doseerschema' the element 'instructions for use' from the 'medicatieafspraak' is further specified. The 'wisselend doseerschema' can be adapted without changing the 'medicatieafspraak'.  
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| Verstrekkingsverzoek
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| verstrekkingsverzoek<br>dispense request
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| VV
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| VV
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| Dispense request
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| A dispense request is the prescriber's request to the supplier to dispense medication to the patient in line with the corresponding medication agreements.
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 'Verstrekkingsverzoek' is the request from a prescriber to a pharmacist to supply the patient with one or more medicinal products in support of the current 'medicatieafspraak'/'medicatieafspraken'<ref>The verstrekkingsverzoek building block is not applicable in the clinical setting. Dispensing medication is handled in different ways in the clinical setting. Replenishment of, for example, a department’s supply is not considered a medicatieverstrekking, but rather an extension of the pharmacist’s stock. Medicatieverstrekking only takes place when the link between the medication and patient has been made. In clinical situations, administration often takes place immediately afterwards.</ref>.
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| Toedieningsafspraak
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| toedieningsafspraak<br>administration agreement
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| TA
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| TA
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| Administration agreement
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| An administration agreement contains the instructions for medication use from the supplier to the patient, their representative or administrator. With an administration agreement, the medication agreement is specified in concrete terms.
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 'Toedieningsafspraak' contains the instructions for medication use (or administration) from the pharmacist to the patient (or his representative or administrator), adding to the 'medicatieafspraak'<ref name="MO">A provisional medication order, as it is used in hospitals, is both the request from the physician to the administrator to administer medication to the patient as a verstrekkingsverzoek to the pharmacist to ensure that the medication is available for the administrator. This last part corresponds to the medicatieafspraak and the verstrekkingsverzoek from the first line. In addition, the hospital pharmacist usually carries out a validation of the administration request (this creates the final medication order which is called a toedieningsafspraak here). The provisional medication order is therefore not the same as a proposal from, for example, from a nurse on the basis of a protocol that has not yet been approved by a physician. </ref>.
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| Medicatieverstrekking
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| medicatieverstrekking<br>medication dispense
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| MVE
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| MVE
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| Medication dispense
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| A medication dispense is the provision of a supply of a medicine to the patient, their representative or administrator.
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 'Medicatieverstrekking' is the provision of a supply of medicinal product to the patient or his administrator or representative.
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| Medicatietoediening
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| medicatietoediening<br>medication administration
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| MTD
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| MTD
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| Medication administration
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| A medication administration is the separate administration of a medicine to the patient by the administrator.
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 'Medicatietoediening' is the registration of the individual administrations of the medicinal product to the patient by the person who administers them (such as a nurse or the patient himself) in relation to the agreements made.
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| Medicatiegebruik
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| medicatiegebruik<br>medication use
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| MGB
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| MGB
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| Medication use
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| medication use is a statement about the historical, current or intended use of a medicine by the patient. The statement can be recorded by the patient themselves, but also by a health professional or a representative of the patient.
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 'Medicatiegebruik' is a statement about historical, current or intended use of a medicinal product<ref>Use may have been preceded by medicatietoediening. Registration of medicatiegebruik, for example after medicatietoediening of rabies vaccinations or infusion is not obvious.</ref>.
+
|}
|-
+
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| Medicatieverbruik
+
===Proposal data===
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| MVB
+
A health professional or patient may wish to submit a proposal for a new MA or VV. Proposal data have been introduced to support this. In this FD and the dataset, the proposal data are published as a beta version (see [[#beta|section 1.5.4]]).<br>
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| Medication consumption
+
<br>
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 'Medicatieverbruik' is the logistical perspective on medication use. It describes how long a (partial) supply of medicinal products has lasted or will last for a patient<ref>From one-time to a certain period. The building block ‘Medicatieverbruik’ has not been detailed any further in this information standard.</ref>.
+
The table below provides a description of these proposal data.
 +
 
 +
{{anchor|tabel 1}}
 +
{| class="wikitable" "cellpadding="10"
 +
! style="text-align:left;"| Building block
 +
! style="text-align:left;"| Abbr.
 +
! style="text-align:left;"| Description
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| Voorstel medicatieafspraak
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| voorstel medicatieafspraak<br>proposal medication agreement
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| VMA
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| VMA
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| Proposed medication agreement
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| The proposal medication agreement is a proposal made by a health professional or the patient to the prescriber regarding the prescription of medication. The proposal may involve stopping, starting, changing or continuing medication.
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 'Voorstel medicatieafspraak' is a recommendation or request from the pharmacist, prescriber or the administer to the presciber of the MA about the agreed upon or to be agreed upon medication.The recommendation request may include discontinuing, starting or modifying medication. The patient is unable to send a VMA.
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| Antwoord voorstel medicatieafspraak
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| antwoord voorstel medicatieafspraak<br>reply proposal medication agreement
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| AVMA
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| AVMA
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| Reply proposed medication agreement
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| The reply proposal medication agreement is a response from the prescriber to the proposal medication agreement. In this response, the prescriber indicates whether they agree (after which an (adjusted) medication agreement will follow) or disagree (and the reason for this).
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 'Antwoord voorstel medicatieafspraak' is a replay from the prescriber to the 'voorstel medicatieafspraak'.
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| Voorstel verstrekkingsverzoek
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| voorstel verstrekkingsverzoek<br>proposal dispense request
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| VVV
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| VVV
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| Proposed dispense request
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| The proposal dispense request is a proposal from a health professional or the patient to the prescriber to approve the dispensing of medication for the corresponding medication agreement.
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 'Voorstel verstrekkingsverzoek' is a proposal from the pharmacist to the prescriber to approve one or more 'medicatieverstrekking'/'medicatieverstrekkingen' in support of the current 'medicatieafspraak'/'medicatieafspraken'. This is comparable with the current situation of submitting the authorization form or combined prescription or submitting a repeat prescription for signing. The patient may also submit a 'voorstel verstrekkingsverzoek' to the prescriber.  
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| Antwoord voorstel‐verstrekkingsverzoek
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| antwoord voorstel verstrekkingsverzoek<br>reply proposal dispense request
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| AVVV
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| AVVV
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| Reply proposed dispense request
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| The reply proposal dispense request is a response from the prescriber to the proposal dispense request. In this response, the prescriber indicates whether they agree (after which a dispensing request will follow) or disagree (and the reason for this).
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 'Antwoord voorstel-verstrekkingsverzoek' is a reply from the prescriber to the 'voorstel verstrekkingsverzoek'.
+
|}
|}<small>Table 1 Building blocks – description</small>
 
  
===Medication overview===
+
A proposal may result in a new MA or VV. An AVMA or AVVV is always sent to the proposer.<br>
See [[#Medication overview and inference rules|Chapter 5]] for more information about these overviews, the applicable building blocks and how a medication profile/current overview can be compiled.  
+
A proposal is only intended for the prescriber to whom the proposal is addressed, not for the rest of the chain. They are therefore not building blocks (as in [[#bouwstenen|section 2.3.1]]) with which an overview of medication can be constructed, even though they are included in the dataset in ART-DECOR. They therefore do not fall under an MBH (see section 2.4).<br>
 +
[[#mp voorstelgegevens|Section 5.6]] explains the use of the proposal data in more detail.
  
==='Medicamenteuze behandeling'===
+
===Medication building blocks and Health and Care Information Models===
 +
Health and Care Information Models (Dutch: zorginformatiebouwstenen or zibs) are conceptual models. Every information standard uses these as building blocks. However, zibs are context-independent and it may be necessary to add additional information to information standards in order to clarify that context. As a result, there are some differences between the medication building blocks in this FD and the medication zibs. For more information about zibs, see {{#lst:mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|zibs}}.
  
The different medication building blocks represent steps in the medication process, from prescribing a medicinal product (MA and/or VV), followed by dispensing it (TA and/or MVE) up to and including administering and using the medicinal product. The model is designed in such a way that therapeutic building blocks and logistical building blocks are separated from each other.<br>
+
==The concept of ‘pharmaceutical treatment’==
'''Scope'''<br>
+
This section introduces the concept of ‘pharmaceutical treatment’ (Dutch: medicamenteuze behandeling or MBH) and its functional application.
In order to be able to give a name to the interdependence of the medication building blocks, the concept of ‘pharmaceutical treatment’ (in Dutch: 'medicamenteuze behandeling' - MBH) is introduced.<br>
 
:'''Medicamenteuze behandeling' is a '''technical concept''' in the information standard. Its purpose is'':<br>
 
:#''To unambiguously identify the set of interdependent medication building blocks, and''<br>
 
:#''To apply rules to it to unambiguously determine the present situation''.<br>
 
The functional application of the concept of 'medicamenteuze behandeling' is as follows:<br>
 
*Medication (or 'medicamenteuze behandeling') is started by creating a first MA as part of a new 'medicamenteuze behandeling'.
 
*Medication (or 'medicamenteuze behandeling') is discontinued by creating a new MA within the same 'medicamenteuze behandeling' (stop-MA).
 
*Medication (or 'medicamenteuze behandeling') is modified by:
 
#Discontinuing the existing MA and
 
#Creating a new changed MA as part of the same 'medicamenteuze behandeling'. The starting date of this new MA may also be in the future.  
 
  
Prescribing a new medicinal product always results in a new MA. An MA is always related to a single 'medicamenteuze behandeling'. For the time being, the PRK level (Prescription Code from the G-standard) of the medicinal product determines whether the MA belongs to a new or an existing 'medicamenteuze behandeling'. This may be extended to the SNK level (Substance Name Code from the G-standard) in the future, which would mean that changes in strength or between medicinal products from the same group no longer lead to a new 'medicamenteuze behandeling'. A detailed description can be found in [[#Process step: Making a medication agreement|paragraph 2.2.5 Process step: Making a medicatieafspraak]].
+
===Pharmaceutical treatment as a technical concept===
 +
There may be several medication building blocks that relate to the same treatment. The concept of ‘pharmaceutical treatment’ has been introduced to indicate that these building blocks belong together. This concerns a '''''technical concept'''''. An MBH has no meaning in terms of care content. It takes the form of a unique identification number ('''id''') that is linked by an information system to a building block or collection of related building blocks. The term ’pharmaceutical treatment’ is abbreviated as MBH.<br>
  
Exceptions:
+
The MBH makes the following possible:
*Products without PRK (a non-medicine such as crutches or bandages). In this case the HPK level (Trade Product Code from the G-standard) determines if the MA will lead to a new 'medicamenteuze behandeling'.
+
# The unambiguous identification of the collection of related medication building blocks.
*Medication without PRK (magistrals often consist of several substances that are not covered by the same PRK, these substances are included separately as ingredients in the MA). Every magisterial or adaptation to it falls under a 'medicamenteuze behandeling'.
+
# The application of rules to a collection of building blocks, in order to unambiguously determine the current situation of a patient with regard to their treatment with a particular medicine (see [[#consolideren|Chapter 4]]).
*Own articles without PRK (articles listed in the internal information system under 90 million numbers stored, such as half tablets, commonly used magistrals). Any item or adaptation to this falls under a 'medicamenteuze behandeling'.
 
*Intravenous (IV) therapy (still be selected).
 
  
'''Examples'''<br>
+
===<span class="anchor" id="starten nieuw MBH"></span>Starting a new pharmaceutical treatment===
Five examples illustrate the scope of a 'medicamenteuze behandeling':<br>  
+
Starting a pharmaceutical treatment involves recording an initial building block. This initiates a new MBH. The initial building block will usually be an MA, but it could also be a TA or MGB that is used to record self-care medication, or an MTD if medication needs to be administered immediately in an acute situation.<br>
*Diazepam, 5 mg, 1 tablet 4x daily is changed to diazepam, 5 mg, 1 tablet 3x daily. The PRK level of both products is the same, they are both part of the same 'medicamenteuze behandeling'.  
+
When recording a new building block, it must first be checked whether it concerns new medication, or whether a building block with the same product already exists. This may exist in one’s own information system, but also in information systems elsewhere.<br>
*Paroxetin tablet, 10 mg, 1 tablet 1x daily, is changed to paroxetin tablet, 20 mg, 1 tablet 1x daily. This is a modification of an MA with two different medicinal products at the PRK level. This change requires that the first 'medicamenteuze behandeling' is discontinued and a new 'medicamenteuze behandeling' is started.  
+
A thorough check therefore requires consulting all available building blocks (for an explanation of consulting, see [[#push/pull|section 2.6]] and [[#informatieoverdracht|Chapter 3]]). These building blocks are then checked:
*A gastroprotective drugs has been agreed upon in a treatment with prednisone: prednisone and gastroprotective drugs are two different medicinal products, which are used parallel to each other and their use can be modified and discontinued independently of each other. This means they are not part of the same 'medicamenteuze behandeling'.
+
* If there is no existing building block for this medicine, a new MBH is created.
*Switching from a beta blocker to an ACE inhibitor means a new PRK and this is achieved by discontinuing the 'medicamenteuze behandeling' of the beta blocker and starting a new 'medicamenteuze behandeling' for the ACE inhibitor.  
+
* If a building block exists for the same medicine, the new building block will usually fall under the same MBH. However, the health professional must have the option of choosing to start a new MBH.<br>
*When there is no PRK and the composition of the medicinal products in the MA changes (any change in the ingredients), the existing 'medicamenteuze behandeling' is discontinued and a new 'medicamenteuze behandeling' is started. This applies, for example, to extemporaneous preparations, drips and proprietary products.<br>  
 
  
'''Creation of a 'medicamenteuze behandeling''''<br>
+
Figure 2.2 shows a flow chart for determining whether a new building block should be recorded in a new or existing MBH.<br>
A schematic overview of how a 'medicamenteuze behandeling' (MBH) is set up can be seen in the figure below. When a new building block (MA, TA, VV, MVE, MTD or MGB) is created, a check is first performed to determine whether this is a new medication or if there already is a current building block with the same product. This applies to all building blocks, both proprietary or third parties’. In most information systems, the user of the information system will indicate that he wants to change one of the existing medication building blocks or wants to introduce new medication. In that case, it is easy to find out whether there already is a 'medicamenteuze behandeling' that includes the building block.
+
<br>
*If there is no existing building block for this medication, a new building block with a new 'medicamenteuze behandeling' is created.
 
*If there is an existing building block with a 'medicamenteuze behandeling', the user of the information system is asked whether the new building block and the existing building block belong to the same treatment. When this is the case, the same 'medicamenteuze behandeling' will be used. When the building blocks do not belong to the same treatment, a new 'medicamenteuze behandeling' will be created.  
 
{{anchor|figuur 2}}
 
[[Bestand:Ontstaan_MBH.png|500px|Figuur 2 Ontstaan medicamenteuze behandeling]]
 
  
 +
[[Bestand:Nieuwe MBH Flowchart ENG.png|500px|Figure 2.2 Flow chart for starting an MBH]]<br>
 +
''<small>Figure 2.2  Flow chart recording new building block in new or existing MBH</small>''<br>
 +
<br>
 +
<u>When is medication considered to be ‘the same medicine’ or ‘the same treatment’?</u><br>
 +
When recording an MA, the PRK (Prescription Characteristics from the G-Standard) of a medicine determines whether this MA belongs to a new or existing MBH. A different PRK leads to a different MBH. An explanation of which characteristics are important at this level can be found on the webpage {{#lst:mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|ruggengraat}}.<br>
 +
<u>'''NB'''</u>: The fact that a change in PRK leads to a new MBH only applies to the MA. A supplier could choose a medicine with a different PRK, for example because of a preference policy. The associated TA and MVE will have the same MBH as the MA.<br>
 +
The other building blocks follow the MA or TA to which they refer.<br>
 
<br>
 
<br>
'''Parallel occurrence of 'medicatieafspraken''''<br>
+
The following applies to products without a PRK:
Within a 'medicamenteuze behandeling', several MAs may be active simultaneously. These are all MAs that are valid ('current') at this time or that will become valid in the future. In principle, only one MA is valid at any time in a 'medicamenteuze behandeling'. However, there are a number of situations where parallel MAs are conceivable:
+
* '''Non-medicinal products.''' These are items such as crutches or bandages. In these cases, the HPK level (Trade Product Characteristics from the G-standard) determines whether it is a new product and therefore a new MBH.
#The same medicinal product, but a different strength, where the total strength should essentially be prescribed in one agreement.  
+
* '''Medicines.''' These may include:
#Related (different) medicinal products that are given together, but that should be considered as a whole when evaluating treatment.  
+
:* Magistral preparations. These usually consist of several substances that do not fall under the same PRK. These substances are included separately as ingredients in the MA. Each individual magistral preparation or modification* thereof falls under a new MBH.
#Technical omissions in information systems. For example, in the case of complicated dosing schedules or combination drips.<br>  
+
:* Own items without PRK. These are items that may be stored in the internal information system under a 90 million number, for example half tablets or frequently used magistral preparations. Each individual item or modification* thereof falls under a new MBH.
 +
:* Medicines prescribed in free text and for which no product or ingredient code from the G-Standard is available. Each modification* to the product falls under a new MBH.
 +
:* Infusions. A provisional working method has been developed for Kickstart; see the page {{#lst:mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|Werkwijze infusen}}.<br>
  
'''Situation 1''' In this situation, it was decided to combine one or more products in the same MA by entering the products as ingredients. This is comparable to extemporaneous preparations. However, the instructions for use for all these products must be identical.<ref>In practice several MAs (with different PRKs) are often combined into a single product instead of a single MA with underlying the composition.</ref><br>
+
For these products too, the rules only apply when recording an MA, not for TAs and MVEs. If and insofar as the supplier is permitted to deviate from the medication described in the MA, this does not lead to a new MBH.<br>
'''Situation 2''' is solved in different ways in different information systems, each with their own grouping mechanisms. It concerns the correlation between different medicamenteuze behandelingmedicamenteuze behandelings. The information standard does not provide a universal grouping mechanism.<br>
 
'''Situation 3''' is the only situation in which parallel medicatieafspraken are permitted under one medicamenteuze behandelingmedicamenteuze behandeling. Complex phasing-in and phasing-out schedules and combination drips may be included in one medicatieafspraak, but not all information systems support this. For those information systems, it is permitted to create parallel medicatieafspraken within a single medicamenteuze behandelingmedicamenteuze behandeling.<br>
 
  
===Correlation between building blocks and 'medicamenteuze behandeling'===
+
<nowiki>*</nowiki><small>In principle, 'modification' means: Modifications that would lead to a different PRK for products with PRK and thus would fall under a new MBH, also lead to an adjustment of the MBH for these products. This rule is primarily intended to ensure consistency. Where this leads to implementation problems, a workable solution must be sought in consultation between users and suppliers.</small>
  
The figure below shows the correlations between building blocks and the MBH. The relations between building blocks and the MBH as well as the relations between the building blocks themselves are described as follows:
+
'''Examples'''
*Building blocks belong to a single MBH. An MBH includes at least one MA and may include zero or more of the following building blocks VV, WDS, TA, MVE, MGB and MTD. Unless, for example, self-medication has been recorded with MGB or in case a paper prescription has been submitted, a drug treatment can exist without an MA, but with MGB or TA. A MBH will never cease to exist, but it may no longer be effective when there are no current building blocks linked to it. A VMA, AVMA, VVV and AVVV are not yet part of a MBH as these are still a draft/proposal that may or may not lead to a final MA or VV linked to an MBH. A VMA may lead to zero (if the recommendation is not followed), one or more MAs and a VVV may lead to zero (if the proposal is not honoured), one or more VVs.
+
* Diazepam 5 mg 4x daily 1 tablet is changed to diazepam 5 mg 3x daily 1 tablet. The PRK remains the same, so both MAs fall under the same MBH.
*An MBH may also only have a stop-MA in addition to, for example, an MGB building block. For example, in the event that a health professional asks a patient to stop using free available medicine (self-care medication or over-the-counter (OTC) medication). The health professional records the use of the self-care medication in an MGB building block and discontinues the use by creating a stop-MA (stop-MA belonging to the same MBH).
+
* Paroxetine tablet 10 mg once daily 1 tablet is changed to paroxetine tablet 20 mg once daily 1 tablet. The corresponding MAs relate to different medicines at PRK level and therefore fall under different MBHs.
*An MA may refer to the previous MA or a TA or MGB on which it is based. This may also be an MA, TA or MGB that belongs to another MBH. It is possible that no digital MA is available (e.g. paper prescription [[#Paper prescription|paragraph 4.1.17]]). This MA must then be created. This MA may refer to the TA or MGB. A pharmacist is never the source of an MA but he may have a copy.  
+
* As a precaution, a stomach protector has been agreed upon for treatment with prednisone. Although these are prescribed in parallel, they are different medicines. They are therefore not covered by the same MBH and can be changed and discontinued separately.
*In principle, only one MA is valid at any one time in an MBH. Only when there are technical omissions in information systems, for example in case of complicated dosing schedules or combination drips, parallel MAs are allowed (see also the previous section).  
+
* Switching from a beta blocker to an ACE inhibitor means a change in PRK. The corresponding MAs fall under different MBHs.
*An MA is supported by zero (if there is still enough supply or if no medication dispense is needed), one or more (when there is, for example, continuous medication) VVs.
 
*A VV is based on the current MA and any existing corresponding TA in an MBH. There may be several.
 
*A VV refers to one or more MAs (for example, in the case of an interim dosage increase, a VV can be made that replenishes the supply for the existing MA and also starts the supply for the future MA).  
 
*A VV may result in zero (for example when the patient does not pick up the medication) to several MVEs.
 
*A MA may result in zero, one or multiple WDS's.
 
*Multiple (possibly parallel) TAs may be based on the same MA (for example, when a pharmacist switches to a different commercial product or when the medicinal product is supplied as two or more medicinal products with different strengths, with the total strength remaining the same). When a paper prescription is submitted and the MA and the VV are not available in digital form, there is a TA without an MA.
 
*An MA does not always have to lead to a TA, for example when no VV is required with a short use MA, when the patient still has sufficient stock.
 
*A TA is supported by zero (when there is enough supply), one or more MVEs.
 
*An MVE is based on a MA (and TA) and, in an ambulatory situation, on a VV. The exception are over-the-counter (OTC/self-medication) sales for the purpose of self-care medication: these have no MAs and no VVs. Self-care medication provided by the pharmacist may be recorded by that pharmacist as a TA with MVE, or as MGB by a random health professional or by the patient himself.
 
*An MVE may support multiple TAs.
 
*An MA or a TA may be followed by a new MA or TA. This may be the case when existing medication is changed (modification of MA and/or TA) or when MGB is discontinued (stop-MA/TA).
 
  
 +
====Parallel pharmaceutical treatments for the same medication====
 +
As described above, when recording a new building block, it must be checked whether an MBH already exists for this medication. However, there may still be situations where parallel MBHs exist for the same medication.<br>
 +
Examples include:
 +
* The patient has not given permission for their medication data to be made available.
 +
* During migration and in hybrid situations, building blocks for the same treatment may be recorded in different information systems under different MBHs.
 +
* Emergency situations in which the MA is recorded in the MBH opened by the MTD, after the administration of medication. If an MA already existed for that medication, there are now two MBHs with building blocks for that medication.<br>
 +
Merging of related building blocks that are recorded under different MBHs is described in the {{#lst:mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|implementatiehandleiding migratie en hybride}}.
  
{{anchor|figuur 2}}
+
===<span class="anchor" id="stoppen en wijzigen"></span>Stopping and modifying medication within a pharmaceutical treatment===
[[Image: Datamodel_MP92.PNG|800px|Figuur 2 - Datamodel Medicatieproces]]
+
Once a building block has been completed and exchanged, it cannot be modified. If modifications are necessary, they are made as follows:<br>
  
===Informing and (actively) making available===
+
<u>Stopping</u><br>
[[#Medication process|Chapter 2]] describes the medication process. This includes process steps labelled ‘Inform’ or (actively) make available’. The table below includes a detailed description of the reason for this. [[#Medication process|Chapter 2]] further elaborates on situations in which information is actively sent or made available. <br>
+
* To discontinue medication, the associated agreements (MA, TA) must be stopped by recording a stop-building block within the same MBH. This is a new MA or TA with stop type ’stopped’.
 +
* Canceling is stopping an agreement (MA, TA) with a future startDateTime, so that the medication will not be used at all. This is done by recording a cancelation-building block within the same MBH. This is a new MA or TA with stop type ’canceled’. This makes it clear that the medication was never started, in contrast with discontinuing.
 +
* Permanently stopping a WDS must be done by a stop-MA.<br>
 +
<u>Modifying</u><br>
 +
* Modifying an agreement (MA, TA, WDS) is done within the same MBH by:
 +
:# Recording a new agreement with the modified information AND
 +
:# Stopping the existing agreement with a stop-building block with stop type ’stopped’.
  
{{anchor|tabel 2}}
+
The data element stop type is only filled in for stop-building blocks, i.e. only in case of stopping (including canceling) or modifying medication.<br>
{| class="wikitable" "cellpadding="10"
+
This method with stop-building blocks only applies to the agreement building blocks MA, TA and WDS. It does not apply to the other building blocks. MGB also has a stop type, but it has a different function. It indicates the period during which the patient did not use the medication, see [[#aanwijzing mgb|section 5.5.2]].<br>
! style="text-align:left;"| Term
+
[[#mp|Chapter 5]] provides a more detailed explanation of how to record (stop-) building blocks for each sub-process.
! style="text-align:left;"| Toelichting
 
|-
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| Inform
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| ‘Inform’ means sending an order or request addressed to another actor. This is a so-called ‘push’ of information: the actor sends the information specifically to recipient. This may be by means of
 
*An electronic message via a digital network,  
 
*Paper (for example by giving a prescription intended for a pharmacist to the patient),  
 
*A fax message,
 
*A combination of the above options.  
 
|-
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| (Actively) make available
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| The health professional (actively) makes information available to another actor. This process step concerns:
 
*Actively sending or informing (‘push’) as described above or
 
*Automatically making information available to health professionals and/or the patient when they request it on the basis of prior permission or
 
*A combination of both previous bullets. <br>
 
  
Data are always made available. Additionally, the health professional has the option to specifically inform fellow health professionals and/or the patient at any time during the process. In consultation with the patient, data can be sent to a health professional of his choice (inform).  
+
====<span class="anchor" id="stop-bouwstenen"></span>Regular and ‘technical’ building blocks====
|} <small>Table 2 Informing versus (actively) making available</small>
+
When permanently discontinuing a building block, the health professional will actively do so by entering the necessary information in a stop-building block.<br>
 +
In addition to regular stop-building blocks, there are also ‘technical’ stop-building blocks. These apply when medication is modified. In addition to recording a new building block with the modified information, the original building block must also be stopped. In this case, the health professional does not need to record a stop-building block themselves. It is created automatically by the system.<br>
 +
These stop-building blocks for modifying medication are referred to in this FD as technical stops, for example ‘technical stop-MA’.<br>
 +
The building block that is to be changed is stopped at the {{fhir|startDateTime}} of the new building block. In practice, the {{fhir|endDateTime}} of the technical stop building block may be slightly earlier (e.g. 1 second),  so that information systems can process this more effectively.
  
 
+
===Rules for parallel building blocks in an MBH===
The technical mechanism (‘pull’, ‘publish and subscribe’, ‘push’, etc.) used to (actively) make data available, is infrastructure-dependent and is therefore not detailed in this document.<br>
+
Within an MBH, several building blocks of the same type may be active at the same time, for example a current and a future MA. In principle, however, parallel building blocks are not permitted within a single MBH. Parallel building blocks are building blocks that:
 
+
* are of the same type and
The Royal Dutch Medical Association (KNMG) describes in its publication 'Van wet naar praktijk: implementatie van de WGBO Deel 4. Toegang tot patiëntengegevens' [From law to practice: implementation of the Dutch Medical Treatment Contracts Act Part 4. Access to patient data] when there is implicit consent and explicit consent. The exchange described in this information standard is subject to current legal frameworks and guidelines concerning consent and opt-in and these are therefore not explicitly described.
+
* are both valid and
 
+
* have a (partially) overlapping {{fhir|PeriodOfUse}}.
==Legend/Explanation==
+
In this FD, the word active refers to both current and future building blocks. Section 4.4 provides further explanation of the terms active, current and future, as well as the term valid.<br>
A manual for this Nictiz wiki documentation can be found at:<br>
+
<br>
http://informatiestandaarden.nictiz.nl/wiki/Handleiding_Wiki_documentatie<br>
+
In some cases, parallel building blocks are permitted within an MBH. This is elaborated in the rules below for each type of building block.
It also includes a legend for the various figures that appear in this document.
+
* Parallel '''MA'''s are <u>not</u> permitted within the same MBH. Complex build-up and phase-out schedules must also be recorded in a single MA.
 
+
* Parallel '''WDS'''s are <u>not</u> permitted within the same MBH.
=Medication process=
+
* Parallel '''TA'''s are permitted within the same MBH. This may be necessary in order to fully implement the medication agreement.
This chapter describes the medication process in relation to the building blocks for first-line, second-line and third-line health care. The process is fundamentally the same in each case. The main difference is which pharmacy supplies the medication: a community pharmacy (including an outpatient pharmacy) or a hospital pharmacy. Another difference is that in an ambulatory setting a VV is required for the supply of medicinal products. This is not required in a hospital setting: the (hospital) pharmacist ensures that the medicinal products are available as long as the MA continues.  
+
* Parallel '''MGB'''s are permitted within the same MBH, but only with parallel TAs. This enables correct medication verification, so that, for example, the medication use associated with one TA can be assessed as ’in accordance with the agreement’, while the medication use associated with another TA in the same MBH is registered as deviating. In all other cases, parallel MGBs are not permitted.<br>
 
 
The medication process is a cyclical process consisting of prescribing, dispensing, administering and using medication. The process starts when the patient/client visits a health professional/healthcare provider (general practitioner, hospital or other institution) for a treatment with a medicinal product and ends when the medication is no longer needed. The process is depicted in Figure 4. The yellow bar indicates the medication verification process, green prescription, purple dispensing, and orange administration and medication use. The blue bar indicates receipt or retrieval of data made available. This may occur in any of the subprocesses and is described in more detail in the continuation of this chapter for the relevant subprocesses.
 
The following paragraphs describe the medication verification, prescription, dispensing, administration and medication use processes.  
 
 
 
{{anchor|figuur 3}}
 
[[Bestand:ActiviteitendiagramMP.png|1600px|Figuur 3 Activity diagram - medication process]]
 
 
<br>
 
<br>
 +
In certain situations, parallel MAs may arise or threaten to arise. Example:
 +
* When recording a new MA, it was not noticed that an MBH already exists for this medication.
 +
If at any time it appears that there are parallel MAs, one of them must be discontinued.
  
==Process: medication verification==
+
==Interrelationships pharmaceutical treatment and medication building blocks==
Prior to the prescription process, the patient’s actual medication use is determined. This is done<ref>The patient may also verify his own medication. He then records medication use, see [[#Recording of medication use by the patient|paragraph 2.5.4.1]].</ref>:
+
An MBH may contain various building blocks. The interrelationships between the building blocks within an MBH is explained below, along with their numerical ratios, i.e. how often one building block may occur in relation to another building block within a single MBH. This concerns instances of the building blocks.
*In the GP practice by the general practitioner during a consultation,
 
*At the GP service, A&E department or mental health crisis service by the triage specialist or the treating physician, as soon as possible, upon arrival or admission,
 
*In case of clinical or day admission at a hospital or other institutions by for example the nursing staff, pharmacy assistent or outpatient/hospital pharmacist,
 
*In case of outpatient consultation by for example nursing staff, doctors’ assistant or the treating physician.  
 
  
===Current situation===
+
===Interrelationships MBH - building blocks===
*In the current situation, patients or family/informal caregivers are asked which medication they are using. The patient is sometimes unable to answer this. Family/informal caregivers (if known) are also often unable to answer this. If this is the case, the physician will contact the general practitioner or the pharmacist to find out the medication. This is difficult outside office hours and during weekends.
+
The following applies to the interrelationships between an MBH and the building blocks (based on the MBH):<br>
  
===Precondition===
+
{| class="wikitable" style="width: 85%;"
The patient comes in for a consultation/an outpatient consultation or is admitted (in the future).  
+
! style="text-align:left;" colspan="2"|Pharmaceutical treatment → other building blocks
 +
|-
 +
| style="width: 60%; vertical-align: top;"|In principle, an MBH has at least one MA.
 +
|There may be exceptions; some examples are:<br>  • Self-care medication has only been recorded with building block MGB.<br>  • Medication has been administered immediately in an acute situation and an MTD has been recorded.<br>  • It has been agreed that the supplier may always provide stomach protection with an NSAID or prednisone.<br>In such cases, there is an MBH without MA.
 +
|-
 +
| There may be 0 to more MAs active within an MBH: 0 or 1 current MA, and 0 or more future MAs. See [[#Is a building block active?|section 4.4.1]] for an explanation of the terms active, current, and future.
 +
|
 +
|-
 +
| An MBH can have 0 or more of the building blocks VV, WDS, TA, MVE, MGB and MTD. An MBH always contains at least 1 building block.
 +
|
 +
|}
  
===Trigger event===
+
===Interrelationships between building blocks===
*Outpatient setting: consultation of and/or prescription to outpatients and patients residing in another healthcare institution<ref>This is about patients from a nursing home or a mental health institution who are going to the outpatient clinic of a hospital.</ref>. In this case, medication verification often occurs during treatment assessment (see [[#Process step: Evaluating a pharmaceutical treatment|paragraph 2.2.4)]].
+
The table below shows the numerical ratios between the building blocks, starting with the MA. For each building block, the number of instances of another building block that can occur within the same MBH is indicated. Where necessary, statements are accompanied by examples.<br>
*Clinical setting: preparation of patient admission.
+
When the word ‘refer’ is used, it refers to a Relationship field as it appears in the dataset in ART-DECOR. If such a relationship does not exist, but a statement is made about the numerical ratios between the building blocks, this is marked with an asterisk (*).<br>
  
===Process===
+
'''Some general rules about referencing:'''
 +
* A building block can reference a previously defined building block of the same type. This reference is not mandatory.
 +
* Stop building blocks must contain a reference to the building block to be stopped, provided that it is present in the MBH.
 +
* A normal building block never refers to a technical stop building block. Only a stop building block can refer to a technical stop.
  
The health professional collects the medication data from various sources, which may include:  
+
{| class="wikitable" style="width: 85%;"
*Patient’s own story,  
+
! colspan="2" style="text-align:left;"|Medication agreement → other building blocks
*Dispense overviews from pharmacies,  
+
|-
*Digitally available medication data from healthcare providers or personal health records (PGO),  
+
| style="width: 40%; vertical-align:top;"|An MA may be succeeded by a new MA.
*Medication brought in by the patient,  
+
| Examples:<br>  • Modifying existing medication.<br>  • Discontinuing existing medication.<br>The new MA and any stop-MA then refer to the original MA.
*If necessary, information by telephone from the patient’s own pharmacist or general practitioner.<br>  
+
|-
 +
| style="vertical-align:top;"|An MA may be accompanied by 0, 1, or more WDSs.
 +
|
 +
|-
 +
| style="vertical-align:top;"|An MA may be accompanied by 0, 1, or more VVs.
 +
| Examples:
 +
{| class="wikitable"
 +
| style="vertical-align:top;"|0
 +
| • The patient still has sufficient supplies<br> • It concerns self-care medication.
 +
|-
 +
| style="vertical-align:top;"|1
 +
| Prescribing a course of antibiotics.
 +
|-
 +
| style="vertical-align:top;"|>1
 +
| Repeat medication associated with long-term MA.
 +
|}
 +
|-
 +
| style="vertical-align:top;"|An MA may be accompanied by 0, 1, or more TAs.
 +
| Examples:
 +
{| class="wikitable"
 +
| style="vertical-align:top;"|0
 +
| • A new MA where no medication needs to be dispensed because the patient still has sufficient stock from a previous treatment.<br> • This concerns an MA for medication that does not require a legal prescription and that is obtained by the patient themselves from a chemist.
 +
|-
 +
| style="vertical-align:top;"|1
 +
| The most common situation, where a TA follows an MA.
 +
|-
 +
| style="vertical-align:top;"|>1
 +
| The supplier changes the commercial product or starts supplying the medication via GDS (Medicine Distribution System).
 +
|}
 +
|-
 +
| style="vertical-align:top;"|An MA may refer to a previously recorded TA.
 +
| Example:<br>  • A TA has been created for the dispensing of self-care medication. The prescriber decides to make this policy and creates an MA in the MBH of the TA.
 +
|-
 +
| style="vertical-align:top;"|An MA may refer to a previously recorded MGB.
 +
| Example:<br>  • The patient has created an MGB for self-care medication. The prescriber decides to make this policy and creates an MA in the MBH of the MGB.
 +
|-
 +
! colspan="2" style="text-align:left;"|Variable dosing regimen → other building blocks
 +
|-
 +
| style="vertical-align:top;"|A WDS refers to an MA.
 +
|
 +
|-
 +
| style="vertical-align:top;"|A WDS may refer to a previously recorded WDS.
 +
| Example:<br>  • Modification of the variable dosing regimen.
 +
|-
 +
! colspan="2" style="text-align:left;"|Dispense request → other building blocks
 +
|-
 +
| style="vertical-align:top;"|A VV refers to 1 or more MAs.
 +
| Example:<br>  • In the event of an interim dosage increase, a VV can be recorded which, on the one hand, supplements the stock for the existing MA and, on the other hand, serves to start the stock for the future MA.<br>
 +
Exception:<br>
 +
In the transactions Making medication data available and Sending medication data, it is possible for a VV to exist without reference to an MA. This is only possible in the case of system migration, and sometimes in hybrid situations.
 +
|-
 +
| style="vertical-align:top;"|A VV may be accompanied by 0, 1, or more MVEs.
 +
| Examples:<br>  • 0 : The patient does not collect the medication.<br>  • 1: This concerns a course of antibiotics.<br>  • >1: GDS with VV for 3 months, dispensed weekly.
 +
|-
 +
! colspan="2" style="text-align:left;"|Administration agreement → other building blocks
 +
|-
 +
| style="vertical-align:top;"|A TA may be succeeded by a new TA.
 +
| Examples:<br>  • Modification of the existing MA.<br>  • Supplying a product with a different PRK or HPK due to preference policy or stock shortage.<br>  • Change in administration times or distribution form.
 +
|-
 +
| style="vertical-align:top;"|Multiple (possibly parallel) TAs may refer to the same MA.
 +
| Examples:<br>  • Supplying a medicine in the form of two or more products with different strengths that together produce the desired strength (parallel TAs).<br>  • Supplying a medicine with a different PRK or HPK, for example due to preference policy or stock shortage (serial TAs).<br>  • Supplying a medicine both in GDS and in a separate box as ’as needed’ medication. This involves different forms of distribution, so two TAs are required (parallel TAs).
 +
|-
 +
| style="vertical-align:top;"|A TA may exist without reference to an MA.
 +
| Example:<br>  • The supplier dispenses self-care medication and creates a TA in a new MBH.<br>  • The supplier dispenses a supplementary medicine for which there is no prescription yet. He creates a TA for this in a new MBH and sends a VMA for the supplementary medicine to the prescriber.
 +
|-
 +
| style="vertical-align:top;"|(*) A TA may be accompanied by 0, 1, or more MVEs.
 +
| Examples:<br>  • 0: The patient has sufficient stock.<br>  • 1: This concerns a course of antibiotics.<br>  • >1: A repeat supply every 2 weeks.
 +
|-
 +
! colspan="2" style="text-align:left;"|Medication dispense → other building blocks
 +
|-
 +
| style="vertical-align:top;"|In an outpatient setting, an MVE is based on a VV. In that case, the MVE refers to that VV.
 +
| Exceptions:<br>  • Self-care medication obtained from the supplier.<br>  • MVE based on a paper prescription. Paper prescriptions are in principle no longer permitted, but exceptions are possible; see the practical example [[mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9/praktijkvoorbeelden|Paper prescription]].
 +
|-
 +
| style="vertical-align:top;"|(*)An MVE is based on an MA.
 +
| Exception:<br>  • Self-care medication obtained from the supplier. The supplier may also create a TA for this, but this is not mandatory.
 +
|-
 +
| style="vertical-align:top;"|(*) An MVE is based on a TA.
 +
| Exception:<br>  • Self-care medication obtained from the supplier. The supplier may also create a TA for this, but this is not mandatory.
 +
|-
 +
| style="vertical-align:top;"|(*) An MVE may be associated with multiple TAs.
 +
| Example:<br>  • A new TA has been created that did not require an MVE, because the patient had sufficient stock. The previous MVE then applies to both the old and the new TA.
 +
|-
 +
! colspan="2" style="text-align:left;"|Medication use → other building blocks
 +
|-
 +
| style="vertical-align:top;"|An MGB may refer to 0 or 1 MA.
 +
| Examples:<br>  • 0 : A patient records self-care medication with MGB.<br>  • 1: A patient records their use of a medicine over the past few weeks with MGB, with reference to the relevant MA.
 +
|-
 +
| style="vertical-align:top;"|Multiple MGBs may refer to the same MA.
 +
| Example:<br>  • A patient regularly keeps track of their medication use by recording MGBs relating to the same MA.
 +
|-
 +
| style="vertical-align:top;"|An MGB may refer to 0 or 1 TA.
 +
| Example:<br>  • 0: A patient records self-care medication provided by the pharmacy using MGB.
 +
|-
 +
| style="vertical-align:top;"|Multiple MGBs may refer to the same TA.
 +
| Example:<br>  • A patient regularly keeps track of their medication use by recording MGBs relating to the same MA.
 +
|-
 +
| style="vertical-align:top;"|An MGB can refer to only one other building block, MA or TA.
 +
| Reason:<br>  • If an MGB refers to both MA and TA, and there is a difference between TA and MA, it is impossible to deduce the meaning of ’as agreed’.
 +
|-
 +
! colspan="2" style="text-align:left;"|Medication administration → other building blocks
 +
|-
 +
| style="vertical-align:top;"|An MTD refers to 0 or 1 MA and/or TA and/or WDS, depending on the situation.
 +
| Examples:<br>  • In ad hoc situations where medication must be administered immediately, the MTD does not refer to any building block.<br>  • In outpatient situations, usually the TA will be referenced. In clinical situations, more likely reference will be made to an MA.<br>  • The MTD can refer to both the MA and TA, if both exist. The MA to which the MTD refers must be the same as the one to which the TA refers.<br> • In the case of a WDS, the MTD will refer to both the WDS and the MA. The MA to which the MTD refers must be the same as the one to which the WDS refers.
 +
|}
  
The health professional verifies the medication together with the patient and records the verified medication as MGB, incl. self medication. This results in an updated medication profile; see also [[#Inference rules|paragraph 5.6]].<br>
+
The proposal data contain proposals for which it is not yet certain whether they will lead to new MAs or VVs. Proposal data always lead to responses containing the decision on those proposals. The numerical ratios for these proposal data are as follows:
 +
* A VMA can lead to 0, 1 or more MAs.
 +
* A VMA leads to 1 AVMA.
 +
* A VVV can lead to 0, 1 or more VVs.
 +
* A VVV leads to 1 AVVV.
  
In practice, medication verification will lead to recording of MGB, only when it proves clinically relevant followed by updating the medication profile, particularly upon admission and discharge.
+
===Interrelationships between MBH and building blocks represented graphically===
The medication overview and recorded data on MGB are made available to fellow health professionals and the patient, so that they can access the data. The medication overview may also be sent to a specific health professional.
+
The statements in sections 2.5.1 and 2.5.2 result in the following figures:<br>
 +
[[Bestand:Samenhang MBH bouwstenen ENG.png|600px|Correlation MBH and building blocks]]<br>
  
===Post-condition===
+
''<small>Figure 2.3  Interrelationships between MBH and building blocks</small>''<br>
The MGB is recorded and the resulting medication overview is made available if created. Medication data (MGB) are made available.
 
  
===Information systems and transaction groups===
+
Figure 2.3 shows how many instances of therapeutic and logistical building blocks can occur within a single MBH. A patient may have zero or more pharmaceutical treatments.<br>
[[#Information systems and transactions|Chapter 7]] includes an overview of all information systems, system roles, transactions, etc. Those most important for the medication verification process are included in the overview below.
+
[[Bestand:20250930 Samenhang verhoudingen en verwijzingen ENG.png|700px|Correlation building blocks within an MBH with mutual references]]<br>
  
{{anchor|figuur 4}}
+
''<small>Figure 2.4 Interrelationships between building blocks within an MBH with mutual references</small>''<br>
[[Bestand:Medicatieverificatie.png|Figuur 4 Processtappen en transacties - medicatieverificatie]]
 
  
==Process: prescribe==
+
This figure shows the interrelationships between instances of the building blocks within a single MBH. The arrows indicate that one building block can refer to another building block. In the case of double-sided arrows, both building blocks can refer to each other. The following notation is used:<br>
This paragraph describes the prescription process. This includes all prescribers, such as general practitioners, specialists, other physicians and specialist nurse prescribers. The prescription process consists of an evaluation of existing pharmaceutical treatment, if any. If necessary, an medication agreement is created and, only in an ambulatory situation, possibly a medication dispense request. Finally, the recorded data are (actively) made available.
 
  
===Current situation===
+
* '''0..1''' – 0 or 1 time<br>
The following deviations from the desired situation that are currently observed are:
+
* '''0..*''' – 0, 1 or more times<br>
*The logistical process often determines whether information is recorded (and certainly if it is communicated). Changes in medication or discontinuation are insufficiently recorded and/or communicated, resulting in, among other things, inaccurate monitoring, incorrect use and incorrect medication profiles.  
+
* '''1..*''' – at least once<br>
The pharmacotherapeutic policy should be leading, not the logistical process as is currently the case.  
+
* '''1..1''' – exactly once<br>
*Since the therapeutic intention is not communicated to the pharmacist, it is not possible to deduce from the available data whether a request for a repeat prescription falls within that therapeutic intention. Because of this, use may be erroneously resumed or continued.
 
*If a change is not communicated, a request for a repeat prescription (through the pharmacist) may be based on outdated instructions for use. This can easily lead to errors.  
 
*In an outpatient setting, medication agreements and/or medication dispense requests are usually not (electronically) sent to the pharmacist.  
 
  
===Precondition===
+
The numbers listed with a building block indicate how often this building block can occur within a single MBH (Figure 2.3), or, within the same MBH, with a single instance of the building block on the other side (Figure 2.4).<br>Example:<br>
There is a certain reason why a prescriber wants to start or evaluate/review a (pharamceutical) treatment.
+
<br>
  
===Trigger event===
+
[[Bestand: 20241126 uitleg kardinaliteiten in schema samenhang.png|400px|Explanation of notation numbers in images about MBH coherence and building blocks]]<br>
 
+
''<small>Figure 2.5  Explanation of notation numbers in images about the interrelationships between MBH and building blocks</small>''<br>
The trigger event for the process is the start of a new MBH, the evaluation of an ongoing treatment, receipt of a VVV or VMA, receipt from a pharmacist of a prescription to be processed, or patient admission to or patient discharge from an institution.
 
 
 
===Process step: Evaluating a pharmaceutical treatment===
 
 
 
In order to evaluate treatment, an up-to-date overview of medication data is required. The medical file from the health professional is, where possible and if necessary, updated with data from external sources. In addition, the patient may be asked which medicinal products he is currently using. This medication use can be recorded by the health professional. If desired, a more extensive medication verification can be carried out (see [[#Process: medication verification|paragraph 2.1)]].<br>
 
 
 
The treating physician<ref> This includes all health professionals who are authorised to prescribe: not only physicians, but also nurse practitioners and physician assistants, for example</ref> evaluates the (pharmaceutical) treatment and decides to:
 
*start a new MBH by creating an initial MA and/or
 
*continue, discontinue, temporarily halt or modify an existing MA (1 or more)<ref>In the case of substitution, the existing MA is discontinued and a new MA is created under a new MBH.</ref> and/or
 
*correct/cancel an existing MA and/or
 
*approve a VMA or a VVV (including a reply via the AVVV) <br>
 
 
 
These situations are further explained in the following paragraph. See also [[#'Medicamenteuze behandeling'|paragraph 1.3.3]] for more information on the concept of 'MBH'.
 
A new medication overview may be created to conclude the evaluation and the resulting new agreements and dispense requests (see [[#Inference rules|paragraph 5.6]]).
 
 
 
===Process step: Making a medication agreement===
 
 
 
When creating an MA, the following principle applies: each change is recorded in a new MA. Technically this means that the existing MA is terminated by entering an end date for the period of use and that a new MA is created with the desired changes<ref> Information systems keep an audit trail. In case of a change, the existing MA is discontinued (new record) and a new MA with the change is then created (new record). By using the records of the audit trail, no major adaptations are needed for discontinuing a MA in most information systems.</ref>.
 
 
<br>
 
<br>
An MA can also be created to begin at a point in the future. These MAs will receive a period of use with future starting date which is later than the date of the agreement itself. Any prior MA will end just before the starting date/time of the future one. In the period of use, only one effective date can be indicated (without duration or end date), this is the case with continuous medication. To avoid confusion between 'to/until/till' and 'up to and including', specifying the time is mandatory when entering an end date. In case of an 'up to and including' date (in case of an entire day), the time 23:59:59 applies. 
+
* One instance of building block X can be associated with 0 or 1 instance of building block Y.
 
+
* One instance of building block Y can be associated with 0, 1 or more instances of building block X.
Before the MA is made (actively) available, medication monitoring will occur in accordance with current guidelines. This is a part of this process step.
+
<u>'''NB'''</u>: The cardinalities within transactions are described in {{#lst:mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|ART-DECOR scenario's}}, see also [[#informatieoverdracht|Chapter 3]].
 
 
The next paragraphs describe the different situations in which an MA is created, i.e. initial medication agreement, continuing medication, discontinuing medication, temporarily halting medication or correcting/canceling a agreed medication. Information about 'MBH' is assumed to be known (see [[#'Medicamenteuze behandeling'|paragraph 1.3.3]]).
 
 
 
====New medication agreement====
 
 
 
A new MA is created at the start or modification of an MBH. When a new MBH is started, the prescriber should consider whether an existing MBH should be discontinued. The description in [[#'Medicamenteuze behandeling'|paragraph 1.3.3]] is based on the most common process from prescription to administering or using. In a transitional situation or in the absence of digital data, it is also technically possible that an MBH could start with a TA, for example. This might occur for instance when a pharmacist has not received the MA with the corresponding MBH in digital form. The pharmacist will consequently start a new MBH when the TA is created. This may also be the case for any other building block. A patient can, for example, start an MBH by recording MGB, without having the original MBH.
 
 
 
====Continuing medication====
 
 
 
In a number of cases the therapeutic intention of the prescriber remains the same and the MA does not have to be modified. For instance:
 
*In an ambulatory situation when, for a repeat prescription, only a new VV is needed, or
 
*At admission to an institution where the home medication continues to be used, whether or not in combination with self-medication. <br>
 
 
 
In both of these cases, the existing MA will not be adjusted. Should there be a change in PRK, e.g. at admission or discharge, the existing MBH will be discontinued by creating a stop-MA (see [[#Discontinuing medication|paragraph 2.2.5.3]]) and a new MBH is started (see [[#New medication agreement|paragraph 2.2.5.1]]).
 
 
 
====Discontinuing medication====
 
 
 
Medication is discontinued by creating a new MA (stop-MA) within the same MBH. The reason for discontinuation is recorded in this MA. The medication may be discontinued immediately or in the future.
 
The new MA (stop-MA) is a copy of the existing MA with:
 
*The period of use as end date on which the MA ends (may also be in the future),
 
*An end date which has to be included in the text description of the instruction for use as well,
 
*Its own author,
 
*Its own agreement date,
 
*Stop type 'permanent',
 
*Reference to the specific MA that will be changed (future MAs will remain in place). It is not possible to create a stop-MA without referring to the MA that needs to be stopped except when the MA is not available. If there are only TA('s) or MGB('s) available in the MBH then a stop-MA has to be able to end these building blocks without referring to a MA,
 
*Its own reason for the MA to be discontinued (this does not apply to a stop-MA made as part of a modification. In that case, no reason is given). <br>
 
 
 
For an MA in which an end date is immediately agreed upon, e.g. in the case of a course of treatment, no additional stop-MA is needed. When an MA with an end date in the future is extended, it will be considered as a normal change (see [[#Changing medication|paragraph 2.2.5.5]]). The stop-MA can never prolong the period of use. A stop-MA always has the ‘permanent’ stop type, even if it is a stop-MA resulting from a change. In case of a change, the stop-MA is followed by a new MA. A stop-MA resulting from a change is not always relevant for end users. A stop-MA as a result of a change is also referred to as a technical stop-MA. The user interface must adequately support this. A prescriber will be less interested than a pharmacist who may need to adjust his logistical process because of the change. When a prescriber wants to shorten the period of use even more after creating a stop-MA, another stop-MA is created. The stop-MA refers to the most recent MA and this is the first stop-MA.
 
 
 
====Temporarily halting and resuming medication====
 
 
 
Temporarily halting medication is the discontinuation of medication for a known or unknown period of time. Medication may be halted immediately or in the future. When medication use is temporarily halted, the medication still remains relevant for monitoring because the medication may be resumed in the future. Temporary substitution with another medicinal product is not considered an interruption but rather a discontinuation of the original medication and the start of a new pharmaceutical treatment with the substitute. Temporary halting medication is covered by two medication agreements<ref>This does not mean that end users actually have to create two agreements. A user friendly presentation by the information system is desired.</ref>: a MA (stop-MA) is created to stop medication use in accordance with guidelines for a stop-MA (see previous paragraph) and a new MA is created for resuming the medication (including the reason for this, if any). All MAs are part of the same MBH. The reason for the interruption is recorded in the stop-MA. The stop type for the stop-MA is 'temporary’.
 
 
 
====Changing medication====
 
 
 
Changing a medicatieafspraak may apply to:
 
 
 
:a) Dosage,<br>
 
 
 
:b) Strength of the medicinal product,<br>
 
 
 
:c) Method of administration,<br>
 
 
 
:d) Duration of treatment ((e.g. extension of therapy),<br>
 
 
 
:e) The responsible prescriber. <br>
 
 
 
Switching to a completely different medicine is, in principle, switching to a different MBH (see also [[#'Medicamenteuze behandeling'|paragraph 1.3.3]]). In this case, the doctor will discontinue the existing pharmaceutical treatment (see [[#Discontinuing medication|paragraph 2.2.5.3]]) and start a new one (see [[#New medication agreement|paragraph 2.2.5.1]]).
 
If the PRK stays the same, changes will be recorded under the same MBH.
 
In case of a change, a technical stop-MA is made (see [[#Discontinuing medication|paragraph 2.2.5.3]]) and a new MA is made with the relevant change. Should the change apply to a future MA, a technical cancel-MA is made (see [[#Stopping a future medication agreement|paragraph 2.2.5.7]]) and a new future MA is created with the relevant change. The appointment date of the technical stop/cancel MA and the new medicatieafspraak should always be the same. The new MA must include the reason for the change and (if possible) a reference to the original MA. Changes may take effect immediately or in the future. A technical stop/cancel MA and corresponding new MA are made available at the same time. In case of extending a MA whose duration has already expired or whose entered stop date has already passed, this is not considered a change (a stop-MA for the already automatically stopped MA is superfluous). In that case, a new MA can be created under the same MBH.
 
 
 
====Correcting/canceling a medication agreement<ref> Correcting/canceling administration agreements happens in the same way. XIS is a generic term for a random (health care) information system. PHR=personal health records.</ref>====
 
 
 
This paragraph describes correcting or canceling an MA when the prescriber has made an error. The error may have been discovered by the prescriber himself or by a fellow health professional.
 
For example, a physician who makes a typing error in the dosage of an MA: 10 inhalations, 2x daily, instead of 1 inhalation, 2x daily. If the MA has not yet been shared with other health professionals, the prescriber can personally correct that MA or delete (cancel) it from his own information system. If the MA has already been shared with other health professionals, the prescriber will mark the incorrect MA as ‘incorrect registration’ and he will then create a new MA under the same MBH with the correct information. The prescriber will actively inform the pharmacist and any fellow health professionals about both the cancelled and new MA and will make both available (see [[#Process step: (Actively) making available|paragraph 2.2.10]]).
 
 
 
====Stopping a prospective medication agreement====
 
This only concerns MA's that have their start date at some point in the future. For whatever reason a prescriber wants to end this prospective MA. The prescriber will not create a stop-MA in this scenario but cancels the MA instead. The prescriber cancels the MA by using the ‘canceled indicator’ field. The prescriber can only use the ‘canceled indicator’ when the start date of the MA is in the future. If the prescriber wants to end the prospective MA he/she changes the status of the MA to canceled with the indicator.
 
 
 
When the prescriber is not the initial creator of the original prospective MA the process works as follows. The prescriber creates a new MA with the canceled indicator activated. The ‘canceled MA’ will be sent to the original prescriber of the MA. The original prescriber will then cancel the original MA as well.
 
 
 
===Process step: Making a variable dosing regimen===
 
When a prescriber prescribes medication combined with a variable dosign regimen (WDS), the dosing of the medication can be adjusted by a (different) prescriber without having to adapt the medication agreement (MA).  At the moment the variable dosing regimen is used for anticoagulants. When prescribing anticoagulants, the prescriber determines the therapeutic INR-range (International Normalized Ratio, a measure of blood clotting time), within which the treatment should take place.
 
The thrombosis service is responsible for drafting the viariable dosing regimen. The dosing regimen is composed by a prescriber (usually a thrombosis physician) in the building block variable dosing regimen (Wisselend doseerschema, WDS). The prescriber who made the medication agreement remains responsible for the dispense requests (VV). The thrombosis physician composes the WDS withing the agreed upon INR-range, the dosing regimen is usually based on a specific, measured INR-value. <br>
 
====Setting up a variable dosing regimen ====
 
The prescriber prescribes anticoagulants with a medication agreement (MA) and indicates:
 
* The medication (PRK) that is being prescribed to the patient. The medication in the variable dosing regimen is always the same as the medication in the MA.
 
* That for this medication a variable dosing regimen applies (this is added in the additional instructions). This also means there will be no dosage added in the medication agreement.
 
* The INR-range within which the treatment should take place. This information is included in a comment.
 
 
 
In order to bridge the period until the thrombosis service is involved and ready to take over the treatment, the original prescriber sets up a WDS for this first period (usually between 4 and 7 days). Usually a check-up date is agreed upon after the registration of the patient at the thrombosis service. During this check up the INR-value is measured. Based on the measured value and/ or the professional assessment of the thrombosis physician, a dosing regimen is composed that either changes of succeeds the previous WDS. From this moment on, the thrombosis service takes over the composition of the dosing regiment from the original prescriber.  
 
 
 
''INR-value with the WDS''<br>
 
The variable dosing regimen is often based on an INR-value. For other parties involved in the care for the patient, it’s important to be able to deduce the INR-value on which the WDS was based. That is the reason that the corresponding INR-value will be made available within the WDS. The INR-value is included in a comment within the WDS.
 
 
 
====Changing a variable dosing regimen ====
 
When the variable dosing regimen (WDS) is being used up until the stop date of the WDS, it can be replaced by a new WDS that succeeds it. The new WDS has a relation to the MA and the previous WDS.
 
Furthermore, it is possible to adjust the WDS before the stop date is reached. In that case, the information system stops the previous WDS, using a technical stop-WDS that is not visible to the user. The new WDS follows and has a reason for change and a relation to the MA and the previous WDS.
 
All changes related to the dosing regimen can be included in the WDS. Changes that concert the further treatment policy (e.g. the prescribed medication, the route of administration of the agreed upon INR-range) are to be made in the MA.
 
 
 
====Stopping a variable dosing regimen ====
 
There are various reasons that can cause the need to (temporarily) stop the use of anticoagulants. For example, in the event of a procedure of because there is temporary co-medication. Two kinds of situations can be  distinguished. Depending on the situation and the assessment of the thrombosis physician one of twee methods is chosen:
 
#''(temporary) adjusting the policy'': The thrombosis physician can choose to temporarily adjust the dose for the anticoagulants to 0. For example, in the event of a planned procedure. In this case, the MA (and therefore the treatment with anticoagulants) and the TA will continue, but the dosage in the WDS is temporarily adjusted to 0. The MA will still be shown on the medication overview under ‘current medication’. In the event of such a temporary adjustment, only the WDS is changed. It is advised to include a reason for this change in the new WDS.
 
# ''(temporary) stopping the anticoagulants:'' The thrombosis physician (or another prescriber) can also choose to (temporarily) stop the treatment with anticoagulants. This means that the patient should not to take any anticoagulants anymore. In this case the thombosis physician (or another prescriber) creates a stop-MA (or sends a proposed MA to the original prescriber). Stopping the MA, also stops the underlying therapeutic building blocks (TA, WDS). The anticoagulant will be shown on the medication overview under ‘recently stopped medication’.
 
If, after a period of time, there is a need to restart the anticoagulant, the prescriber can do this by creating a new MA. The new MA can be created by the original prescriber, the thrombosis physician could also send a proposed MA. In many cases the thrombosis service would no longer be involved. And the MA is created by the original prescriber.
 
 
 
===Process step: Creating a medication dispense request===
 
 
 
A VV (besides an MA) only applies in an ambulatory situation. A VV may be made when the medication supply of the patient needs to be replenished. This does not have to coincide with an MA. At the start of a MBH for which the patient still has a sufficient supply at home from a previous agreement, a VV is not needed. When the dosage is reduced, the patient may also have a sufficient supply. In the case of a medicinal product that is used for a prolonged period of time (e.g. an antihypertensive drug), with a continuous MA (meaning a period of use with only a start date), several VVs may be made over time within the scope of this existing agreement.
 
Logistical and emergency instructions may be included in the VV, such as dispense location, request to not include in the GDS (medication distribution system, in Dutch: 'Geneesmiddel Distributie Systeem'), etc.
 
 
 
In the case of a VV, the quantity to be supplied can be stated or the consumption period. With a consumption period, the quantity must be clearly deducible from the dosing instruction of the MA. Note: a consumption period end date has a meaning other than the period of use end date from the MA and may be unequal.
 
*Period of medication use end date: date until which the pharmacist is allowed to to provide medication (and thereby provide sufficient supplies to the patient for use until that date).
 
*Period of use end date: date on which the patient must stop the medication (this can be equal to the consumption period end date or further in the future).
 
 
 
===Process step: Sending renal function value with prescription===
 
 
 
Renal function is important for certain medicines. The renal function value determines the choice of drug and/or drug dosage. It is legally stipulated that if a health professional has performed further research on a patient renal function, he should share abnormal renal function values with the appropriate pharmacist, appointed by the patient (article 6.10, 'regeling geneesmiddelenwet').
 
 
 
The renal function value is always sent with the prescription (using the building block laboratory test results) for medicines for which this is important (characteristic in the G-standard), so that the pharmacist can perform proper medication monitoring. The renal function value should not be older than 13 months, because with stable chronic renal impairment the renal function should be checked at least once a year. 1 month has been added to allow some backlog in practice.
 
 
 
If at the time of sending of an MA and/or VV no renal function is known, then the prescription policy remains unchanged. Sending the laboratory test result renal function value without an MA and/or VV is beyond the scope of this information standard.
 
 
 
===Process step: Sending height and weight values with prescription===
 
 
 
It is possible for the prescriber to send the body height and weight of the patient with the prescription. This is the height an weigh of the patient that the prescriber used for the medication agreement. Hence, it is possible for these values to diverge (be more accurate) from the height and weight values that are registered in the patient details. This could be necessary for prescribing for children or for medication where weight (e.g. coagulation medication) or height (e.g. oncolytic agents) are important factors to consider.
 
 
 
Body height and weight are separate building blocks. They can only be send together with the prescription and with the medication agreement. The information is not available on request.
 
 
 
===Process step: (Actively) making available===
 
 
 
This step involves information exchange. Information can be sent or made available with different intentions:
 
 
 
A. As an order for the pharmacist to dispense medication. The prescriber sends the MA to the pharmacist. In an ambulatory situation, the VV is also sent to the patient’s pharmacist. If the pharmacist is not known, this process step may also entail giving out a paper prescription and/or (reactively) making the data available (see C). When the pharmacist has filled the order, the prescriber will receive a notification (see [[#Information systems and transaction groups 3|paragraph 2.3.10]]).<br>
 
 
 
B. As an order for the pharmacist to implement a medication change (including stop-MA with stop type 'permanent' and 'temporary') that impacts or may impact current MVE by this pharmacist. A current MVE indicates an order (as in A) that has been accepted, but has not yet been completely filled. For example, when medication is still being dispensed or when a VV dictates that medication should be dispensed multiple times, but not all have taken place yet, e.g. with the GDS.<br>
 
 
 
C. Making medication data (MA, VV, MGB) and possibly the medication overview available to allow fellow health professionals and/or patients to access these later, possibly in combination with prescription without a specified recipient (see [[#Prescription without specified recipient (ambulatory)|paragraph 9.1]]). <br>
 
 
 
D. Actively sending (informing) medication data (one or more building blocks) to a specific health professional at the request of the patient when in the presence of this health professional or at discharge.<br>
 
 
 
In case of corrected data, the prescriber assesses who should be actively informed of this correction. This can be done, for example, by sending the new MA (option A or B above) or by means of a telephone consultation.
 
In an ambulatory setting (general practitioner/outpatient clinic) medication data are usually sent or made available directly; in a clinical setting, medication data is usually made available at discharge or interim leave from the institution.
 
This chapter deals with prescription with a specified recipient; [[#Prescription without specified recipient (ambulatory)|paragraph 9.1]] details prescription without a specified recipient.
 
See also [[#Informing and (actively) making available|paragraph 1.3.5]] for a further explanation on informing (situation A, B, D) and making available (situation C).
 
 
 
===Post-condition===
 
*A new MA may have been created (starting, changing or discontinuing medication)
 
*A VV may have been made (only outpatient)
 
*An order may have been sent to the pharmacist to carry out MVE
 
*An order may have been sent to the pharmacist to modify MVE
 
*Fellow health professionals and the patient have been informed or may inform themselves about the new medication data: MA, VV, MGB
 
*Fellow health professionals and the patient have been informed or may inform themselves about a medication overview.
 
 
 
===Information systems and transaction groups===
 
 
 
The prescriber and the pharmacist as well as other health professionals and users all make use of an information system, respectively, an electronic prescribing system (EVS), a pharmacist information system (AIS, incl. ZAIS), a XIS and a PGO<ref> XIS is a generic term for a random (health care) information system. PHR=personal health records.</ref>. These information systems each have different system roles which enable the exchange of data between these information systems as part of the prescription process.
 
[[#Information systems and transactions|Chapter 7]] includes an overview of all information systems, system roles, transactions, etc. The most important elements for the prescription process are included in the overview below.
 
 
 
{{anchor|figuur 5}}
 
[[Bestand:Uc Voorschrijven.png|Figuur 5 Processtappen en transacties - voorschrijven]]
 
 
 
===Use cases===
 
The following specific use cases have been elobarated:
 
*[[#Short-term medication|Short-term medication ]]
 
*[[#Continuing medication|Continuing medication ]]
 
*[[#Hard end date for period of medication use|Hard end date for period of medication use ]]
 
*[[#Medication as needed|Medication as needed ]]
 
*[[#Course of treatment as needed starting in future|Course of treatment as needed starting in future]]
 
*[[#Two dosages of the same medication at the same time|Two dosages of the same medication at the same time ]]
 
*[[#The same medicinal product with different strengths at the same time|The same medicinal product with different strengths at the same time ]]
 
*[[#Explanation in medicatieafspraak with deliberately chosen special characteristic|Explanation in medicatieafspraak with deliberately chosen special characteristic ]]
 
*[[#New medicatieafspraak, no verstrekkingsverzoek|New medicatieafspraak, no verstrekkingsverzoek ]]
 
*[[#New verstrekkingsverzoek under existing medicatieafspraak|New verstrekkingsverzoek under existing medicatieafspraak]]
 
*[[#Dosage change (sufficient supply)|Dosage change (sufficient supply)]]
 
*[[#Prescription no longer needed after first verstrekkingsverzoek|Prescription no longer needed after first verstrekkingsverzoek]]
 
*[[#Discontinuing medication|Discontinuing medication ]]
 
*[[#Temporarily halting/resuming medication|Temporarily halting/resuming medication ]]
 
*[[#Temporarily halting for an intervention|Temporarily halting for an intervention ]]
 
*[[#Paper prescription|Paper prescription ]]
 
*[[#Carrying out medication verification and evaluation of foreign or self-care medication|Carrying out medication verification and evaluation of foreign or self-care medication ]]
 
*[[#Day treatment|Day treatment ]]
 
*[[#Starting with medication before admission|Starting with medication before admission ]]
 
*[[#Emergency admission|Emergency admission ]]
 
*[[#Interim discharge|Interim discharge ]]
 
*[[#Transfer to another institution|Transfer to another institution]]
 
*[[#Do not dispense before|Do not dispense before ]]
 
*[[#Discontinuation of medication by third parties|Discontinuation of medication by third parties ]]
 
*[[#Two PRKs in a single medicamenteuze behandeling|Two PRKs in a single medicamenteuze behandeling ]]
 
*[[#Creating a medicatieafspraak after the fact|Creating a medicatieafspraak after the fact ]]
 
*[[#Single medication use|Single medication use]]
 
*[[#Provisional and final medication order|Provisional and final medication order ]]
 
*[[#Inadvertently ‘outstanding’ medication or 'orphans'|Inadvertently ‘outstanding’ medication or 'orphans' ]]
 
*[[#Missing digital medicatieafspraak at admission|Missing digital medicatieafspraak at admission ]]
 
*[[#Own articles (90 million numbers)|Own articles (90 million numbers) ]]
 
*[[#Dosing with minimum interval|Dosing with minimum interval ]]
 
*[[#Verstrekkingsverzoek with number of repetitions|Verstrekkingsverzoek with number of repetitions ]]
 
*[[#Prescribing non-medicines|Prescribing non-medicines (paragraph 4.1.37)]]
 
*[[#Send renal function value in the prescription|Send renal function value in the prescription ]]
 
*[[#Cancelling a prescription that was sent earlier|Cancelling a prescription that was sent earlier ]]
 
*[[#Modification of someone else's medicatieafspraak|Modification of someone else's medicatieafspraak ]]
 
*[[#Setting up a variable dosing regimen (WDS)|Setting up a variable dosing regimen (WDS)]]
 
*[[#Changing a variable dosing regimen (WDS) during period of use|Changing a variable dosing regimen (WDS) during period of use]]
 
*[[#Stopping medication with a variable dosing regimen (WDS)|Stopping medication with a variable dosing regimen (WDS)]]
 
 
 
==Process: dispense==
 
 
 
This paragraph describes the process of dispensing medication, including repeat prescriptions and GDS. This process encompasses all actions a pharmacist must take for the patient to not only receive a medicinal product, but to also receive the associated pharmaceutical care ensuring a safe and effective use of the medicinal product by the patient. The dispense process starts with providing pharmaceutical care. If necessary, a medication administration agreement will be made and if needed, medication is dispensed. Medication dispense (i.e. handing out a medicinal product) does not always take place. This may be the case when the medication agreement is changed (e.g., in case of dose reduction where the patient still has enough supply), when the medication is discontinued or, in an ambulatory situation, the medication is not picked up. When the MA and/or the VV do not comply (see [[#Process step: Informing the prescriber|paragraph 2.3.5]]), the prescriber will be informed. Finally, the recorded data are (actively) made available.
 
 
 
Medication assessment is the process in which the physician and pharmacist consider all medication of the patient against the background of his condition, applicable treatment guidelines, the well-being of the patient, etc. Medication assessment is defined in this document as a combination of treatment evaluation (as described in the previous paragraphs) and pharmaceutical care. Depending on the findings, the previously described medication verification and prescription processes are followed, after which medication dispense takes place.
 
 
 
For the GDS, many pharmacists collaborate with another organisation that handles part of the pharmacists’ logistics. This then also requires data exchange with that party. Besides, not all medication can be included in the GDS packaging, which adds to the logistical complexity for the pharmacist. The internal logistics and communication between the pharmacist and his subcontractor(s) are outside the scope of this information standard. It has been established however that with the provision of the current building blocks and the underlying data elements, this logistical process can be adequately supported.
 
 
 
===Current situation===
 
The following deviations (from the desired situation that) are currently observed:
 
*In the current situation, in the case of GDS, the prescribing physician and other health professionals receive a large quantity of dispense messages. This becomes difficult to manage for these health professionals.
 
*In the current situation, in the case of GDS, pharmacists and general practitioners communicate via so-called authorisation lists. The pharmacist sends an overview of all the patient’s medication to the general practitioner for authorisation. This complicates matters for a general practitioner because he will need to verify all medication agreements. This should not be necessary, as most medication agreements/dispense requests have already been authorised. It would be much more efficient if the general practitioner only needs to authorise those medication agreements/disprense requests that have not been authorised yet, e.g. a new dispense request on the basis of an existing medication agreement.
 
*In the current situation, a locum pharmacy often does not inform the regular general practitioner and regular pharmacy when medication is dispensed.
 
*In the current situation, a proposal for a medication agreement may have been aligned with the prescriber over the phone and/or the pharmacist and prescriber have made an agreement about handling a warning from the medication monitoring system.
 
*The intention of the return message is not always clear: no distinction can be made in the return/delivery message between displaying a physical delivery and a transmission of information about a medication change.
 
*In the current situation, pharmacists sometimes register (and communicate) medication dispenses when they are preparing the medication for the patient instead of at the time when the medication is actually dispensed to the patient. This means that medication that has not been picked up, is sometimes erroneously registered as dispensed.
 
 
 
===Precondition===
 
 
 
An MA exists. In an ambulatory situation there may also be a corresponding VV.
 
 
 
===Trigger event===
 
The pharmacist starts the medication dispense process on the basis of one of the following events:
 
*Receipt of an order to make an MVE on the basis of a new MA. In an ambulatory situation, this order is always accompanied by a VV.
 
*Receipt of an order to process a new MA in an ongoing MVE.
 
*Receipt of a trigger (for example, via a patient or a repeat module of the pharmacist information system) for a repeat MVE under an existing MVE or a new VVV.
 
 
 
===Process step: Providing pharmaceutical care===
 
Pharmaceutical care is provided by a community, outpatient (i.e. at the hospital) or institutional pharmacy, depending on the health professional who has created the MA:
 
*MA, possibly with a VV from the general practitioner or specialist: care provided by a community or outpatient pharmacy.
 
*MA from specialists and other prescribers in hospitals/institutions: care provided by an institutional pharmacy or a community pharmacy that supplies the respective institution.
 
Medication monitoring is also part of pharmaceutical care.
 
 
 
Based on the received MA or a change in the situation of the patient, the pharmacist decides how to apply this by:
 
*Making one or more new TAs.
 
*Continuing, permanently discontinuing, temporarily halting or modifying an existing MA.
 
*Rejecting the MA.
 
*Proposing a new MA.
 
*Proposing a new medication dispense (VVV).
 
 
 
The last three situations are explained in the following paragraph. The first two situations are explained in [[#Process step: Creating an administration agreement|paragraph 2.3.6]].
 
In conclusion of provided pharmaceutical care, which may comprise new agreements and medication dispenses, a new up-to-date medication overview may be compiled and made available.
 
 
 
===Process step: Informing the prescriber===
 
 
 
There is a number of situations in which the pharmacist informs the prescriber, including:
 
*When a new or modified MA is needed
 
*When a new VV is needed
 
For more information about informing, see [[#Informing and (actively) making available|paragraph 1.3.5]].
 
 
 
A new or modified MA is needed:
 
*When a new TA cannot be created based on the received MA because the pharmacist suspects an error in the MA, or
 
*After a signal from the medication monitoring system as part of pharmaceutical care. The signal may indicate, for example, that the dosage should be lowered or increased, that it is advisable to select another medicinal product, that a product should be temporarily discontinued, that another additional product should be added, etc., or
 
*Based on medication use as reported by the patient during pharmaceutical care, or
 
*When the temporarily halted pharmaceutical treatment may be resumed.
 
*A TA is not yet created or modified in these situations.
 
Instead, the pharmacist starts by contacting the prescriber by phone, informing him of the suspected error and proposing an alternative. The pharmacist may also send a digital proposition called VMA to the prescriber. He recommends a specific MA in this proposal, together with the reason and arguments for that recommendation. The prescriber may approve the VMA and make it into a final MA (see also [[#Process step: Evaluating a pharmaceutical treatment|paragraph 2.2.4]]).<br>
 
 
 
A new VV is needed when the patient’s medication stock is depleted or nearly used and the treatment may need to be continued (request repeat prescription). The patient either requests a repeat MVE from the pharmacist or has signed up in the past for proactive repeat MVE and a notification signal is generated by the repeat module of the AIS when the patient requires new medication<ref> The patient may also request a repeat directly from the prescriber: see [[#Process step: Informing the prescriber|paragraph 2.5.6]].</ref>.
 
When the existing VV is not adequate, the pharmacist may communicate this request over the phone or send a digital VVV to the prescriber. The VVV may contain indications for the prescriber, such as urgency. The prescriber may approve the received proposal and alter it into a final VV. The prescriber informs the requestor via a AVVV (see also [[#Process step: Evaluating a pharmaceutical treatment|paragraph 2.2.4]] and subsequent paragraphs).
 
 
 
===Process step: Creating an administration agreement===
 
 
 
If the MA and, if applicable, the corresponding VV can be processed, a TA will be created. By creating a TA, the pharmacist fulfills the MA. The TA is communicated to the patient or the person administrating the medication. The TA belongs to the same MBH as the MA it fulfills. As is the case with the corresponding MA, a TA may start in the future. The dosage in the TA may deviate from that in the MA, for example because a certain strength is not in stock. This means that another PRK can become part of the MBH when, for example, 1 tablet of 20 mg is changed into 2 tablets of 10 mg.
 
Before the TA is  made (actively) available, medication monitoring will occur in accordance with applicable guidelines, as part of this process step.
 
 
 
On the basis of the TA, an administration list<ref> In this document, the administration list means both the digital and the paper version, unless otherwise indicated. Sublist and checklist are synonyms. </ref> can be compiled for home care or nursing staff, among others.
 
 
 
When creating a TA, the same principle applies as for the MA: each change is recorded in a new TA.
 
 
 
The following paragraphs describe the different situations in which a TA is created: new TA or continuing, permanently discontinuing, temporarily halting or modifying an existing TA.
 
 
 
====New administration agreement====
 
 
 
In case of a new MA, a new TA is always created. A new TA is also created in case of a new preference policy or a change in stock which results in the selection of a different medicinal product.
 
When creating a new TA, the pharmacist takes into account, among other things:
 
*Preference policy,
 
*Inclusion in GDS-packaging,
 
*Available stock of the institution (‘hospital formulary’) or the pharmacy itself.<br>
 
 
 
If, in an ambulatory situation, the first provision/dispense to the patient occurs later than agreed, the start date of the TA will be different from the start date of the MA.
 
 
 
====Continuing an administration agreement====
 
 
 
When the existing MA and TA are sufficient to carry out an MVE, the TA will not be adjusted.
 
 
 
====Discontinuing an administration agreement====
 
 
 
An MA in which it has been agreed to discontinue medication permanently, leads to a stop-TA under the same MBH (this also applies in case of a stop-MA as a result of a change) with stop type ‘permanent’. The stop-TA prevents a new MVE of the discontinued medication.
 
In an ambulatory situation, the prescriber can indicate in the MA that the medication will be discontinued with the next roll (with GDS). In this case, the start date of the stop-TA may be later than indicated in the original stop-TA.
 
 
 
====Temporarily interrupting an administration agreement====
 
 
 
Temporarily interrupting an MA results in a stop-TA (stop type: 'temporary'). Upon resuming, a new TA is created. Both TAs belong to the same MBH as the MA.
 
 
 
====Modifying an administration agreement====
 
 
 
A modified MA (leading to a new MA) leads to a new TA under the same MBH. As with the MA, a change to a TA means the termination of the existing TA (a technical stop-TA) and the creation of a new TA.
 
 
 
===Process step: Dispense===
 
 
 
After creating the TA, the pharmacist prepares the product and dispenses it to:
 
*The patient in a community setting,
 
*The patient admitted to a hospital, nursing home or other institution.
 
The pharmacist records MVE<ref>In a clinical situation, product may be taken from the department’s own supply, after which administration takes place immediately and the administration is recorded.</ref>.
 
 
 
Medication dispense to patients:
 
*In an ambulatory situation only occurs on the basis of a VV or a repeat VV,
 
*In a clinical situation occurs on the basis of the MA without the need for a VV.
 
 
 
===Process step: (Actively) making available===
 
 
 
This step involves information exchange. Information can be sent or made available with different intentions:
 
 
 
As a request to the prescriber to create a new medication agreement (VMA) or a new dispense request (VVV).
 
 
 
Informing the prescriber about the processing of the prescription (TA and/or MVE).
 
 
 
Making medication data available (VV and MVE) to allow fellow health professionals and/or patients to access these later.
 
 
 
Making a medication overview available to allow fellow health professionals and/or patients to access these later.
 
 
 
===Post-condition===
 
*A TA could have been created.
 
*An MVE could have taken place and, if necessary, the patient has received instructions on how to use the medicinal product.
 
*Fellow health professionals have been informed or may inform themselves. The prescriber has been informed.
 
*If necessary, the prescribing physician has been requested to provide a new/modified MA or VV.
 
 
 
===Information systems and transaction groups===
 
 
 
The prescriber and the pharmacist as well as other health professionals and users all make use of an information system, respectively, an electronic prescribing system (EVS), a pharmacist information system (AIS, incl. ZAIS), a XIS and a PGO<ref> XIS is a generic term for a random (health care) information system. PHR=personal health records. </ref>. These information systems each have different system roles which enable the exchange of data between these information systems as part of the prescription process.
 
[[#Information systems and transactions|Chapter 7]] includes an overview of all  information systems, system roles, transactions, etc. The most important elements for the prescription process are included in the overview below.
 
  
{{anchor|figuur 6}}
+
==<span class="anchor" id="push/pull"></span>Sending and/or making available==
[[Bestand:Uc Ter handstellen.png|Figuur 6 Processeps and transactions - dispense]]
+
A patient's medication data may be stored in various information systems. The aim of Medication Process MP9 is to make these data accessible to all health professionals involved, and to the patient themselves.<br>
 
+
There are two methods for exchanging medication building blocks in the healthcare chain: sending and making available.<br>
===Use cases===
 
De volgende specifieke use cases van ter hand stellen zijn uitgewerkt:
 
*[[#New medicatieafspraak, medicatieverstrekking of the same product|New medicatieafspraak, medicatieverstrekking of the same product ]]
 
*[[#New medicatieafspraak, medicatieverstrekking of the same product|New medicatieafspraak, medicatieverstrekking of the same product]]
 
*[[#Existing toedieningsafspraak is adequate|Existing toedieningsafspraak is adequate]]
 
*[[#Medicatieafspraak wanted (informing the prescriber)|Medicatieafspraak wanted (informing the prescriber) ]]
 
*[[#Request and dispense|Request and dispense ]]
 
*[[#Patient requests repeat prescription via physician (reactive repeat)|Patient requests repeat prescription via physician (reactive repeat) ]]
 
*[[#Patient requests repeat prescription via pharmacist (informing prescriber)|Patient requests repeat prescription via pharmacist (informing prescriber) ]]
 
*[[#Proactive repeat prescription by pharmacist (informing prescriber)|Proactive repeat prescription by pharmacist (informing prescriber)]]
 
*[[#Dispense based on an existing verstrekkingsverzoek|Dispense based on an existing verstrekkingsverzoek]]
 
*[[#Splitting a prescription|Splitting a prescription ]]
 
*[[#Starting and continuing a GDS|Starting and continuing a GDS ]]
 
*[[#The pharmacist changes commercial product|The pharmacist changes commercial product ]]
 
*[[#Adding medication to a GDS|Adding medication to a GDS ]]
 
*[[#Discontinuing medication in a GDS|Discontinuing medication in a GDS ]]
 
*[[#GDS supplier supplies other commercial product|GDS supplier supplies other commercial product]]
 
*[[#Parallel administration agreements with GDS- and non-GDS-dispense|Parallel administration agreements with GDS- and non-GDS-dispense ]]
 
*[[#Handling a stop medicatieafspraak|Handling a stop medicatieafspraak ]]
 
*[[#Medication dispense with someone else’s administration agreement|Medication dispense with someone else’s administration agreement ]]
 
*[[#Modification of someone else’s administration agreement|Modification of someone else’s administration agreement ]]
 
*[[#Verstrekkingsverzoek with number of repetitions|Verstrekkingsverzoek with number of repetitions ]]
 
 
 
==Process: administer==
 
  
 +
'''Sending'''<br>
 +
Medication data are sent to other parties involved, who receive these data automatically. Medication data are not sent to specific health professionals, but to healthcare providers. When the FD refers to sending to ‘the supplier/general practitioner/pulmonologist, etc.’, it refers to the relevant healthcare providers, not that individual health professional.<br>
 +
In MP9, sending is done using a Sending transaction, for example Sending medication data. The initiative lies with the sending party.<br>
 
<br>
 
<br>
This paragraph describes the administration process. This process comprises the compilation of the administration list for (professional) administrators and the administration which is carried out by a (professional) administrator, the patient himself or an informal caregiver. Professional administrators are physicians, nurses and caregivers (home care/institution).
+
'''Making available'''<br>
 +
Once recorded, medication data can also be made available. This means that they can be queried. Querying allows other parties involved in the chain to collect all available medication building blocks.<br>
  
In paragraph 2.4.1, the current situation is described, followed by a description of the new, altered situation.
+
Not all data are always made available to everyone:
 +
* Proposal data are only sent by the person making the proposal to the recipient of the proposal, the prescriber.
 +
* Dispense requests are only made available for querying by the patient.
 +
* An information system only makes building blocks available that have been created by the health professional concerned. Any copies from another source are not made available.
 +
* The Height and Weight HCIMs can be sent with the medication prescription. Laboratory results can also be sent. Querying/making these building blocks available is not within the scope of MP9.<br>
  
===Current situation===
+
The actual exchange of data takes place in MP9 with the Query and Making Available transactions, for example Query medication data and Making available medication data. The initiative for this lies with the querying party.<br>
In the current situation, the (professional) administrator, together with the patient, verifies the medication which should be administered, using the available information (paper and/or digital administration list(s), the dosing schedule for, for example, anticoagulant medication, the information on the label), and, subsequently, administers the medication. In case of uncertain administration instructions, the administrator contacts the prescriber or pharmacist. Uncertainties are more likely to occur with an increasing number of prescribers, suppliers and administrators who are involved in the administration process.
+
PLEASE NOTE: In these transactions, ''making available'' is a response to a query, so it concerns the actual delivery of the requested data to the querying party.<br>
In the current situation, for administrators, there are several challenges in the transfer of medication data:
 
*Transfer of medication data between inpatient health care or home care, and hospital health care is missing or is not available in time;
 
*Medication changes are not received (in time), and medication stops are missing;
 
*Up-to-date data on the administration list is not available in the case of supply by multiple pharmacies during after-hours care (evening, night or weekend);
 
*Separate dosing schedules, in addition to the administration list, of (highly) variable dosages, for example anticoagulant medication;
 
*Problems related to a separate dosing schedule of (highly) variable dosages; for example, loss of the dosing schedule, verbal information regarding changes of the dosing schedule;
 
*Medication as needed, injection schedules (for example, for insulin) are missing on the administration list (the injection schedules will be worked out in the information standard in the future);
 
*An overview is missing of all health professionals and healthcare providers which are involved.
 
  
In the current situation, the pharmacist compiles the administration list for the (professional) administrator or the patient. This administration list comprises the administration times, which are geared to the rounds of the home care organization, with account for the pharmaceutical ranges. A paper or digital administration list is used by the (professional) administrators for the registration of the medication administration. A paper administration list (including the administration registration) is in the patient’s home, and is therefore accessible for all professional administrators (irrespective of organization). The digitally recorded medication administrations are only exchanged with other health professionals in exceptional situations (for example, it may be exchanged in the case of admission or special circumstances). With the transition to an electronic administration registration, the administration list (with the recorded administration times) is no longer physically present; instead the administration is recorded in the E-TDR/E-TRS (electronic administration registration/electronic administration registration system) (see paragraph 2.4.8). The involved professional administrators of different organizations (with possibly different E-TRS applications) cannot consult or can only consult with difficulty the registered administration procedures of other organizations, because of registration in different applications and/or databases.
+
See [[#informatieoverdracht|Chapter 3]] for further explanation of these transactions.
  
===Precondition===
+
=<span class="anchor" id="informatieoverdracht"></span>Information exchange=
 +
This chapter provides an overview of the information systems, system roles, transactions and the associated building blocks in MP9. It briefly describes how these concepts relate to each other and how they are used in the description of this information standard. The purpose of this chapter is to clarify the basic principles of information exchange within MP9. For detailed information, please refer to the source data in {{#lst:mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|ART-DECOR index}}.
  
The patient administers medication to himself or the patient must be administered medication by a(n) (professional) administrator and, therefore, requires an administration list.
+
==Overview of concepts==
 +
Recorded medication data are exchanged in the form of instances of medication building blocks. This takes place via ''transactions'' between the information systems of health professionals. Transactions are grouped into transaction groups, which in turn are part of scenarios. These can be found in the Scenarios tab in {{#lst:mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|ART-DECOR scenario's}}.<br>
 +
An overview of the transactions per ''system role'' can also be found there (actor: system). A system role is a function that the system fulfils in the exchange of data. Each information system in MP9 must be able to fulfil certain system roles in order to be able to execute the corresponding transaction.<br>
  
===Trigger event===
+
The Dataset tab in {{#lst:mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|ART-DECOR}} contains the ''generic'' dataset with all data types relevant to MP9. A ''transaction'' dataset is a subset of this generic dataset. It contains the building blocks and data elements that can or must be exchanged in the transaction in question. The cardinality and conformity of the data elements are specified for each transaction. For an explanation of this, see the {{#lst:mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|Handleiding Kardinaliteiten}}.<br>
  
The moment the medicinal products must be administered.
+
A use case describes a practical situation in healthcare for which the exchange of information is specified on the basis of:
 +
* '''Actors''': Persons and information systems involved in the use case. This concerns the roles that these actors fulfil:
 +
**''Business roles'': prescriber, supplier, administrator, patient
 +
**''System roles'': sending, receiving, querying and making available
 +
* '''Transactions''': What information is exchanged, when, between which systems and system roles, and which business roles are involved.
  
===Process step: Administration list===
+
The report {{#lst:mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|informatiestandaarden in de zorg}} provides further explanation and background information on these concepts and their interrelationships.
  
The (professional) administrator or the patient receives or asks for the (actively) made available medication data that is required for automatic generation of the administration list. For the administration list, the building blocks ‘medicatieafspraak’ (MA), ‘wisselend doseerschema’ (WDS), ‘toedieningsafspraak’(TA) and ‘medicatietoediening’ (MTD) are needed. In order to compile a complete administration list, the (guide) administration times and dosing instructions are required. The pharmacist and prescriber can enter these data in the TA, and MA or WDS, respectively. In general, pharmacists and prescribers in the ambulatory setting do not register the (guide) administration times and, therefore, they should receive a trigger which indicates that it concerns an ‘administration patient’; a patient who is aided in the medication administration or a patient who requires an administration list. For some medication, it is necessary to provide information on the previous ‘prick and patch locations’ (sites of administration); this is registered in the MTD. In the case of inpatient health care, administration lists are available for all patients, and (guide) administration times are registered by default.
+
==Information systems, system roles and transactions==
 +
This section describes the information systems, system roles, transactions and associated building blocks within MP9.
 +
===Types of information systems===
 +
Within MP9, different types of information systems are distinguished based on their functional role:<br>
 +
*EVS – electronic prescription system
 +
*AIS – pharmacy information system
 +
*PGO – personal health environment
 +
*eTDR – electronic administration registration system
 +
*TrIS – thrombosis information system<br>
  
Most (guide) administration times are chosen based on the administration times of other prescribed medication and the rounds of the administrator, especially for MAs and TAs with standard flexible (guide) administration times. Further agreements should be made regarding the (guide) administration times by those concerned in the healthcare field (for example, which deviations from the (guide) administration times are permitted). If the administration of a drug requires a specific time of administration, for example because of medication interactions, this is communicated by entering in the TA and/or MA that the (guide) administration time is not flexible.  
+
XIS is the generic term used to refer to an information system.
  
The administration list differentiates between GDS medication (GDS: medication distribution system, in Dutch ‘Geneesmiddel Distributie Systeem’) and non-GDS medication based on the distribution type. This information is extracted from the building block TA. Subsequently, the administrator (administration software) compiles the administration list, based on the MA, WDS, TA and MTD, with differentiation according to administration moment. Prescribers, pharmacists and administrators (PrickPatchLocation) are responsible for providing the medication data which is necessary for generating the administration list.
+
===System roles and associated transactions and building blocks===
 +
A system role is a function that the system performs in the exchange of data. It involves the following general functions:
 +
* Sending system – sends data to a Receiving system
 +
* Receiving system – receives data from a Sending system
 +
* Querying system – requests data from an Available-making system
 +
* Available-making system – sends the requested data to a Querying system
 +
An information system can fulfil one or more of these system roles.<br>
  
===Process step: Administering===
+
The table below provides an overview of the system roles within MP9 with their abbreviations, the corresponding transaction and the building blocks that may be involved. In the {{#lst:mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|ART-DECOR scenario's}} can be found how the building blocks involved are implemented for each transaction.
  
The (professional) administrator has received the medication data (MA, WDS, TA and MTD) that is required for the medication administration. These data is presented in the administration list as described above. The (professional) administrator, together with the patient, verifies the available medication and the administration data. If agreed and needed, the professional administrator prepares the medication for administration. The medication is administered and the administrator records the administration in the information system or on the administration list. Deviations in the medication administration (not administered, adjusted dosage, refusal by the patient, swallowing problems, adverse effects, etc.) are recorded as well.
+
{| class="wikitable"
 +
! style="text-align:left;" | System role
 +
! style="text-align:left; width: 70px" | Abbreviation
 +
! style="text-align:left;" | Transaction
 +
! style="text-align:left; width: 35%" | Possible building blocks involved
 +
|-
 +
! colspan="4" style="text-align:left;"| '''Scenario Medication prescription'''
 +
|-
 +
| VoorschriftSturend
 +
| MP-VOS
 +
| Sending medication prescription
 +
| rowspan="2" style="vertical-align:top;"| MA with or without VV; Length, Weight (if applicable)<br> If necessary, kidney function values can be sent along with the prescription via the Lab2Zorg transaction. See {{#lst:mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|leeswijzer}}.
 +
|-
 +
| VoorschriftOntvangend
 +
| MP-VOO
 +
| Receiving medication prescription
 +
|-
 +
! colspan="4" style="text-align:left;"| '''Scenario Medication prescription processing'''
 +
|-
 +
| VoorschriftAfhandelingSturend
 +
| MP-VAS
 +
| Sending data on processing of medication prescription
 +
| rowspan="2" style="vertical-align:top;"| TA with or without MVE
 +
|-
 +
| VoorschriftAfhandelingOntvangend
 +
| MP-VAO
 +
| Receiving data on processing of medication prescription
 +
|-
 +
! colspan="4" style="text-align:left;" |'''Scenario Medication data'''
 +
|-
 +
| MedicatieGegevensSturend
 +
| MP-MGS
 +
| Sending medication data
 +
| rowspan="4" style="vertical-align:top;"|1 or more:<br> MA, VV, TA, MVE, MTD, MGB, WDS
 +
|-
 +
| MedicatieGegevensOntvangend
 +
| MP-MGO
 +
| Receiving medication data
 +
|-
 +
| MedicatieGegevensBeschikbaarstellend
 +
| MP-MGB
 +
| Making medication data available
 +
|-
 +
| MedicatieGegevensRaadplegend
 +
| MP-MGR
 +
| Query medication data
 +
|-
 +
! colspan="4" style="text-align:left;"|'''Scenario Proposal data'''
 +
|-
 +
| VoorstelMedicatieafspraakSturend
 +
| MP-VMS
 +
| Sending proposal medication agreement
 +
| rowspan="2" style="vertical-align:top;"|VMA with or without Length, Weight
 +
|-
 +
| VoorstelMedicatieafspraakOntvangend
 +
| MP-VMO
 +
| Receiving proposal medication agreement
 +
|-
 +
| AntwoordVoorstelMedicatieafspraakSturend
 +
| MP-AVMS
 +
| Sending reply proposal medication agreement
 +
| rowspan="2" style="vertical-align:top;"|AVMA
 +
|-
 +
| AntwoordVoorstelMedicatieafspraakOntvangend
 +
| MP-AVMO
 +
| Receiving reply proposal medication agreement
 +
|-
 +
| VoorstelVerstrekkingsverzoekSturend
 +
| MP-VVS
 +
| Sending proposal dispense request
 +
| rowspan="2" style="vertical-align:top;"|VVV
 +
|-
 +
| VoorstelVerstrekkingsverzoekOntvangend
 +
| MP-VVO
 +
| Receiving proposal dispense request
 +
|-
 +
| AntwoordVoorstelVerstrekkingsverzoekSturend
 +
| MP-AVVS
 +
| Sending reply proposal dispense request
 +
| rowspan="2" style="vertical-align:top;"|AVVV
 +
|-
 +
| AntwoordVoorstelVerstrekkingsverzoekOntvangend
 +
| MP-AVVO
 +
| Receiving reply proposal dispense request
 +
|}
  
===Process step: (Actively) making available===
+
Certain system roles are each other's logical counterparts and therefore always occur together in a system. For example, sending a prescription and receiving confirmation that the prescription has been processed. This concerns the following Send/Receive pairs:
 +
* MP-VOS and MP-VAO
 +
* MP-VOO and MP-VAS
 +
* MP-VMS and MP-AVMO
 +
* MP-VMO and MP-AVMS
 +
* MP-VVS and MP-AVVO
 +
* MP-VVO and MP-AVVS
  
In this step, information is exchanged. The administration data can be sent or be made available with the following aims:
+
===<span class="anchor" id="systeem"></span>Information systems and system roles===
*The recorded MTDs and deviations can be sent for information to a fellow health professional;
+
An information system can fulfil various system roles. The table below shows which roles these are for each information system.<br>
*The MTD can be made available so that the data can be accessed later by fellow health professionals and/or the patient. For example, the administration data can be retrieved upon transfer of the patient to another department or institution. Also, a health professional can check which medication is administered to a patient.
+
{| class="wikitable"
 +
! system role !! EVS !! AIS !! PGO !! eTDR !! TrIS
 +
|-
 +
| MP-VOS || √ || - || - || - || √
 +
|-
 +
| MP-VOO || - || √ || - || - || -
 +
|-
 +
| MP-VAS || - || √ || - || - || -
 +
|-
 +
| MP-VAO || √ || - || - || - || √
 +
|-
 +
| MP-MGS || √ || √ || √ || √ || √
 +
|-
 +
| MP-MGO || √ || √ || √ || √ || √
 +
|-
 +
| MP-MGB || √ || √ || √ || √ || √
 +
|-
 +
| MP-MGR || √ || √ || √ || √ || √
 +
|-
 +
| MP-VMS || √ || √ || √ || √ || √
 +
|-
 +
| MP-VMO || √ || - || - || - || -
 +
|-
 +
| MP-AVMS || √ || - || - || - || -
 +
|-
 +
| MP-AVMO || √ || √ || √ || √ || √
 +
|-
 +
| MP-VVS || √ || √ || √ || √ || √
 +
|-
 +
| MP-VVO || √ || - || - || - || -
 +
|-
 +
| MP-AVVS || √ || - || - || - || -
 +
|-
 +
| MP-AVVO || √ || √ || √ || √ || √
 +
|}
  
===Post-condition===
+
Figure 3.1 is a graphical representation of this:<br>
  
The patient has administered medication by himself or has been administered medication. The MTDs can be recorded in an information system and can be (actively) made available for fellow health professionals and/or the patient.
+
[[Bestand:informatiesystemen_en_systeemrollen ENG.png|500px|Information systems and system roles]]<br>
 +
''<small>Figure 3.1 Information systems and system roles</small>''
  
===Information systems and transaction groups===
+
==Scenarios==
 +
This section describes the following scenarios:
 +
* Medication prescription
 +
* Medication prescription processing
 +
* Medication data
 +
* Proposal data
 +
In the description of each scenario the sub-processes in which it may occur are indicated. The corresponding process descriptions can be found in [[#mp|Chapter 5]].<br>
 +
A subdivision per scenario rather than per use case has been chosen. This is because there is no one-to-one relationship between use cases and scenarios within the medication process. For example, the Prescription sub-process includes the use case of sending a medication prescription, but also the use cases of receiving data on the processing of a prescription, receiving and responding to a proposal from a supplier, or drawing up an overview of medication data. All scenarios apply in this sub-process. Conversely, the Medication data scenario can be used for all kinds of different use cases. A description per scenario is therefore the most efficient approach.
  
The prescriber and the pharmacist as well as other administrators and patients (optional) all make use of an information system, respectively, an electronic prescribing system (‘elektronisch voorschrijfsysteem’ - EVS), an electronic client file (‘elektronisch cliëntendossier’ - ECD), a pharmacist information system (‘apothekersinformatiesysteem’ - AIS), a hospital pharmacist information system (‘ziekenhuisapotheekinformatiesysteem’ - ZAIS), an administration registration system (‘toedieningsregistratiesysteem’ - TRS), a thrombosis service information system (‘trombosedienstinformatiesysteem’ - TrIS) and a personal health environment (‘persoonlijke gezondheidsomgeving’ - PGO). These information systems each have different system roles which enable the exchange of data between these information systems as part of the administration process. The information systems may have a function in compiling an administration list, and in the registration, the exchange and the delivering of an MTD.
+
===Scenario Medication prescription===
Chapter 6 provides an example of compiling an administration list. The most important elements for the administration process are included in the overview below.
+
====Objective====
 +
The objective is for the prescriber to send a prescription to the supplier.
 +
====Process====
 +
This scenario applies to the use case of prescribing medication during the Prescribing sub-process.
 +
====Business roles and activity diagram====
 +
{| class="wikitable"
 +
! Business role (actor) !! Description of business role
 +
|-
 +
| Prescriber || Sending medication prescription to supplier
 +
|-
 +
| Supplier || Receiving medication prescription from prescriber
 +
|}
 +
[[Bestand:Activiteitendiagram scenario Medicatievoorschrift ENG.png|500px|Activity diagram scenario Medication prescription]]
  
{{anchor|figuur 7}}
+
====Systems and system roles====
[[Bestand:Toedienen.png|Figuur 7 Processtappen en transacties - toedienen|800px]]
+
The prescriber uses an EVS. The supplier uses an AIS.
  
===Use cases===
+
{| class="wikitable"
 +
! System !! Name system role !! System role code !! Description of system role
 +
|-
 +
| EVS || VoorschriftSturend || MP-VOS || Sending medication prescription
 +
|-
 +
| AIS || VoorschriftOntvangend || MP-VOO || Receiving medication prescription
 +
|}
  
The following use cases for medication administration have been worked out:
+
====Relationship between business roles, system roles and transactions====
 +
{| class="wikitable"
 +
! Scenario
 +
! Business role
 +
! System
 +
! System role code
 +
! Transaction group
 +
! Transaction
 +
|-
 +
| rowspan="2" style="vertical-align: top" | Medication prescription
 +
| Prescriber
 +
| EVS
 +
| MP-VOS
 +
| rowspan="2" style="vertical-align: top" | Medication prescription (Sending/Receiving)
 +
| Sending medication prescription
 +
|-
 +
| Supplier
 +
| AIS
 +
| MP-VOO
 +
| Receiving medication prescription
 +
|}
  
*[[#Creating an administration list| Creating an administration list]]
+
===Scenario Medication prescription processing===
*[[#Exact administration times required| Exact administration times required]]
+
====Objective====
*[[#Missing (guide) administration times| Missing (guide) administration times]]
+
The objective is for the supplier to inform the prescriber about the processing of a medication prescription.
*[[#Non-GDS medication as needed| Non-GDS medication as needed]]
+
====Process====
*[[#Medication supply by multiple pharmacies| Medication supply by multiple pharmacies]]
+
This scenario applies to the use case of processing medication prescriptions during the sub-process Dispense.
*[[#Change in GDS from the next supply or immediately| Change in GDS from the next supply or immediately]]
+
====Business roles and activity diagram====
*[[#Increasing dosage of GDS in new MBH| Increasing dosage of GDS in new MBH]]
+
{| class="wikitable"
*[[#Decreasing dosage of GDS in new MBH| Decreasing dosage of GDS in new MBH]]
+
! Business role (actor) !! Description of business role
*[[#Change processed by the pharmacist| Change processed by the pharmacist]]
+
|-
*[[#Change not processed by the pharmacist| Change not processed by the pharmacist]]
+
| Supplier || Sending data on processing of medication prescription to prescriber
*[[#Variable-dosing regimen| Variable-dosing regimen]]
+
|-
*[[#Additional information| Additional information]]
+
| Prescriber || Receiving data on processing of medication prescription from supplier
*[[#Medication administration deviates from administration list| Medication administration deviates from administration list]]
+
|-
*[[#Medication administration without medication agreement and administration agreement| Medication administration without medication agreement and administration agreement]]
+
|}
*[[#Medication administration of self-care medication| Medication administration of self-care medication]]
+
[[Bestand:Activiteitendiagram scenario Afhandelen medicatievoorschrift ENG.png|500px|Activity diagram scenario Medication prescription processing]]
*[[#Correction/cancellation of an administration| Correction/cancellation of an administration]]
 
*[[#Medication administration on hold| Medication administration on hold]]
 
*[[#Medication administration by a prescriber| Medication administration by a prescriber]]
 
*[[#Multiple administration organizations| Multiple administration organizations]]
 
  
==Process: medication use==
+
====Systems and system roles====
This paragraph describes the process of medication use including registration of medication use by the patient or a health professional. The information recorded by the patient or health professional may be used, among other things, for medication verification by the health professional. During medication verification, medication use is established by the health professional.
+
The supplier uses an AIS. The prescriber uses an EVS.
 +
{| class="wikitable"
 +
! System !! Name system role !! System role code !! Description of system role
 +
|-
 +
| AIS || VoorschriftAfhandelingSturend || MP-VAS || Sending data on processing of medication prescription
 +
|-
 +
| EVS || VoorschriftAfhandelingOntvangend || MP-VAO || Receiving data on processing of medication prescription
 +
|}
  
===Current situation===
+
====Relationship between business roles, system roles and transactions====
*There is currently a limited number of information systems available in which the patient can record his own use of medication. Exchange to health professionals is also highly dependent on the information system used and is often limited to one specific health professional via, for example, one specific platform/app.
+
{| class="wikitable"
*The current medication profiles are often incomplete and not up to date.
+
! Scenario
 +
! Business role
 +
! System
 +
! System role code
 +
! Transaction group
 +
! Transaction
 +
|-
 +
| rowspan="2" style="vertical-align: top" | Medication prescription processing
 +
| Supplier
 +
| AIS
 +
| MP-VAS
 +
| rowspan="2" style="vertical-align: top" | Medication prescription processing (Sending/Receiving)
 +
| Sending data on processing of medication prescription
 +
|-
 +
| Prescriber
 +
| EVS
 +
| MP-VAO
 +
| Receiving data on processing of medication prescription
 +
|}
  
===Precondition===
+
===<span class="anchor" id="Scenario Medicatiegegevens"></span>Scenario Medication data===
The patient has been prescribed medication.
+
====Objective====
 +
The objective is to enable health professionals and patients to exchange medication data by sending, receiving, querying and making the data available. Examples of use cases include:
 +
* Making available an MGB that has been recorded during the medication verification process;
 +
* Querying medication data for the purpose of drawing up an administration list;
 +
* Sending a stop-MA by a prescriber to the prescriber of the original MA;
 +
* Making a TA and MVE available by the supplier;
 +
* Querying medication data by a patient.
  
===Trigger event===
+
====Process====
The patient has used the medication or does not use it (anymore).
+
This scenario applies to various use cases during each of the sub-processes in [[#mp|Chapter 5]].
  
===Process step: Medication use===
+
====Business roles and activity diagram====
The patient uses the prescribed medication, selfcare medication. Medication use may be recorded by
+
The Medication data scenario can apply to all business roles (health professionals and patients).
*The patient himself or his informal caregiver,
+
{| class="wikitable"
*A home care or institution nurse and/or
+
! Business role (actor)
*Another health professional.
+
! Description of business role
This third option often applies in the event of medication verification (see [[#Process: medication verification|paragraph 2.1]]). A variety of information systems is available to record medication use: PHR, XIS, EPF [electronic patient file] / ECF [electronic client file], app, etc.
+
|-
 +
| rowspan="4" style="vertical-align: top" | All actors
 +
| Sending medication data to fellow health professionals/patient
 +
|-
 +
| Receiving medication data from fellow health professionals/patient
 +
|-
 +
| Query medication data from fellow health professionals/patient
 +
|-
 +
| Providing requested medication data to fellow health professionals/patient
 +
|}
 +
[[Bestand:Activiteitendiagram scenario Medicatiegegevens ENG.png|500px|Activity diagram scenario Medication data]]
  
The following can be recorded as medication use:
+
====Systems and system roles====
*Self-care and other proprietary medication,
+
The generic term XIS can refer to any information system, including EVS and AIS, as well as PGO, TrIS and eTDR.
*Discrepancies compared to agreements made,
+
{| class="wikitable"
*Confirmation of medication use (promoting compliance),
+
! System
*Verified medication (see medication verification),
+
! Name system role
*Changes as a result of, for example, side effects (by the patient himself; a health professional will record this in a different way).
+
! System role code
 +
! Description of system role
 +
|-
 +
| rowspan="4" style="vertical-align: top" | XIS
 +
| MedicatieGegevensSturend
 +
| MP-MGS
 +
| Sending medication data
 +
|-
 +
| MedicatieGegevensOntvangend
 +
| MP-MGO
 +
| Receiving medication data
 +
|-
 +
| MedicatieGegevensRaadplegend
 +
| MP-MGR
 +
| Query medication data
 +
|-
 +
| MedicatieGegevensBeschikbaarstellend
 +
| MP-MGB
 +
| Providing requested medication data
 +
|}
  
Patients who are being administered medication by a nurse sometimes take the medication by themselves at a later time, depending on the BEM-score (assessment of medication self-management, in Dutch: 'Beoordeling Eigen Beheer Medicatie'); in that case, MTD data may deviate from MGB.<br>
+
====Relationship between business roles, system roles and transactions====
While medication is being used, pharmaceutical care is provided by the pharmacist (see [[#Process step: Providing pharmaceutical care|paragraph 2.3.4]], e.g. in case of new laboratory values). There may also be follow-up contact during which the pharmaceutical treatment is evaluated (see [[#Process step: Evaluating a (pharmaceutical) treatment|paragraph 2.2.4]]).
+
{| class="wikitable"
 +
! Scenario
 +
! Business role
 +
! System
 +
! System role code
 +
! Transaction group
 +
! Transaction
 +
|-
 +
| rowspan="4" style="vertical-align: top" | Medication data
 +
| rowspan="4" style="vertical-align: top" | All actors
 +
| rowspan="4" style="vertical-align: top" | XIS
 +
| MP-MGS
 +
| rowspan="2" style="vertical-align: top" | Medication data (Sending/Receiving)
 +
| Sending medication data
 +
|-
 +
| MP-MGO
 +
| Receiving medication data
 +
|-
 +
| MP-MGR
 +
| rowspan="2" style="vertical-align: top" | Medication data (Querying/Making available)
 +
| Query medication data
 +
|-
 +
| MP-MGB
 +
| Making medication data available
 +
|}
  
====''Recording of medication use by the patient''====
+
===Scenario Proposal data===
The patients makes use of a medication profile and indicates actual medication use for each medicinal product for which this is relevant. The patient can indicate whether or not he is using the product and/or whether this is ‘medication use according to agreement’ (whereby the MA and/or TA is displayed) or if there were deviations. In case of deviations, it is possible to enter specific deviations (i.e. with regard to the schedule actually followed by the patient), but deviations can also be entered in more general terms (for example, I take the medication: ‘from time to time’, [x] times per [days/week] on average’, ‘1x daily instead of 2x’, ‘not anymore since 22 January 2015’ or ‘not anymore since about a month’). In case of deviation from the agreements, the patient also indicates the reason for changing or discontinuing.<br>
+
NB: In this FD and the dataset, the proposal data are published as a beta version (see [[#beta|section 1.5.4]]).
The patient may also add his own medication to the overview and indicate any side effects as the reason for the changes.
+
====Objective====
 +
The objective is to make a proposal regarding an MA or VV to the prescriber. All actors can make such a proposal.
 +
====Process====
 +
This scenario applies in use cases during all sub-processes. In [[#mp voorstelgegevens|section 5.6]] the working method with proposal data is explained in more detail.
  
Information about medication use will not always be present. There is also no certainty about the reliability of the information. Sometimes there are agreements between the health professional and the patient about keeping track of medication use, and sometimes the initiative is the patient’s entirely.
+
====Business roles and activity diagram====
 +
The Proposal data scenario can apply to all business roles (health professionals and patients).
 +
{| class="wikitable"
 +
! Business role (actor)
 +
! Description of business role
 +
|-
 +
| rowspan="2" style="vertical-align: top" | All actors
 +
| Sending proposal MA/VV to prescriber
 +
|-
 +
| Receiving reply proposal MA/VV from prescriber
 +
|-
 +
| rowspan="2" style="vertical-align: top" | Prescriber
 +
| Receiving proposal MA/VV from all actors
 +
|-
 +
| Sending reply proposal MA/VV to all actors
 +
|}
 +
[[Bestand:Activiteitendiagram scenario Voorstelgegevens ENG.png|700px|Activity diagram scenario Proposal data]]
  
====''Recording of medication use by health professionals''====
+
====Systems and system roles====
During the process of medication verification ([[#Process: medication verification|paragraph 2.1]]) or evaluating a pharmaceutical treatment ([[#Process step: Evaluating a pharmaceutical treatment|2.2.4]]) the patient (or his informal caregiver) indicates, for example, that he does not use medication or uses it differently than was agreed. He may also indicate that he uses other medication as well (self-care products or foreign medication). The health professional can record these data as MGB. The data about medication use is recorded in addition to the primary medication data with the patient being recorded as the source of the information and the health professional as the author.<br>
+
The prescriber uses an EVS. All actors use an XIS.
Instead of or in addition to recording the MGB, a prescriber may also choose to make a new or modified MA with the patient (in accordance with the process described in [[#Process step: Making a medication agreement|paragraph 2.2.5]]). This may occur when the prescriber sees reasons to adjust the agreement in response to the patient’s actual medication use. When the prescriber sees no reasons to adjust the agreement, he may choose to only record the medication use, perhaps with the remark that he has requested the patient to comply with the existing agreements.
+
{| class="wikitable"
 +
! System
 +
! Name system role
 +
! System role code
 +
! Description of system role
 +
|-
 +
| rowspan="4" style="vertical-align: top" | XIS
 +
| VoorstelMedicatieafspraakSturend
 +
| MP-VMS
 +
| Sending proposal medication agreement
 +
|-
 +
| AntwoordVoorstelMedicatieafspraakOntvangend
 +
| MP-AVMO
 +
| Receiving reply proposal medication agreement
 +
|-
 +
| VoorstelVerstrekkingsverzoekSturend
 +
| MP-VVS
 +
| Sending proposal dispense request
 +
|-
 +
| AntwoordVoorstelVerstrekkingsverzoekOntvangend
 +
| MP-AVVO
 +
| Receiving reply proposal dispense request
 +
|-
 +
| rowspan="4" style="vertical-align: top" | EVS
 +
| VoorstelMedicatieafspraakOntvangend
 +
| MP-VMO
 +
| Receiving proposal medication agreement
 +
|-
 +
| AntwoordVoorstelMedicatieafspraakSturend
 +
| MP-AVMS
 +
| Sending reply proposal medication agreement
 +
|-
 +
| VoorstelVerstrekkingsverzoekOntvangend
 +
| MP-VVO
 +
| Receiving proposal dispense request
 +
|-
 +
| AntwoordVoorstelVerstrekkingsverzoekSturend
 +
| MP-AVVS
 +
| Sending reply proposal dispense request
 +
|}
  
In case of deviations in MGB, a pharmacist may create a VMA for the prescriber (see [[#Process step: Informing the prescriber|paragraph 2.3.5]]) and/or advise the patient to inform the prescriber about the deviations.
+
====Relationship between business roles, system roles and transactions====
 
+
{| class="wikitable"
The assessment of medication use (effect and side effect) will be recorded by the physician in the medical history or used as a reason to modify or discontinue a medication agreement.
+
! Scenario
 
+
! Business role
===Process step: (Actively) making available===
+
! System
The recorded medication data (MGB) and possibly the medication overview may be sent for information to a fellow health professionals or be made available so that the data can be accessed later.
+
! System role code
 
+
! Transaction group
{{Anchor|2-5-6}}
+
! Transaction
 
+
|-
===Process step: Informing the prescriber===
+
| rowspan="2" style="vertical-align: top" | Proposal data
The patient may also directly inform the prescriber when a new or modified MA or new VV is needed. The process is similar to the process of the pharmacist informing the prescriber ([[#Process step: Informing the prescriber|paragraph 2.3.5]]).
+
| All actors
 
+
| XIS
===Post-condition===
+
| MP-VMS
The medication list has been updated by the patient and actual medication use has been added. If necessary, the patient has asked the prescriber for a new or modified MA or VV.
+
| rowspan="2" style="vertical-align: top" | Proposal medication agreement (VMS/VMO)
 
+
| Sending proposal medication agreement
===Information systems and transaction groups===
+
|-
The ''prescriber'' and the ''pharmacist'' as well as other ''health professionals'' and ''users'' all make use of an information system, respectively, an electronic prescribing system (EVS), a pharmacist information system (AIS, incl. ZAIS), a XIS and a PGO<ref>XIS is a generic term for a random (health care) information system. PHR=personal health records.</ref>. These information systems each have different system roles which enable the exchange of data between these information systems as part of the prescription process.<br>
+
| Prescriber
[[#Information systems and transactions|Chapter 7]] includes an overview of all information systems, system roles, transactions, etc. The most important elements for the prescription process are included in the overview below.
+
| EVS
 
+
| MP-VMO
{{anchor|figuur 8}}
+
| Receiving proposal medication agreement
[[Bestand:Gebruiken.png|Figuur 8 Processtappen en transacties - gebruiken]]
+
|-
 
+
| rowspan="2" style="vertical-align: top" | Proposal data
===Use cases===
+
| All actors
The use cases for medication use are described on the basis of registration by the patient. The prescriber may record medication use in the same way but will rather record the assessment of medication use (effect and side effect) in the medical history or use it as a reason to modify or discontinue a medication agreement.
+
| XIS
 
+
| MP-AVMO
The following specific use cases for medication use have been worked out:
+
| rowspan="2" style="vertical-align: top" | Reply proposal medication agreement (AVMS/AVMO)
*[[#Self-care product|Self-care product ]]
+
| Receiving reply proposal medication agreement
*[[#Medication from abroad|Medication from abroad ]]
+
|-
*[[#Modification on the patient’s initiative|Modification at the patient’s initiative ]]
+
| Prescriber
*[[#Discontinuation of medication on the patient’s initiative|Discontinuation of medication at the patient’s initiative ]]
+
| EVS
*[[#No more supply|No more supply ]]
+
| MP-AVMS
*[[#Feedback to patient through a medication adherence app|Feedback to patient through a medication adherence app ]]
+
| Sending reply proposal medication agreement
*[[#Registrations of abnormal medicatiegebruik by patient due to adverse drug reactions|Registrations of abnormal medicatiegebruik by patient due to adverse drug reactions ]]
+
|-
*[[#Register medicatiegebruik based on provision|Register medicatiegebruik based on provision ]]
+
| rowspan="2" style="vertical-align: top" | Proposal data
 
+
| All actors
=Domain-specific handling of the medication process=
+
| XIS
 
+
| MP-VVS
==After Hours General Practice clinics (HAP)==
+
| rowspan="2" style="vertical-align: top" | Proposal dispense request (VVS/VVO)
The after hours general practitioner (AHGP) works on behalf of the regular general practitioner (GP). The AHGP may (among other things) start, modify and discontinue MAs in accordance with the process described in [[#Process: medication verification|paragraph 2.1]]. If necessary, the AHGP will also create the corresponding VVs.<br>
+
| Sending proposal dispense request
The AHGP will inform the regular GP about the observation. Currently, it has been agreed that the AHGP does not act as a source of information for other health professionals of this patient. This means that the AHGP will not carry out the process step ‘(actively) making available’. Instead, the regular GP will make the relevant information available to the fellow health professionals. An exception may be made for a prescription created by the AHGP without a specified recipient, see [[#Prescription without specified recipient (ambulatory)|paragraph 9.1]].<br>
+
|-
In principle, the AHGP will follow the generic prescription process, except that a AHGP will carry out certain steps on behalf of the regular GP (‘delegated’).
+
| Prescriber
 
+
| EVS
==Mental health care==
+
| MP-VVO
There are only few planned admissions in mental health care (almost only in departments for eating disorders, clinical rehabilitation, etc.). Most admissions are admissions as a result of acute crisis situations and are therefore comparable to admissions via the emergency departments in hospitals (see also [[#Starting with medication before admission|paragraph 4.1.20]]).
+
| Receiving proposal dispense request
 
+
|-
===Current situation===
+
| rowspan="2" style="vertical-align: top" | Proposal data
In the current situation, patient or family/informal caregivers are asked which medication the patient is using. In most cases, the patient is unable to give an answer (often the reason for admission). Family/informal caregivers (if known) are also not always able to answer this. If this is the case, the admitting physician/psychiatrists will contact the general practitioner or the pharmacist to find out the medication. This is difficult outside office hours and during weekends. When data do come in, only part of them is retyped in the information system of the health professionals.
+
| All actors
 
+
| XIS
===Process===
+
| MP-AVVO
In the new situation, it will be possible to retrieve the available medication data and medication overviews. On this basis, medication verification, assessment of the medicamenteuze behandeling (as soon as possible) and medication administration (in accordance with [[#Medication process|Chapter 2]]) can be started. Medication dispense is carried out by public pharmacists on an outpatient basis and, in clinical practice, often by a contracted hospital pharmacy.<br>
+
| rowspan="2" style="vertical-align: top" | Reply proposal dispense request (AVVS/AVVO)
As is the case with hospital discharge, medicamenteuze behandeling will be assessed at discharge from a mental health institution ([[#Process step: Evaluating a pharmaceutical treatment|paragraph 2.2.4]] and subsequent). Clinical medication is discontinued and, if necessary, new medication is prescribed or temporarily halted outpatient medication is resumed or permanently discontinued. The physician/psychiatrist focuses mainly on psychiatric medication; somatic medication usually remains unaffected.<br>
+
| Receiving reply proposal dispense request
Letting the psychiatric patient record his own medicatiegebruik may be experienced as undesirable control instead of it stimulating proper medication use.<br>
+
|-
The medication data will be made available.
+
| Prescriber
 
+
| EVS
==Nursing, care and home care (VVT)==
+
| MP-AVVS
The medication process in a VVT institution (nursing home, care home and home care) is similar to that of the clinical situation. However, in a VVT institution, a geriatrics specialist is responsible for prescribing medication to admitted clients and medication is being dispensed by one or more community pharmacists, possibly as part of GDS if needed. VVT institutions and home care make use of administration lists, which are drawn up based on the toedieningafspraken. The administration list is used to check medication before administering it and to sign off actual medicatiegebruik. Communication of the administration list between pharmacist, prescriber and nursing staff will be explained in more details further on in this information standard.
+
| Sending reply proposal dispense request
 
+
|}
==Hospital admission and discharge==
 
A special situation in the transfer of medication data occurs when a patient is admitted to a hospital. At the moment of admission and of discharge, a lot of changes can take place in the medicatieafspraken and toedieningsafspraken. That is why this subject is separately illustrated in this chapter. This process is described in more detail in instruction manuals for caregivers and software suppliers.
 
 
 
===Prior to admission===
 
Before a patient is admitted to a hospital, changes in medication may be necessary. The prescriber during admission and patient can agree upon starting new medication or stopping continuous medication a few days before admission. The prescriber during admission subsequently registers a medicatieafspraak or stop-MA and mentions in the explanatory notes how many days before admission the patient has to start or stop the medication. When this medicatieafspraak is registered, the date of admission is often yet unknown. That is why the prescriber during admission records that this medicatieafspraak depends upon a hospital admission. This means that the start- or end date are uncertain. Technically, this is solved by registering the explanatory notes in the element ‘Condition’ of the period of use of the medicatieafspraak. If this condition is entered, it is clear to caregivers that the period of use is uncertain.
 
 
 
===During admission and at time of discharge===
 
When a patient is admitted, the following situations can occur, concerning the outpatient medication:
 
* Unchanged continuous use,
 
* Change in dosage,
 
* Generic substitution (active ingredient remains the same),
 
* Pharmacological substitution (active ingredient changes, but medication is registered for the same indication),
 
* (Temporary) stop.
 
 
 
Below, for each situation, an explanation is given for registration of the medication of the patient.
 
  
====Unchanged continuous use====
+
=<span class="anchor" id="consolideren"></span>Consolidation: what, why and how=
The patient continues using the outpatient medication during admission.
+
Consolidation involves merging data and then applying rules to create a coherent whole.<br>
 +
This chapter explains the what, why and how of consolidation.<br>
 +
Section 4.1 explains what consolidation is in the context of this information standard.<br>
 +
Section 4.2 explains the purpose of consolidation.<br>
 +
Section 4.3 describes the consolidation process.<br>
 +
Section 4.4 explains the concepts that are important in this context.<br>
 +
Section 4.5 describes the consolidation rules.<br>
 +
Section 4.6 explains what consolidation means for medication data overviews.<br>
  
Both medicatieafspraak and toedieningsafspraak continue during admission and after discharge.
+
==What is consolidation?==
 +
Consolidation is the merging of data and the application of rules to the merged set in order to arrive at a coherent whole.<br>
 +
In this information standard, this concerns the set of building blocks that is collected during querying. This collection can be very extensive. There may be different MBHs, each of which may also contain multiple building blocks. This can even amount to hundreds of building blocks.<br>
 +
After querying, consolidation rules are used to determine how each building block in the set should be interpreted.
  
====Change in dosage====
+
==What is the goal of consolidation?==
The patient uses the outpatient medication during admission, but in a different dosage.
+
The purpose of consolidation is to create a ‘coherent whole’ within the collection of building blocks. What this means exactly depends on the purpose of the query. An administration list requires different data than a general practitioner who wants to view the medication history of a new patient.
 +
It must be clear which building blocks provide the desired data. The consolidation rules can be used to determine the status of each building block within 1 MBH on the basis of two criteria:<br>
 +
:* Is a building block ‘active’ or not?
 +
:* Is a building block ‘valid’ or not?
 +
This status determines whether a building block contains the correct information for the intended application.<br>
  
The medicatieafspraak for outpatient medication is stopped at admission. During admission, a new medicatieafspraak is registered with the changed dosage. At discharge, the prescriber decides which dosage will apply for the outpatient medication and registers a new medicatieafspraak. When registering the MA the prescriber can make use of the data field ‘next practitioner'. With this data field the prescriber can indicate whom needs to take on the authorship of the MA after discharge. The toedieningsafspraak is also stopped at admission. During admission, a new toedieningsafspraak is registered, based on the new medicatieafspraak. At discharge a new toedieningsafspraak will be registered if a new medicatieafspraak is registered.
+
The concepts ‘active’ and ‘valid’ are explained in [[#begrippen consolidatieregels|section 4.4]].
  
====Generic substitution====
+
==Consolidation process==
The patient uses a different medicinal product during admission, but with the same active ingredient and dosage as in the outpatient medication.
+
Consolidation involves the following steps: <br>
 +
'''Collecting building blocks'''<br>
 +
Building blocks for a specific period of time are collected from all available sources. This is done using the Query medication data transaction (see [[#Scenario Medicatiegegevens|section 3.3.3]]).<br>
 +
In some situations, a building block may appear to be active and valid when in fact this is no longer the case. For this reason, the stop-building block with the most recent {{fhir|RegistrationDateTime}} must also be provided for each MBH, using the query parameter LatestStop. The available-making system will then provide the last stop-MA, stop-TA and stop-WDS, even if such a building block falls outside the requested time period. In this way, it can still be determined that the building block has been stopped.<br>
 +
'''Deduplicating identical building blocks'''<br>
 +
In principle, duplicate building blocks should not occur, as the information systems involved in this transaction are only allowed to make their own medication data available. In some cases, however, this can still occur. The information system must therefore be able to identify and deduplicate any identical building blocks.<br>
 +
'''Applying consolidation rules'''<br>
 +
Consolidation rules are used to determine the activeness and validity of each building block in an MBH. This is explained in more detail in the following sections.
  
The medicatieafspraak for outpatient medication continues during admission and after discharge.
+
==<span class="anchor" id="begrippen consolidatieregels"></span>Terms relevant to the description of the consolidation rules==
The toedieningsafspraak for outpatient medication is stopped at admission and continued at discharge. During admission, a new toedieningsafspraak is registered. This toedieningsafspraak will be stopped at discharge.
+
This section explains the terms used in the consolidation rules. The general rules are described using examples. These rules are explained in detail in section 4.5.
  
====Pharmacological substitution====
+
===Is a building block active?===
The patient uses a different medicinal product during admission, with a different active ingredient from the outpatient medication. This medicinal product, however, is registered for the same indication as the outpatient medication.
+
Active means that the ''effective'' end date/time of a building block, viewed from the present, lies in the future.
 +
The following section explains what is meant by the word ‘effective’ in the above sentence.<br>
  
The medicatieafspraak for outpatient medication is stopped at admission and will be continued again at discharge. When registering the MA for after discharge, the prescriber during admission can use the data field ‘next practitioner’. With this data field the prescriber can indicate whom needs to take on the authorship of the MA after discharge. During admission, a new medicatieafspraak is registered. This medicatieafspraak will be stopped at discharge. The toedieningsafspraak for outpatient medication is also stopped at admission and resumed at discharge by making a new TA with the same content. During admission, a new toedieningsafspraak is registered. This toedieningsafspraak will be stopped at discharge.
+
====Effective period====
 +
The ''effective period'' of a building block is the period during which a building block is (or has been) current. <br>
  
====(Temporary) stop====
+
Once a building block has been established, it does not change (see [[#stoppen en wijzigen|section 2.4.3]]). This also applies to its {{fhir|PeriodOfUse}}. In practice, however, the actual start and end dates of an agreement may differ from those specified in the building block.<br>
The patient (temporarily) stops using the outpatient medication during admission.
 
 
 
The medicatieafspraak for outpatient medication is (temporarily) stopped at admission. If the medication is stopped temporarily, a new medicatieafspraak will be registered at discharge. When registering the MA for after discharge, the prescriber during admission can use the data field ‘next practitioner’. With this data field the prescriber can indicate whom needs to take on the authorship of the MA after discharge. If the medication is stopped definitively, the medicatieafspraak will not be resumed. The toedieningsafspraak for outpatient medication is also (temporarily) stopped at admission. If the medication is stopped temporarily, this toedieningsafspraak will be resumed at discharge by registering a new TA with the same content. If the medication is stopped definitively, there will be no new TA after discharge.
 
 
 
=Description of use cases=
 
This chapter contains a description of various use cases. Specific practical situations have been described for the various subprocesses. A large number of the practical situations are based on general medical practice, but are illustrative of similar situations in a different setting. This chapter assumes the knowledge as previously described in [[#Medication process|Chapter 2]].
 
 
 
==Use cases, Prescribe==
 
 
 
 
 
===Short-term medication===
 
A 35 year old female patient with a history of urinary tract infection brings her urine to the doctor’s assistant and tells her she has the same symptoms as the previous times. The assistant enquires about other symptoms such as fever and pain in the flank and checks the urine. There are no other symptoms and the urine reveals a urinary tract infection. She tells the patient that the general practitioner will prescribe a course of treatment and that she can pick it up from the pharmacist later. The General practitioner checks the previous courses of treatment and any cultures and records a medicatieafspraak. On ''27 January'' it was agreed:
 
:''Nitrofurantoin CR capsule, 100 mg, 2x daily, 1 capsule, from now on<ref>See also [[#Hard end date for period of use|paragraph 4.1.3]].</ref> for 5 days.''
 
He records this medicatieafspraak in his information system. The general practitioner then immediately also makes a verstrekkingsverzoek for the pharmacist chosen by the patient:
 
:''Nitrofurantoin CR capsule, 100 mg; 10 capsules.''
 
The general practitioner also records this verstrekkingsverzoek in his information system.<br>
 
The general practitioner consults with the patient to find out from which pharmacist she wants to pick up the medication. The general practitioner can then inform this pharmacist about the verstrekkingsverzoek and the medicatieafspraak.<br>
 
The information system of the general practitioner makes this information (verstrekkingsverzoek and medicatieafspraak) available to the other health professionals of this patient.<br>
 
 
<br>
 
<br>
[[Bestand:ENG_Voorschrijven_Kortdurende medicatie.png|800px]]
 
  
===Continuing medication===
+
<u>General rule</u>: The effective end date/time of a building block changes due to a stop building block with reference to that building block.<br>
The process for continuing medication is practically the same as for short-term medication (see [[#Short-term medication|paragraph 4.1.1]]), except that in the case of continuing medication the medicatieafspraak is made for an indefinite period of time.
 
  
For example: the prescriber agrees with a patient who has hypertension that he should use a diuretic on a continuous basis. On ''30 March 2013'' it was agreed:
+
'''Example'''<br>
 
+
A patient is prescribed a medication for an indefinite period. The MA has {{fhir|startDateTime}} = day 1 and no {{fhir|endDateTime}}. After two weeks, the prescriber decides that the patient should stop taking the medication due to side effects. The stop-MA has the {{fhir|startDateTime}} of the original MA = day 1 and {{fhir|endDateTime}} = day 14. <br>  
:''Hydrochlorothiazide tablet, 12.5 mg; 1x daily, 1 tablet; from now on <u>for an indefinite period.</u>''
+
On day 30, the MA appears to be current when viewed on its own, as it has no {{fhir|endDateTime}}. However, the effective end date/time of the MA has become that of the stop-MA. <br>
''For example, the prescriber chooses in the verstrekkingsverzoek for an initial dispensing quantity of 100 pieces.''<br>
 
 
<br>
 
<br>
[[Bestand:ENG_Voorschrijven_Doorlopende medicatie.png|800px]]
 
  
===Hard end date for period of medication use===
+
<u>General rule</u>: The effective start date/time and end date/time of an MA can be influenced by a TA.<br>
A start date, end date and/or duration can be included in the period of medication use of a medicatieafspraak. If a hard end date is desired, this must also be explicitly stated in the explanation. Including an end date alone is not sufficient because this does not provide enough clarity about the intention of the prescriber.<br>
 
<br>
 
[[Bestand:ENG_Voorschrijven_Harde stopdatum gebruiksperiode.png|800px]]
 
  
===Medication as needed===
+
'''Example'''<br>
A 31-year-old female patient has had headaches a few times in a year, with migraine now being diagnosed. The general practitioner prescribes:
+
A patient is prescribed a medication for 5 days. The MA has {{fhir|startDateTime}} = day 1 and {{fhir|endDateTime}} = day 5. The patient picks up the medication after 3 days. The TA therefore has a {{fhir|startDateTime}} = day 4 and an {{fhir|endDateTime}} = day 8.<br>
:''Rizatriptan tablets, 10 mg, <u>as needed</u> 1c1t under the tongue. First tablet at the next clear migraine attack.''  
+
On day 6, the {{fhir|endDateTime}} of the MA has passed. If only that MA is considered, it no longer ''appears'' to be current. However, the TA shows that the MA should still be considered current. The MA has an effective start date/time = day 4 and an effective end date/time = day 8.<br>
De huisarts legt de medicatieafspraak vast en doet een verstrekkingsverzoek:
 
:''6 sublingual rizatriptan tablets, 10 mg.''
 
<br>
 
[[Bestand:ENG_Voorschrijven_Zo nodig medicatie.png|800px]]
 
  
===Course of treatment as needed starting in future===
+
These general rules are specified in more detail in section 4.5.1.
A 60-year-old patient with post-thrombotic syndrome experiences erysipelas (severe infection of the leg which can require admission if medication is not started quickly) sometimes every other year, sometimes three times a year. At the request of the patient, the general practitioner prescribes an antibiotic treatment the patient can start immediately in case of a recurrence of erysipelas. The following medicatieafspraak is created:
 
:''Flucloxacillin capsules, 500 mg, 1 capsule 4x daily, for 10 days. In the medicatieafspraak is indicated (if necessary): start in case of recurrence, as needed.''
 
The general practitioner immediately creates a verstrekkingsverzoek:
 
:''Flucloxacilline 500 mg capsules 40 stuks.''<br>
 
<br>
 
[[Bestand:ENG_Voorschrijven_Kuur zo nodig startend in de toekomst.png|800px]]
 
  
===Two dosages of the same medication at the same time===
+
====Active and non-active====
A 79-year-old man with metastatic prostate cancer is increasingly suffering from pain and his medication is being changed. The specialist prescribes oxycodone tablets, 10 mg, 1 tablet 4x daily and as needed for pain during the night, 1 tablet 1x daily, on October 9. The specialist records this in one single medicatieafspraak with two dosing instructions and creates a verstrekkingsverzoek for 60 tablets of oxycodone of 10 mg.<br>
+
Active building blocks have an effective end date/time that lies in the future relative to the present. Active building blocks are:
<br>
+
* ''Current'' building blocks, where the present lies between the effective start date/time and the effective end date/time.
[[Bestand:ENG_Voorschrijven_Twee doseringen van hetzelfde geneesmiddel tegelijkertijd.png|800px]]
+
* ''Future'' building blocks, where the effective start date/time lies in the future.
  
===The same medicinal product with different strengths at the same time===
+
Non-active building blocks have an effective end date/time in the past. These building blocks form the history of a treatment. This also allows the course of a treatment in the past to be viewed.<br>
The same 79-year-old patient (see [[#Two dosages of the same medication at the same time|paragraph 4.1.6]]) is experiencing even more pain. The specialist discontinues the 10 mg tablets of oxycodone on October 16 and prescribes 20 mg retard tablets of oxycodone, 2 tablets 3x daily, and 20 mg normal release tablets of oxycodone as needed in case of nocturnal pain, 1 tablet 1x daily. The specialist records this in two medicatieafspraken (with, for the time being, two separate medicamenteuze behandelings) and creates a verstrekkingsverzoek for both medicatieafspraken, respectively 45 retard tablets of 20 mg oxycodone and 30 tablets of 20 mg oxycodone (normal release).<br>
 
<br>
 
[[Bestand:ENG_Voorschrijven_Hetzelfde geneesmiddel met verschillende sterkte tegelijkertijd.png|800px]]
 
  
===Explanation in medicatieafspraak with deliberately chosen special characteristic===
+
Figure 4.1 illustrates these concepts graphically.
This use case is described in the zib medicatieafspraak/additional information. Here it is described for information purposes only. When selecting a medicinal product, it is possible to deviate from what is expected or standard. For example, when a hospital uses a different formulary than a community pharmacy. For reasons of efficiency the hospital has opted for a single gastric acid inhibitor: pantoprazole.<br>
 
At admission, a patient with omeprazole is switched to pantoprazole for the duration of the hospitalization. At discharge, the patient returns to omeprazole.<br>
 
It is clear that this may sometimes go wrong and that the patient might end up taking both omeprazole and pantoprazole if nothing is done. In the medicatieafspraak of the hospital for pantoprazole, a remark can be made about this deviation in order to make it clear that pantoprazole is the replacement of omeprazole or that it has to be used in addition to omeprazole.
 
<br>
 
<br>
 
Half-strengths are another example. The hospital sometimes as tablets available with half the strength of the normal commercial preparation (proprietary production). When a patient enters the hospital with a prescription of 25 mg of chlorthalidone, half a tablet 1x daily, he will receive 12.5 mg of chlorthalidone, 1 tablet 1x daily. In this specific case, this means that nursing staff does not have to break tablets in half. There is a risk that the patient will use the 25 mg again at home, but now a whole tablet at the time. An explanation in the medicatieafspraak (additional information) regarding the last 25 mg of chlorthalidone, makes it possible to indicate whether this was a deliberate increase.<br>
 
<br>
 
If a prescribed product has to be a very specific commercial product, this can be indicated with ‘medical necessity’.
 
  
===New medicatieafspraak, no verstrekkingsverzoek===
+
[[Bestand:Huidige actuele toekomstige bouwstenen ENG.png|700px|Huidige actual and future building blocks]]<br>
A 50-year-old man comes to the general practitioner with back problems. The symptoms have been present for three weeks and he is already using paracetamol. The general practitioner agrees with the patient that he can additionally use diclofenac:
 
  
On ''30 January'' it was agreed:
+
''<small>Figure 4.1. Active (present + future) and non-active building blocks within an MBH</small>''<br>
:''Diclofenac tablet, 50 mg, 1 tablet 3x daily, from now on for 3 weeks.''
 
He records this medicatieafspraak in his information system. The patient indicates there is sufficient supply at home: his wife still has an ample supply of diclofenac left because of a different problem a year ago.
 
  
A verstrekkingsverzoek is therefore not needed and the pharmacist also does not dispense any medication.<br>
+
===Is a building block valid?===
The general practitioner makes the new medicatieafspraak available to any fellow health professionals of this patient. This allows the regular pharmacist to inform himself about this new medicatieafspraak.<br>
+
Valid refers to whether a building block accurately reflects the real situation. This depends on the context, in the form of possible other building blocks in the MBH concerned.<br>
 +
Once recorded, the information in a building block does not change. However, how that information should be understood may change when a subsequent building block is recorded within the same MBH.<br>
 
<br>
 
<br>
[[Bestand:ENG_Voorschrijven_Nieuwe medicatieafspraak geen verstrekkingsverzoek_a.png|800px]]
+
<u>General rule</u>: A stop-building block stops the building block to which it refers, thereby making it invalid.<br>
  
Another example: Mr Simons receives medication from the pharmacy weekly. In the past there were many requests for extra medication, which led to clear agreements about the dispense policy.
+
'''Example''' <br>
 +
There is an MA for an indefinite period with an accompanying VV. Can the supplier dispense medication based on this MA?<br>
 +
<u>Situation A:</u> No stop-building block with reference to this MA has been recorded. The MA is valid: the information in this building block is a correct representation of the actual situation.<br>
 +
The answer is Yes. Based on the information in this building block, the supplier may dispense the medicine.<br>
  
This is about:
+
<u>Situation B:</u> The MA has been followed by a stop-MA with reference to this MA. The MA has therefore been stopped and thus been made invalid: this MA does not provide an accurate representation of the real situation.<br>
:''Medicatieafspraak: Diazepam, 5 mg, 1 tablet 4x daily, from 1 January 2012 for an indefinite period''
+
The answer is No. The supplier may no longer dispense the medicine, even though it is an MA for an indefinite period.<br>
:''Verstrekkingsverzoek: 28 tablets with 10 repeats; remark: weekly medicatieverstrekking''
 
The verstrekkingsverzoek is repeated approximately every 11 weeks.
 
The last verstrekkingsverzoek was on 3 March 2016:
 
:''one week (28 tablets) with 10 repeats''
 
This way, the pharmacy can go on for 11 weeks.
 
 
<br>
 
<br>
<br>
 
[[Bestand:ENG_Voorschrijven_Nieuwe medicatieafspraak geen verstrekkingsverzoek_b.png|800px]]
 
  
The last few years have been quiet. Mr. Simons is no longer asking for extra medication. At the last consultation he indicated that diazepam, 3x daily, is sufficient. This has been recorded in a medicatieafspraak:
+
<u>General rule</u>: Some building blocks can also make building blocks of a different type invalid<br>
:''1 April 2016 Diazepam, 5 mg, 1 tablet 3x daily, from 1 April 2016 for an indefinite period.''
 
  
The previous medicatieafspraak will be terminated as of 31 March 2016 (see discontinuation of medication in [[#Process step: Creating a medicatieafspraak|paragraph 2.2.5]]).
+
'''Example'''<br>
 +
There is a current MA and TA for a medicine that needs to be administered. The TA is not followed by a stop-TA. Can the administrator administer the medicine?<br>
 +
<u>Situation A:</u> The corresponding MA has not been followed by a stop-building block. The MA and the TA are therefore both valid.<br>
 +
The answer is Yes. The administrator may administer the medicine in question.<br>
  
In the current situation, the general practitioner would have called the pharmacy to make sure that 21 tablets of diazepam would be given with the following medicatieverstrekking, instead of 28. No new verstrekkingsverzoek would have been needed at the time.
+
<u>Situation B</u>: The corresponding MA has been stopped by a stop-MA with immediate effect. However, this stop-MA has not yet been processed in the pharmacy, which means that no stop-TA has been created yet. Although the TA is still current, it has become invalid due to the stop-MA.<br>
 +
The answer is No. The administrator may no longer administer the medicine.<br><br>
  
In the new situation, the general practitioner sends the new medicatieafspraak to the pharmacy. Based on the new medicatieafspraak, the pharmacy provides 21 tablets per week, the previous verstrekkingsverzoek is still sufficient.
+
These general rules are specified in more detail in section 4.5.2.
  
<br>
+
==<span class="anchor" id="Consolidatieregels"></span>Consolidation rules==
[[Bestand:ENG_Voorschrijven_Nieuwe medicatieafspraak geen verstrekkingsverzoek_c.png|800px]]
+
Section 4.4 shows that a building block can be valid without being active. Conversely, a building block can also be active without being valid. The corresponding rules for both are set out below.
  
===New verstrekkingsverzoek under existing medicatieafspraak===
+
===<span class="anchor" id="regels effectieve periode"></span>Rules for determining the effective period of a building block===
A prescriber may also create a new verstrekkingsverzoek as part of an existing medicatieafspraak. This medicatieafspraak may have been created by a different prescriber, for example a psychiatrist. This concerns repeat medication. This use case is described in [[#Patient requests repeat prescription via physician (reactive repeat)|paragraph 4.2.6]].
+
Section 4.4.1.1 lists two general rules regarding the effective period:
  
[[Bestand:ENG_Voorschrijven_Nieuw verstrekkingsverzoek onder bestaande medicatieafspraak.png|800px]]
+
<u>General rules</u>:<br>
 +
The effective end date/time of a building block changes due to a stop building block with reference to that building block.<br>
 +
The effective start date/time and end date/time of an MA can be influenced by a TA.<br>
  
===Dosage change (sufficient supply)===
+
The effective start date/time and end date/time, and therefore the effective period of a building block, are derived data. They are therefore not part of the dataset. The derivation rules are explained below. The number next to each derivation rule indicates the order in which the rules must be executed.<br>
Patient (37 years old, asthma) visited the pulmonologist on 13 August 2013 for a check-up of his asthma. The pulmonologist has established that patient’s asthma is not adequately controlled.<br>
 
The patient is currently using beclomethasone in accordance with a previously made and registered medicatieafspraak: on 10 June 2010 it was agreed:
 
:''Beclomethasone aerosol, 100 microgram/dose, inhaler; 1 inhalation 2x daily; from 10 June 2010 for an indefinite period.''
 
On 13 August 2013, the pulmonologist agrees with the patient on a dosage increase:
 
:''Beclomethasone aerosol, 100 microgram/dose, inhaler; 2 inhalations 2x daily; from 13 August 2013 for an indefinite period; reason for adjustment: insufficient effect.''
 
The previous medicatieafspraak of 10 June 2010 it is no longer valid: it is terminated (see Changing medication in [[#Process step: Creating a medicatieafspraak|paragraph 2.2.5]]). The patient still has a sufficient supply, a verstrekkingsverzoek is therefore not needed.  
 
 
<br>
 
<br>
 +
'''Starting medication'''<br>
 +
''Making a medication agreement''<br>
 +
Medication is started by recording an MA.
 +
Rule 1a: The effective period of an MA is equal to its {{fhir|PeriodOfUse}}.
 +
''Making an administration agreement''<br>
 +
A TA fills in an MA in concrete terms.
 +
Rule 1b: The effective period of a TA is equal to its {{fhir|PeriodOfUse}}.
 +
If an MA has an associated TA, the following applies:
 +
Rule 2a: The effective period of the MA is equal to the effective period of the TA.
 
<br>
 
<br>
[[Bestand:ENG_Voorschrijven_Wijziging in dosering voldoende voorraad.png|800px]]<br>
+
'''Stopping medication'''<br>
In case the patient has no more supply, a new verstrekkingsverzoek will be created.<br>
+
''Stopping a medication agreement''<br>
The information system of the pulmonologist makes the new medicatieafspraak available to the other health professionals of this patient. This modification is received by the pharmacist (fellow health professional). The pharmacist processes the modification. The pharmacist may also choose to accept the modifications automatically.
+
Medication is permanently stopped by creating a stop-MA with stop type ‘stopped’ and:
 +
:* {{fhir|startDateTime}} = {{fhir|startDateTime}} of the original MA
 +
:* {{fhir|endDateTime}} = date on which the medication is stopped.
 +
The effective period of the original MA is replaced by that of the new stop-MA.
 +
Rule 1c: When an MA is permanently stopped, the effective period of the MA is the effective period of the stop-MA.
 +
''Stopping an administration agreement''<br>
 +
<u>Situation A:</u> The TA is stopped while the MA remains unchanged.<br>
 +
The effective period of the original TA is replaced by the effective period of the stop-TA. According to rule 1b, the latter is equal to its {{fhir|PeriodOfUse}}.<br>
  
===Prescription no longer needed after first verstrekkingsverzoek===
+
<u>Situation B:</u> The TA is stopped as a result of a stop-MA.<br>
A 16-year-old woman has a boyfriend and does not want to become pregnant. After explanation she opts for the pill. The general practitioner prescribes ethinylestradiol/levonorgestrel tablets of 20/100 µg, 1 tablet 1x daily for 21 days, then no tablet for 7 days, then another 21 days of taking a tablet once a day. Start on the first day of the next menstruation. The general practitioner records the medicatieafspraak and creates a verstrekkingsverzoek for 63 coated microgynon 20 tablets. He explains to her that if she does not experience any problems, she can continue to get the pill via the pharmacy.<br>
+
The stop-TA fills in the stop-MA in concrete terms. It is possible that the {{fhir|endDateTime}} of the stop-TA is later than that of the stop-MA, for example because the stop-MA specifies that the stop can take effect with the next GDS medication role. In such a case, the effective period of the MA changes, according to rules 1b and 2a.<br>
Three months later, the woman sends a request for repeat supply to the pharmacy. The pharmacy provides the product and communicates the medicatieverstrekking to the general practitioner.
 
  
 +
Rules 1b and 2a: effective period stop-MA = effective period stop-TA = {{fhir|PeriodOfUse}} stop-TA.<br>
 
<br>
 
<br>
[[Bestand:ENG_Voorschrijven_Recept niet meer nodig na eerste verstrekkingsverzoek.png|800px]]<br>
+
'''Changing medication'''<br>
 +
''Changing medication agreement''<br>
 +
The prescriber changes medication within the MBH by discontinuing the original MA1 and creating a new MA2. This does not change the previous derivation rules:<br>
  
{{Anchor|4-1-13}}
+
Rule 1a: effective period of new MA2 = {{fhir|PeriodOfUse}} of MA2.<br>
===Discontinuing medication===
+
Rule 1c: effective period MA1 = effective period technical stop-MA.<br>
Patient (37 years old, asthma) visits the pulmonologist on 13 August 2013 for a check-up of his asthma. The patient is suffering from a side effect. The patient is currently using Beclomethasone in accordance with a previously made and registered medicatieafspraak. On ''10 June 2010'' it was agreed:
 
:''Beclometasone aerosol, 100 microgram/dose, inhaler; 1 inhalation 2x daily; from 10 June 2010 for an indefinite period.''
 
On 13 August 2013, the pulmonologist agrees with the patient to discontinue the medication (medicamenteuze behandeling is discontinued). Medication verification is also applicable here. In addition, medication monitoring may also be relevant here, for example if gastroprotrective drugs are being used because of the use of the medication to be discontinued (the information system will not always signal this automatically).<br>
 
The pulmonologist records:
 
:''Beclometasone aerosol, 100 microgram/dose, inhaler; stoptype ‘definite’; from 13 August 2013. Because of a side effect.''
 
This modification is received by the pharmacist (fellow health professional). The pharmacist processes the modification. The pharmacist may also choose to accept the modifications automatically. The pulmonologist decides to also actively inform a fellow health professional (such as a specialist) about this (part of the process step (actively) making available).<br>
 
The information system of the pulmonologist makes this information (agreement to discontinue) available to the other health professionals of this patient.  
 
<br>
 
<br>
 
[[Bestand:ENG_Voorschrijven_Stoppen medicatie.png|800px]]<br>
 
  
===Temporarily halting/resuming medication===
+
''Changing the administration agreement''<br>
A patient is being treated with simvastatin (cholesterol-lowering agent): 40 mg, 1 tablet 1x daily, for an indefinite period. Because of a throat infection in combination with an allergy for the first antibiotic of choice, Clarithromycin, 250 mg, 1 tablet 2x daily (antibiotic) is prescribed for 1 week. During that week, simvastatin is temporarily halted because of an interaction.<br>
+
<u>Situation A:</u> The TA is changed while the MA remains the same.<br>
The general practitioner records:
+
An MA is filled in in concrete terms by a TA. A change can be made to this TA (see [[#wijzigen TA|section 5.3.2.4]]). This means that several consecutive TAs can be created under one MA. The effective period of the MA is now determined by all associated TAs.
:''Simvastatin 40 mg; halt temporarily; for 1 week; reason: interaction''
+
Rule 2b: The effective period of an MA runs from the earliest {{fhir|startDateTime}} to the latest {{fhir|endDateTime}} of the associated TA's.
:''Clarithromycin, 250 mg; 1 tablet 2x daily; for 1 week (and a corresponding verstrekkingsverzoek)''
+
Parallel TAs may exist under a single MA whose {{fhir|RegistrationDateTime}} and {{fhir|startDateTime}} are the same. This does not change rule 2b.<br>
The pharmacist is actively informed by the general practitioner about the temporary halt of simvastatin. A new medicatieafspraak is also created with which simvastatin is resumed after one week. The pharmacist will also receive the medicatieafspraak and the corresponding verstrekkingsverzoek for clarithromycin. See also Temporarily halting and resuming medication in [[#Process step: Creating a medication agreement|paragraph 2.2.5]].
 
  
 +
<u>Situation B:</u> The TA is changed as a result of a change in the MA. This does not change the previous rules.<br>
 
<br>
 
<br>
[[Bestand:ENG_Voorschrijven_Onderbreken hervatten medicatie.png|800px]]<br>
+
'''Temporarily interrupting and resuming medication'''<br>
 +
Medication is interrupted by creating a stop-MA with stop type ‘interrupted’ and with the same {{fhir|startDateTime}} as the original MA. The {{fhir|endDateTime}} of the stop-MA is the moment of the temporary interruption. Resumption is done by creating an MA with the date of resumption as {{fhir|startDateTime}}. However, the stop type ‘interrupted’ ensures that the effective period remains based on the effective {{fhir|startDateTime}} of the original MA.
 +
Rule 1d: Temporary interruption of medication does not affect the effective period. The effective period remains the same as the effective period of the original MA.
  
===Temporarily halting for an intervention===
+
====Summary of rules for determining the effective period====
A 62-year-old man uses acetylsalicylic acid, 100 mg, 1 tablet 1x daily because of coronary disease. He has an intestinal polyp that must be removed. The general practitioner informs him that he should stop using acetylsalicylic acid three days before the intervention and resume the day after the intervention. The general practitioner records the temporary halt in a medicatieafspraak with an enddate 3 days before the intervention; stoptype ‘temporary’; reason for halting: ‘intervention’. In the (second) medicatieafspraak for presuming, 1 day after the intervention is used as the start date. The general practitioner actively informs the pharmacist and the gastroenterologist about the medicatieafspraken.<br>
+
The rules described must be applied in numerical order:
When the date of the intervention is unknown or uncertain, the explanation will indicate that the medication should be halted three days before the intervention and resumed one day later. The duration of the temporary halt is then 4 days. See also Temporarily halting and resuming medication in [[#Process step: Creating a medication agreement|paragraph 2.2.5]] and Prior to admission in [[#Prior to admission|paragraaf 3.4.1]].
+
* Rule 1a: The effective period of an MA is equal to its {{fhir|PeriodOfUse}}.
 +
* Rule 1b: The effective period of a (stop-)TA is equal to its {{fhir|PeriodOfUse}}.
 +
* Rule 1c: When an MA is permanently stopped, the effective period of the MA is the effective period of the stop-MA.
 +
* Rule 1d: Temporary interruption of medication does not affect the effective period. The effective period remains the same as the effective period of the original MA.
 +
* Rule 2a: The effective period of the MA is equal to the effective period of the TA.
 +
* Rule 2b: The effective period of an MA runs from the earliest {{fhir|startDateTime}} to the latest {{fhir|endDateTime}} of the associated TA’s.<br>
  
<br>
+
===<span class="anchor" id="geldigheidsregels"></span>Rules for determining the validity of a building block===
[[Bestand:ENG_Voorschrijven_Onderbreken voor een ingreep.png|800px]]<br>
+
Section 4.4 lists two general rules regarding the validity of building blocks within 1 MBH. These are specified in more detail below.<br>
 +
<u>General rules:</u><br>
 +
A stop-building block stops the building block to which it refers, thereby making it invalid.<br>
 +
Some building blocks can also make building blocks of a different type invalid.<br>
  
===Paper prescription===
+
Stopping and making invalid other building blocks takes effect from the {{fhir|endDateTime}} of the stop-building block. The specific validity rules within a single MBH are as follows:<br>
The physician gives the patient a paper prescription<ref>A similar situation occurs when the pharmacist receives a fax.</ref>. A paper prescription contains a medicatieafspraak and a verstrekkingsverzoek. The patient can use this prescription to pick up the medication from any pharmacist. The general practitioner does not inform the issuing pharmacist in this case. However, the process is actually the same: the activity ‘(actively) making available’ is now only ‘handled’ by the paper prescription in the hands of the patient. The supplying pharmacist will copy this paper medicatieafspraak and verstrekkingsverzoek in his own information system and complete it with a toedieningsafspraak. The pharmacist may also retrieve the medicatieafspraak and verstrekkingsverzoek that were made available digitally and process them in his own information system this way.<br>
 
The information system of the general practitioner makes the new medicatieafspraak and verstrekkingsverzoek available for fellow health professionals. When the information system of the general practitioner has not made these available this may be because it concerns a toedieningsafpsraak without digitally available medicatieafspraak and verstrekkingsverzoek. The pharmacist will not make the medicatieafspraak and verstrekkingsverzoek obtained ‘from paper’ available because he is not the owner. Next to that, this could lead to, possibly only in the future, wrongful duplication of medicatieafspraken and verstrekkingsverzoeken.
 
<br>
 
[[Bestand:ENG_Voorschrijven_Papieren recept.png|800px]]
 
<br>
 
  
===Carrying out medication verification and evaluation of foreign or self-care medication===
+
:1. A stop-MA makes invalid at its {{fhir|endDateTime}}:
When medication cannot be found in the information system (such as foreign medication and self-care medication), this medication will be recorded as medicatiegebruik (see [[#Process step: Creating a medicatieafspraak|paragraph 2.2.5]]).
+
:::* the original MA to which this stop-MA refers, and
 +
:::* the TA and WDS that also refer to that original MA, and
 +
:::* all previously recorded MGBs
 +
:2. A stop-TA makes invalid at its {{fhir|endDateTime}}:
 +
:::* the original TA to which this stop-TA refers, and
 +
:::* all previously recorded MGBs
 +
:3. A stop-WDS makes invalid on its {{fhir|endDateTime}}:
 +
:::* the WDS to which this stop-WDS refers, and
 +
:::* all previously recorded MGBs
 +
:4. Each type of MA, TA and WDS makes invalid all previously recorded MGBs.
 +
:5. Each type of MGB makes invalid all previously recorded MGBs, provided they originate from the same type of author.<br>
 +
:<u>Exception</u>: In the case of parallel TAs, a new MGB only makes invalid the older MGBs that belong to the same TA and originate from the same type of author.<br>
  
 +
The same rules apply to cancelation-building blocks.<br>
  
 +
The validity rules apply to agreement building blocks, i.e. MA, TA, and WDS. MGBs are not agreement building blocks, but may still be relevant. That is why they are also included in the consolidation rules. In the case of MGBs, ‘invalid’ can be interpreted as ‘the information in this building block may be out of date’.<br>
 +
MTDs are not included in these rules. An MTD is a record of an action that has already taken place. A stop-building block has no influence on an MTD that has already been recorded.<br>
  
===Day treatment===
+
<u>'''NB'''</u>: Once a building block has been made invalid, it cannot be made valid again. A new building block must then be created.<br>
An admission for day treatment is comparable with an outpatient consultation or an emergency admission during which the medication is supplied by the hospital pharmacist. In the case of admission for a day, extensive medication verification does not usually occur. In the case of admission for a day, the medication prescribed is recorded (often on the basis of protocols according to which verification is carried out afterwards) and administered.<br>
 
For treatments with cytostatics, for example, there is a medicatieafspraak, but it is not always clear in advance when the medicatieverstrekking/administration takes place. Reason: treatments are often postponed and then supplied and administered later.
 
  
===Starting with medication before admission===
+
The rules are applicable in the most common situations within an MBH. However, there may be situations that are not adequately covered by these rules. If a system cannot determine which building blocks are valid based on the above rules, this must be indicated to the end user. The end user can then assess this further themselves.<br>
Prior to cataract surgery, Nevanac is started three days before the surgery. The eye drops are used until three weeks after surgery (a total duration of medication use of 24 days). The specialist creates a medicatieafspraak for Nevanac, 1 drop in the morning, for 24 days. When the date of the surgery is unknown or uncertain, the explanation may indicate that Nevanac should be started 3 days before surgery takes place. See Prior to admission in [[#Prior to admission|paragraaf 3.4.1]]
 
<br>[[Bestand:ENG_Voorschrijven_Starten met medicatie voor opname.png|800px]]
 
<br>
 
  
===Emergency admission===
+
The rules are illustrated with examples on the page [[mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9/Voorbeelden_geldigheidsregels|Examples of validity rules]].<br>
In the event of an emergency admission, extensive medication verification is not carried out beforehand as would normally be the case with clinical admissions. Agreeing on medication with the patient is also often not possible in the event of an emergency admission. Often, the patient is administered medication as soon as possible and verification only takes place afterward
+
The [[mp:Implementatiehandleiding_Consolidatie/afleidingsregels|Implementation manual Consolidation/derivation Rules]] provides a (non-normative) step-by-step plan for a possible practical application of the rules.<br>
  
===Interim discharge===
+
==Medication data overviews==
When a patient temporarily leaves the hospital/institution to go home, for example, for weekend leave, the clinical medication continues. In order to keep the patient’s own general practitioner informed, the medication overview is provided to the patient and the medication data are made available.
+
After consolidation, for each building block in an MBH is known whether it’s valid or invalid, and active or non-active. This allows all data to be placed in its correct context.<br>
 +
Based on this, various overviews of medication data can be generated. There are all kinds of situations and purposes in which an overview of medication data can be used. Therefore, there is no single definition or description for this. Such an overview can also take various forms (paper, PDF, presentation on a screen, etc.).<br>
  
===Transfer to another institution===
+
The consolidation rules are used to compile:
In case of a transfer to another institution, the medicamenteuze behandeling is evaluated (see [[#Process step: Evaluating a pharmaceutical treatment|Chapter 2.2.4]] and [[#Process step: Making a medication agreement|paragraph 2.2.5]]). Medication overview and medication data are (actively) made available. The new attending physician evaluates the medicamenteuze behandeling and determines the institutional medication.
+
* a medication overview as described in the {{#lst:mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|richtlijn}}
 +
* an administration list
  
===Do not dispense before===
+
For each situation a proper presentation can be chosen, in consultation between the user or organisation and the supplier. The effective period can be used, for example, to show the course of a treatment, or to classify medication as current, future and recently discontinued.<br>
The prescribing physician creates a verstrekkingsverzoek on 14 April 2017, but wants to indicate in that same verstrekkingsverzoek the medicatieverstrekking may only take place on or from a later date, for example, 23 April 2017. This cannot be recorded in a structured manner in the verstrekkingsverzoek, but is included in the explanation (as free text).
+
Further information on administration lists can be found in [[#Toedienlijsten|section 5.4.2]].<br>
<br>
 
[[Bestand:ENG_Voorschrijven_Niet verstrekken voor.png|800px]]
 
<br>
 
  
===Discontinuation of medication by third parties===
+
There are also situations in which the consolidation rules do not lead to a complete and/or accurate overview, for example because the patient has not given permission to share information. Medication verification is therefore always desirable.
Medication can be discontinued by the prescriber himself (see [[#Discontinuing medication 2|paragraph 4.1.13]]) but also by another prescriber. For example, the specialist can end medicatieafspraken made by a general practitioner that are up to date according to the information system, but that turn out not to be, for example after medication verification. When a health professional discontinues medication, he creates a new stop-MA. The health professional cannot modify someone else’s medicatieafspraak, only create a stop-MA. He therefore actively informs the health professional of the original medicatieafspraak about this change. The health professional of the original medicatieafspraak modifies the end date in the existing medicatieafspraak. If required, this may also be automated by the information system. This prevents the second health professional from not having to produce data after a period of time because the production period has expired (also no stop-MA), while the health professional of the original medicatieafspraak continues to produce it for no reason (without an end date).
 
<br>
 
<br>
 
[[Bestand:ENG_Voorschrijven_Stoppen van medicatie door derden.png|800px]]
 
<br>
 
  
===Two PRKs in a single medicamenteuze behandeling===
+
=<span class="anchor" id="mp"></span>Medication process=
In certain circumstances, the pharmacy is allowed to select a different PRK for the toedieningsafspraak  than is indicated in the medicatieafspraak made by a prescriber. If for instance a failure of the prescriber’s information system would result in only the communication of the toedieningsafspraak, a subsequent prescriber will only have this toedieningsafspraak with the new PRK. The next prescriber will then probably assume that this PRK is also the PRK of the medicatieafspraak. A modification of the medicatieafspraak will then also result in a stop-MA (without referring to the original MA) and a new medicatieafspraak on the basis of this PRK. This means that there are now two medicatieafspraken with different PRKs under the same medicamenteuze behandeling. These two medicatieafspraken continue to exist. After any information system failure, (the information system of) the prescriber must check whether there have been changes and implement them, if necessary (see also [[#Discontinuation of medication by third parties|paragraph 4.1.24]]).
+
This chapter describes the medication process in relation to recording and exchanging the necessary data. The generic medication process essentially consists of the sub-processes of prescribing, dispensing, administering and using. The process begins when a patient starts using a medicine, whether prescribed or not. It ends when the use of the medicine in question stops.<br>
<br>
 
[[Bestand:ENG_Voorschrijven_Twee PRKs onder een medicamenteuze behandeling.png|800px]]
 
<br>
 
  
===Creating a medicatieafspraak after the fact===
+
The process can vary depending on the sector and situation. Not all parts are always applicable; for example, a VV is required for medication dispensing in an outpatient situation, but not in a clinical situation. Sub-processes can also be carried out iteratively or in a different order.<br>
In emergency situations, for example, it may happen that the medicatieafspraak is only created after the medication has been dispensed or administered. This may lead to conflicting medicatieafspraken. This means that one or more medicatieafspraken must be discontinued in order to prevent the occurrence of parallel medicatieafspraken. The only exception for parallel medicatieafspraken is described in [[#'Medicamenteuze behandeling'|paragraph 1.3.3]].
 
  
===Single medication use===
+
Supporting activities such as medication verification and medication monitoring are also necessary to ensure that the medication process is carried out responsibly. Medication verification is involved in various sub-processes and is therefore also included as a separate sub-process.<br>
For medication meant for single use, only an end date is included in the period of medication use. An example would be a vaccination (for example, a tetanus shot) or a situation in which a patient should take a medication just once, for example 3 weeks before he leaves on holiday.
+
Because MP9 contributes to the completeness of medication data, better medication monitoring can be carried out. Medication monitoring itself falls outside the scope of this FD.<br>
<br>
 
[[Bestand:ENG_Voorschrijven_Eenmalig gebruik.png|800px]]
 
<br>
 
  
===Provisional and final medication order===
+
The sub-processes are described in sections 5.1 to 5.5.<br>
The prescriber at the clinic prescribes medication. This is recorded in a provisional medication order (the medicatieafspraak). The hospital pharmacist verifies this order and records it as a final medication order (the toedieningsafspraak). See also <ref name="MO"/>.
+
Section 5.6 explains proposal data.<br>
 +
Section 5.7 contains some points of attention regarding the clinical situation.<br>
 +
Section 5.8 summarises the information relating to GDS medication from the previous sections.<br>
  
===Inadvertently ‘outstanding’ medication or 'orphans'===
+
The functional description is illustrated with practical examples. All practical examples can be found on a [[mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG/praktijkvoorbeelden|separate overview page]]. In addition, there are separate pages with practical examples for each sub-process and for GDS (Medicine Distribution System, Dutch: Geneesmiddel Distributie Systeem):
In a transitional situation and in a situation where not every XIS is connected, medicatieafspraken for the same treatment may exist that have been created by different information systems under different medicamenteuze behandelings. These medicatieafspraken should ideally be combined in a single medicamenteuze behandeling. This particularly applies to medication with an open end date, as this medication may have been discontinued under a different medicamenteuze behandeling. The medicatieafspraak therefore remains open, resulting in continued medicatieverstrekking. This is a so-called ‘orphan’ (a building block that has been registered, but in which, at a certain point, the health professional no longer has an active role. However, his information system continues to provide the building block, even if it has already been discontinued elsewhere). For medication with an end date, this problem will solve itself. Therefore, it is not necessary to take any action. When medication verification or medication assessment reveals that the medication is inappropriately still ‘open’, a stop-MA is created under the same medicamenteuze behandeling. The original prescriber is actively informed about this stop-MA and enters an end date for the medicatieafspraak in his own information system. Depending on the supplier and the client’s wishes, setting this end date can be done automatically or through an intervention of the prescriber. See also [[#Discontinuation of medication by third parties|paragraph 4.1.24]] and [[#Modification of someone else's medicatieafspraak|paragraph 4.1.37]].
+
* [[mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG/praktijkvoorbeelden/medicatieverificatie|Practical examples sub-process Medication verification]]
<br>
+
* [[mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG/praktijkvoorbeelden/voorschrijven|Practical examples sub-process Prescribe]]
<br>
+
* [[mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG/praktijkvoorbeelden/ter_hand_stellen|Practical examples sub-process Dispense]]
[[Bestand:ENG_Voorschrijven_Onterecht openstaande medicatie of weeskinderen.png|800px]]
+
* [[mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG/praktijkvoorbeelden/toedienen|Practical examples sub-process Administer]]
<br>
+
* [[mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG/praktijkvoorbeelden/gebruiken|Practical examples sub-process Use]]
 +
* [[mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG/praktijkvoorbeelden/GDS|Practical examples GDS]]
 +
Some practical examples are relevant to multiple sub-processes and can therefore be found on different pages.
  
===Missing digital medicatieafspraak at admission===
+
==<span class="anchor" id="Deelproces Medicatieverificatie"></span>Sub-process Medication verification==
If no digital medicatieafspraak is available when medication verification is carried out, a new medicamenteuze behandeling is started by recording medicatiegebruik. When this medicatiegebruik has to be discontinued, a stop-medicatieafspraak is created under the same medicamenteuze behandeling that refers to the recorded medicatiegebruik. If possible, the original prescriber (for example, general practitioner) and the pharmacy are actively informed about the discontinuation of this medication.
+
This section describes the medication verification process. Medication verification involves determining the actual use of medication by the patient, together with the patient or their representative. Other information that may be relevant to that use (contraindications, allergies, serious side effects and laboratory values) may also be requested. The aim is to gain optimal insight into the actual use of medication by a patient, so that good care can be provided. Medication verification may be necessary or desirable at various points in the care process. For example, prior to prescribing, dispensing or administering medication, when evaluating a treatment, or when preparing for admission. To support the implementation of this sub-process, various examples are available on the page [[mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG/praktijkvoorbeelden/medicatieverificatie|Practical examples sub-process Medication verification]].
<br>
 
[[Bestand:ENG_Voorschrijven_Ontbreken digitale medicatieafspraak bij opname.png|800px]]
 
<br>
 
  
===Own articles (90 million numbers)===
+
===Overview of the sub-process Medication verification===
It is possible to exchange a 90 million number. The condition is that within an organization a 90 million number once created may never be modified. During the exchange, the root OID (unique technical identification of the organization) in combination with the 90 million number ensures that it is unique compared to all 90 million numbers form other organizations. The substances that make up this article are included as ingredients in the medicatieafspraak (at least one ingredient), as is the case with magistrals.  
+
Using the Query medication data transaction, the health professional collects the available medication building blocks, including any MGBs recorded by the patient. After consolidation, the health professional has an overview of the patient's medication.<br>
 +
In addition, sources such as the following can also be used:
 +
* medication brought along
 +
* telephone information from the patient's pharmacist or general practitioner
 +
The health professional discusses this information with the patient and can record the verified medication (including self-care medication and medication from abroad) with the MGB building block.<br>
 +
The recorded data on medication use are made available to fellow health professionals and the patient so that they can be queried.
  
===Dosing with minimum interval ===
+
===Results of Medication verification===
Medication can be prescribed at a fixed interval (for example: 2 tables every 6 hours). Prescribing medication with a minimum interval should be partly in free text. For example, if needed, a maximum of 3 times a day, a minimum of 6 hours between the intake moments: ''if needed, a maximum of 3 times a day'' is recorded in the standard way. The section “''at least 6 hours between intake times''” is recorded in free text as an Additional Instruction.
+
====How is a medicine used?====
<br>
+
When verifying medication, the following outcomes are possible for each medicine:
<br>[[Bestand:ENG_Voorschrijven_Dosering met minimum interval.png|800px]] <br>
+
* The medicine is being used as agreed.
<br>
+
* The medicine is not being used as agreed. Examples:
 +
::– The patient is using the medicine differently than agreed, or wants to do so.
 +
::– The patient is using a different medicine than the one known to the health professional.
 +
* It is unknown whether the use is as agreed. Example:
 +
::– The patient has been prescribed medication abroad, but the prescription is no longer available.
  
===Verstrekkingsverzoek with number of repetitions ===
+
The health professional can record these findings for each medicine using the MGB building block. This is explained in more detail in section 5.1.3.<br>
The prescriber makes a verstrekkingsverzoek with a medicatieafspraak in which she enters the number of repetitions. The prescriber hereby indicates to the provider that it may make additional provisions. The number of repetitions in combination with the quantity to be dispensed results in: (Number of repetitions + 1) X quantity to be dispensed. In case of “number of repetitions =3” and “quantity to be supplied = 30 pieces” the provider may provide 4 times 30 pieces (total 120 pieces). The number of repetitions in combination with the duration of medication usage period results in: (number of repetitions + 1)  x duration of medication use. The amount to be dispensed depends on the dosage. In case of “dosage = 3 x per day 2 pieces”, and “Duration of medication usage period = 30 days” the provider may provide 180 pieces 4 times (6 pieces per day X 30 days = 180, 4 times = a total of 720 pieces).
 
<br>
 
<br>[[Bestand:ENG_Voorschrijven_Verstrekkingsverzoek met aantal herhalingen.png|800px]]<br>
 
<br>
 
  
===Prescribing non-medicines===
+
In the event of deviating use, a prescriber may also decide to record a new MA or MA with modification (see [[#MA|section 5.2.2]]). If the prescriber sees no reason to do so, they may also record only an MGB, possibly with a comment that he or she has requested the patient to adhere to the agreements made earlier.<br>
Non medicines can be prescribed from the G-standard at HPK level. For example, this could be an inhaler (Aerochamber, HPK 1915185) as an aid to prescribed aerosols. Non-medicinal products are not applicable for the medication overview or medication monitoring.
+
In the event of deviating use, a health professional can also send a VMA to the prescriber (see [[#mp voorstelgegevens|section 5.6]]) and/or advise the patient to inform the prescriber about the deviating use.
  
===Send renal function value in the prescription===
+
====Inadvertently outstanding medication or ‘orphans’====
 +
During verification, it may become apparent that medication is incorrectly still outstanding. In certain situations, building blocks (MAs, TAs) may have remained inadvertently active, known as ‘orphans’. Examples:<br>
 +
* In the hybrid situation, something went wrong when merging building blocks for the same medication.
 +
* Medication has been discontinued in a system other than that of the prescriber, and this system is no longer available for exchanging building blocks. As a result, the stop-MA is not provided and the original MA therefore still appears to be active and valid.<br>
 +
In the case of building blocks with {{fhir|endDateTime}}, the problem is limited because that medication is automatically no longer active after the {{fhir|endDateTime}}. Building blocks without an {{fhir|endDateTime}}, however, would continue to appear active and valid without intervention. Such ‘orphans’ can be identified during medication verification. The health professional must correct this with a stop-building block. If possible, the stop-building block is sent to the health professional who recorded the original building block.
  
'''A) Renal function value with a new prescription:''' <br>
+
===Directions for recording data in the building block medication use===
For the prevention of stroke, a patient (male, 65 years old) is prescribed Dabigatran for the first time. The patient has renal impairment and the prescriber has a recent renal function value available. Based on this renal function value, the prescriber deviates from the standard dose and makes a medicatieafspraak with a lower dosage of Dabigatran twice a day 1 capsule of 110 mg, starting from January 15, 2020. The prescriber also makes a verstrekkingsverzoek and sends the prescription (medicatieafspraak, verstrekkingsverzoek and the laboratory result of the renal function value) to the pharmacist.
+
This section explains how to fill in certain data elements in specific situations. All formal source information about the building blocks and their data elements can be found in the Dataset and Scenarios tabs in the {{#lst:mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|ART-DECOR index}}. The table below shows how certain data elements should be filled in in different situations.<br>
<br>
 
[[Bestand:ENG_Voorschrijven_Nierfunctiewaarde sturen met het voorschrift_a.png|800px]]<br>
 
  
'''B) Renal function value reason for a change:''' <br>
+
The health professional performing the verification is the {{fhir|Author}} of the building block. In {{fhir|Informant}}, the source of the relevant information can be indicated, for example the patient, a health professional or another person involved. In {{fhir|RelationMedicationAgreement}} or {{fhir|RelationAdministrationAgreement}}, reference is made to the MA or TA that was the reference for specifying this use.
A 70-year-old man was prescribed 1 tablet of metformin 500 mg 3 times a day a few days ago (medicatie afspraak and verstrekkingsverzoek). At the same time, the doctor initiated a blood test to determine the renal function value of the patient. The value was not yet known at the time of prescription.
+
<section begin=tabel medicatiegebruik/>
<br>
+
{| class="wikitable"
[[Bestand:ENG_Voorschrijven_Nierfunctiewaarde sturen met het voorschrift_b1.png|800px]]<br>
+
! style="width: 17%;" rowspan="2"|Situation !! style="width: 1%;" rowspan="2"|Use Indicator !! style="width: 1%;" rowspan="2"|AsAgreed Indicator !! style="width: 1%;" rowspan="2"|MedicationUse StopType !! style="width: 42,5%;" colspan="3"|PeriodOfUse (fill in a maximum of 2 out of 3) !! style="width: 14%;" rowspan="2"|DosingInstructions
 +
|-
 +
! style="text-align:center;"|startDateTime || style="text-align:center;"|Duration || style="text-align:center;"|endDateTime
 +
|-
 +
| style="text-align:center;" colspan="8"|<big>Medication is/will be used in PeriodOfUse</big>
 +
|-
 +
| rowspan="2"|'''This is as agreed''' || style="text-align:center;" rowspan="2"|yes || style="text-align:center;" rowspan="2"|yes || style="text-align:center;" rowspan="2"|leave empty || style="text-align:center;" colspan="3"|fill in in accordance with MA or TA || rowspan="2"|fill in in accordance with MA or TA
 +
|-
 +
| date/time when medication use started or will start || (intended) duration of medication use || date/time when medication use is or will be discontinued
 +
|-
 +
| '''This is not as agreed''' || style="text-align:center;"|yes || style="text-align:center;"|no || style="text-align:center;"|leave empty || date/time when deviating medication use started or will start || (intended) duration of non-compliant medication use || date/time when non-compliant medication use is or will be discontinued || the actual dosage used must be entered
 +
|-
 +
| '''There is no agreement (self-care medication) / unknown whether this is as agreed''' || style="text-align:center;"|yes || style="text-align:center;"|leave empty || style="text-align:center;"|leave empty || date/time when medication use started or will start || (intended) duration of medication use || date/time when medication is or will be discontinued || the dosage agreed upon by the patient must be entered
 +
|-
 +
| style="text-align:center;" colspan="8"|<big>Medication is not/will not be used in PeriodOfUse</big>
 +
|-
 +
| '''This is as agreed''' || style="text-align:center;"|no || style="text-align:center;"|yes || style="text-align:center;"|leave empty or fill in in accordance with stop-agreement || date/time from which medication use will be discontinued or suspended || n/a in case of discontinuing (intended) duration of suspension of medication use || n/a in case of discontinuing date/time when medication use is or will be resumed || leave empty, there is no dosage
 +
|-
 +
| '''This is not as agreed''' || style="text-align:center;"|no || style="text-align:center;"|no || style="text-align:center;"|discontinued / suspended || date/time from which use will be discontinued or suspended || n/a in case of discontinuing (intended) duration of suspension of medication use || n/a in case of discontinuing date/time when medication use is or will be resumed || leave empty, there is no dosage
 +
|-
 +
| '''There is no agreement (self-care medication) / unknown whether this is as agreed''' || style="text-align:center;"|no || style="text-align:center;"|leave empty || style="text-align:center;"|discontinued / suspended || date/time from which medication use will be discontinued or suspended || n/a in case of discontinuing (intended) duration of suspension of medication use || n/a in case of discontinuing date/time when medication use is or will be resumed || leave empty, there is no dosage
 +
|}
 +
<section end=tabel medicatiegebruik/>
  
The blood test shows that renal function is impaired and gives reason to adjust the medicatieafspraak. The prescriber adjusts the dose on January 17, 2020 to 2 tablets metformin 500 mg twice a day and discuss this with the patient. The new prescription (the 'technical' stop medicatieafspraak, new medicatieafsrpaak and the laboratory result of the renal function value) is sent to the pharmacy by the prescriber. Because the patient had already collected the medication and therefore has enough stock, no new verstrekkingsverzoek is sent along.
+
===Information exchange and system roles during sub-process Medication verification===
<br>
+
During the Medication verification sub-process, various forms of information exchange may take place. The table below shows which system roles are required for this.
[[Bestand:ENG_Voorschrijven_Nierfunctiewaarde sturen met het voorschrift_b2.png|800px]]<br>
 
  
'''C) Renal function value due to drug:''' <br>
+
{| class="wikitable"
The patient is prescribed Nitrofurantoin 100 mg, 1 capsule twice daily as a 5-day course due to a bladder infection and must start immediately on January 6, 2020. With this drug, the renal function value (if known and not older than 13 months) needs to be sent along. The prescriber has a renal function value available for this patient, but this does not lead to an adjusted dosage. The prescriber sends the prescription (medicatieafspraak, verstrekkingsverzoek and the laboratory result of the renal function value) to the pharmacist.
+
! style="text-align:left;"|type of information exchange !! style="text-align:left;"|system role !! system role code
<br>
+
|-
[[Bestand:ENG_Voorschrijven_Nierfunctiewaarde sturen met het voorschrift_c.png|800px]]<br>
+
| The health professional queries the available medication data.  
<br>
+
|| MedicatieGegevensRaadplegend
 +
|| MP-MGR
 +
|-
 +
| The health professional's information system responds to the query by providing the recorded medication data.
 +
|| MedicatieGegevensBeschikbaarstellend
 +
|| MP-MGB
 +
|-
 +
| The health professional can send the recorded medication data to other health professionals.  
 +
| MedicatieGegevensSturend
 +
|| MP-MGS
 +
|-
 +
|}
  
===Cancelling a prescription that was sent earlier ===
+
Health professionals who perform medication verification can use various information systems. See [[#systeem|section 3.2.3]] for an overview of the system roles per information system.
A patient visits the general practitioner (GP) one morning because of stomach complaints.  The GP prescribes pantoprazole and sends the prescription (MA + VV1) to the preferred pharmacy as known to him. In the afternoon the patient calls the GP. He hasn’t picked up the prescription yet and he would like to pick it up at another pharmacy due to a recent move, but forgot to ask this morning. The GP resends the prescription to the old pharmacy, but the VV in the newly send prescription contains a canceled indicator (MA + VV1 “cancelled”), so the pharmacist knows he should not dispense on this prescription. The prescriber then sends a new prescription (MA + VV2) to the patient's new pharmacy. The patient can pick up the medication there.<br>
 
In medication building blocks it looks as follows:<br>
 
<br>[[Bestand:ENG_Voorschrijven_Annuleren eerder verstuurd voorschrift_a.png|800px]]<br>
 
<br>
 
The transactions look as follows:<br>
 
[[Bestand:ENG_Voorschrijven_Annuleren eerder verstuurd voorschrift_b.png]]<br>
 
  
===Modification of someone else's medicatieafspraak ===
+
==Sub-process Prescribe==
A patient takes 40 mg Lisinopril once a day because of hypertension. This medicatieafspraak was previously made by the GP with the patient. The patient is admitted to the A&E department because of a fall due to dizziness. The specialist notices hypotension and decides to reduce the dose of Lisinopril to 20 mg once a day. The specialist then stops the current medicatieafspraak and starts the new medicatieafspraak with a lower dose. With this he changes the medicationafspraak with the patient. The specialist informs the original prescriber (the general practitioner) about this with a stop medicatieafspraak and the new medicatieafspraak.
+
This section describes the prescribing process. The prescriber role may be cariied out by anyone with prescribing authority under the {{#lst:mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|wet}}. In addition, a prescriber may delegate this task to other health professionals without their own prescribing authority. This is only permitted within the conditions set out in the Act and within the agreements of the healthcare organisation concerned.<br>
The prescriber of the original medicatieafspraak adjusts the stop date in the original medicatieafspraak. If desired, this can also be automated by the information system. This prevents the second care provider no longer having to provide data over time because the delivery period has expired (including no stop MA) while the care provider of the original medication appointment continues to provide this incorrectly (without a stop date).
+
To support the implementation of this sub-process, various examples are available on the page [[mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9/praktijkvoorbeelden/voorschrijven|Practical examples sub-process Prescribe]].
<br>
 
[[Bestand:ENG_Modification of someone else's medicatieafspraak.PNG|800px]]
 
<br>
 
  
===Setting up a variable dosing regimen (WDS) ===
+
===Overview sub-process Prescribe===
The prescriber prescribes anticoagulants and states in the MA that the medication is used as recorded by the schedule of the thrombosis service (‘gebruik volgens schema trombosedienst). The prescriber sends a VV to the pharmacist and the patient is registered with the thrombosis service. In order to bridge the period until thrombosis care can take over, the prescriber creates a WDS for the first period. After registration, the thrombosis service creates a dosing regimen that overwrites or succeeds the previous regimen. From this moment on, the thrombosis service takes over creating the dosing regimen from the original prescriber.
+
====Process of prescribing in general====
[[Bestand:ENG_Uc_setting_up_WDS.png|800px]]
 
  
===Changing a variable dosing regimen (WDS) during period of use===
+
'''Starting the prescribing process'''<br>
It could be necessary to revise the dosing regimen from a WDS before the scheduled stop date. For example, when the patient unexpectedly has to undergo minor surgery. In this case, the prescriber stops the current WDS with a technical stop (not visible to the user) and creates a new WDS with a few 0 doses the days before the procedure. In the meantime, the MA continues as usual.
+
The prescribing process can start during a consultation or following a proposal from another health professional or the patient regarding their medication treatment. See [[#mp voorstelgegevens|section 5.6]] for an explanation of proposal data.<br>
[[Bestand:ENG_Uc_Changing_WDS.png|800px]]
+
The prescriber evaluates the patient's situation, including their medication treatment. An overview of medication data can be used for this purpose (see [[#consolideren|Chapter 4]]).<br>
  
===Stopping medication with a variable dosing regimen (WDS) ===
+
'''Possible actions when prescribing'''<br>
When the patient has to (temporarily) stop using anticoagulants completely, this is recorded at the level of the MA. The thrombosis physician creates a stop-MA. This also stops the underlying WDS and the associated TA. The original prescriber also processes the stop date in his MA.
+
The prescriber then decides to start, continue, stop or change medication. The following medication building blocks can be recorded:
If the anticoagulants needs to be restarted after several months, the original prescriber of the anticoagulant medication does this by following the process of starting a WDS. So by creating a new MA and a first WDS (see the use case [[#Setting up a variable dosing regimen (WDS)| Setting up a variable dosing regimen (WDS)]]). <br>
+
* MA for recording the prescriber's therapeutic intention.
[[Bestand:ENG_Uc_stopping_WDS.png|800px]]
+
* WDS for specifying the dosing regimen for medicines with varying dosages (e.g. anticoagulant medication)
 +
* VV for the logistical processing of the prescribed medication.
 +
This is further elaborated for each building block in sections 5.2.2 to 5.2.4.<br>
 +
Section 5.2.5 contains instructions for completing the MA and VV building blocks in specific situations.<br>
  
==Use case, Dispense==
+
'''Exchanging data'''<br>
 +
The prescriber sends the (stop-) MA with or without VV to the supplier using the Sending medication prescription transaction. If necessary, a WDS, information about the patient's height or weight, or kidney function value can be sent along with it. The recorded data are also made available. The transfer of information is discussed further in section 5.2.6.<br>
 +
Medication monitoring is carried out during the prescribing process; the details of this are outside the scope of this FD.
  
===New medicatieafspraak, medicatieverstrekking of the same product===
+
====Some specific situations====
The patient is at the pharmacist on 27 January 2013 to collect his medication. The pharmacist opens the file of the patient and verifies the medication file. It is a new medicatieafspraak for this patient. The relevant information of the prescribing physician is displayed on the screen of the pharmacist.<br>
+
<u>GP out-of-hours service (huisartsenpost, HAP)</u><br>
Medicatieafspraak: ''Nitrofurantoin CR capsule, 100 mg, 1 capsule 2x daily, from now on for 5 days.''<br>
+
A GP out-of-hours service works on behalf of the regular GP. In principle, the generic prescribing process is followed by the HAP. The HAP can also start, continue, change, and stop medication. If necessary, the HAP will also make the corresponding dispense requests.
Verstrekkingsverzoek: ''Nitrofurantoin CR capsule, 100 mg; 10 capsules.''<br>
+
To supplement this process, the GP out-of-hours service prescriber can use the data element {{fhir|NextPractitioner}} (see [[#vb|section 5.2.5.1.7]]).<br>
The pharmacist selects a product on the basis of the medicatieafspraak and other factors (such as the pharmacist’s stock and the preference policy of the healthcare insurer):<br>
 
''FURABID CR CAPSULE, 100 MG''. The pharmacist carries out medication monitoring using the information system, no (warning) signals are given.<br>
 
The pharmacist carries out pharmaceutical care (compliance, education, et cetera) and agrees with the patient on how she will use the medication. This toedieningsafspraak on 27 January 2013 reads:<br>
 
''FURABID CR CAPSULE, 100MG; 1 capsule 2x daily; from now on for 5 days''. The pharmacist provides the medication to the patient:<br>
 
''on 27 January 2013, FURABID CR CAPSULE, 100 MG; 10 capsules.'' The pharmacist actively informs the prescribing physician about the medicatieafspraak and the medicatieverstrekking.<br>
 
The information system of the pharmacist makes the new toedieningsafspraak and medicatieverstrekking available to the other health professionals of this patient.
 
<br>
 
<br>[[Bestand:ENG_Ter hand stellen_Nieuwe medicatieafspraak medicatieverstrekking zelfde product.png|800px]]<br>
 
  
===New medicatieafspraak, more precise product specification===
+
<section begin=specifieke situaties voorschrijven /><u>Medication process in the clinical situation</u><br>
Here, the difference when specifying the product is that the toedieningsafpsraak and also the medicatieverstrekking deviates from the medicatieafspraak the patient has made with the prescribing physician. The process is otherwise the same as described in the previous paragraph.
+
The medication process in the clinical situation is dealt with separately in [[#mp klinische situatie|section 5.7]].<br>
  
<u>'''Example'''</u><br>
+
<u>Medication on the administration list</u><br>
''Medicatieafspraak: Nitrofurantoin capsule mga 100 mg, 1 capsule 2 times a day from today for 5 days.''
+
For some patients, medication is listed on an administration list (administration patients). This medication can be administered by an administrator or by the patient themselves. The data required to generate an administration list can be recorded by the prescriber in MA or WDS and/or by the supplier in the TA<section end=specifieke situaties voorschrijven /> (see [[#aanwijzingen bouwstenen voorschrijven|section 5.2.5]] and [[#Toedienlijsten|section 5.4.2]]).
  
The pharmacist specifies a different product:<br>
+
===<span class="anchor" id="MA"></span>Medication agreement===
''Nitrofurantoine MC Actavis capsule <u>50</u> mg.''
+
The MA is the therapeutic building block in a prescription. In it, the prescriber records what has been agreed with the patient about the medicine in question. The MA reflects the prescriber's therapeutic intention.<br>
The pharmacist agrees with the patient on how she will use the medication. This toedieningsafspraak on 27 January 2013 reads:<br>
 
''Nitrofurantoin MC CR capsule 50 mg, 1 capsule 2x daily, from now on for 5 days.''<br>
 
The pharmacist provides the medication to the patient:<br>
 
''on 27 January 2013, Nitrofurantoin MC Actavis capsule 50 mg; 20 pieces.''
 
<br>
 
<br>[[Bestand:ENG_Ter hand stellen_Nieuwe medicatieafspraak nadere specificering product.png|800px]]<br>
 
  
===Existing toedieningsafspraak is adequate===
+
In general terms, a prescriber can create an initial MA within a new MBH, or continue, stop, change or temporarily interrupt an existing MA. This is explained in sections 5.2.2.1 to 5.2.2.5. See also [[#stoppen en wijzigen|section 2.4.3]] for an explanation of the procedure for stopping and modifying a building block.<br>
The process of repeat medicatieverstrekking on the basis of an existing medicatieafspraak and possibly existing verstrekkingsverzoek and toedieningsafsrpaak occurs in case of repeat prescriptions and is described in [[#Splitting a prescription|paragraph 4.2.10]], situation 2.
 
 
 
===Medicatieafspraak wanted (informing the prescriber)===
 
<u>'''Example 1 - adjusting dosage:'''</u><br>
 
For a 70-year-old patient with a creatinine clearance of 45 mL/min, the pharmacist enters a toedieningsafspraak for gabapentin tablets of 600 mg, 1 tablet 3x daily. Renal function has been recorded in the patient’s file at the pharmacy, and based on this a signal appears that the maximum dosage is 900 mg daily. The pharmacist sends the prescriber a proposed medicatieafspraak with an adjusted dosage of 300 mg, 3x daily, and the reason for this proposal (maximum dosage exceeded). The prescriber receives the proposed medicatieafspraak in his EVS. The prescriber sends an adjusted medicatieafspraak and possibly a reply proposed medication agreement (antwoord voorstel medicatieafspraak) back to the pharmacist.
 
 
<br>
 
<br>
<br>[[Bestand:ENG_Ter hand stellen_Medicatieafspraak gewenst - informeren voorschrijver_a.png|800px]]<br>
+
<section begin=gebruiksperiode voorschrijven />The intended duration of the medication is specified in the {{fhir|PeriodOfUse}}:
 +
* Medication for an indefinite period: only {{fhir|startDateTime}} is entered, without {{fhir|duration}} or {{fhir|endDateTime}}
 +
* Medication for a specific period: 2 of the 3 data elements must be entered. This also applies to medication for single use.
 +
* If an {{fhir|endDateTime}} is specified, the time must always be provided. This is to avoid confusion between ‘until’ and ‘up to and including’. In the case of an ‘up to and including’ date (i.e. a whole day), the time 23:59:59 applies.<section end=gebruiksperiode voorschrijven />
 
<br>
 
<br>
<u>'''Example 2 – temporarily halting a medicinal product:'''</u><br>
+
Section 5.2.5.1 explains how a number of data elements should be completed in certain situations.
For a 50-year-old patient with on oral fluconazole as part of his current medication, the pharmacist enters a toedieningsafspraak for simvastatin. A message appears with the advice to consider temporarily halting simvastatin. The pharmacist can make a proposed medicatieafspraak for halting the simvastatin (stoptype ‘temporary’). See example 1 for further steps.
+
====Starting medication====
<br>
+
An initial MA usually marks the start of an MBH. Sometimes, an MBH can also start with a different therapeutic building block. Examples:
<br>[[Bestand:ENG_Ter hand stellen_Medicatieafspraak gewenst - informeren voorschrijver_b.png|800px]]<br>
+
* MTD in situations where acute administration of a medicine is required.
<br>
+
* TA if the supplier does not (yet) have access to the digital MA, for example in the hybrid situation.
<u>'''Example 3 – adding a medicinal product:'''</u><br>
+
* MGB recorded by the patient.
For a 55-year-old woman, the pharmacist enters a toedieningsafspraak for prednisone, 10 mg daily for three months. The patient is not using osteoporosis prophylaxis. A message appears with the advice to add a biphosphonate drug and to check whether the patient is taking calcium and vitamin D. If the patient is not, the pharmacist can make a proposed medicatieafspraak for these products. See example 1 for further steps.
+
In such cases, the first MA in an MBH can follow after the other building block has been recorded. Even then, the MA always takes precedence in reflecting the prescriber's therapeutic intention.<br>
<br>
 
<br>[[Bestand:ENG_Ter hand stellen_Medicatieafspraak gewenst - informeren voorschrijver_c.png|800px]]<br>
 
<br>
 
PLEASE NOTE: it will depend on the situation whether it is useful to create an automated proposal for adjustment/addition of a MA. If the advice is complex, it may still be useful to phone and to consult instead of sending a digital proposal.<br>
 
The proposed medicatieafspraak may help the prescriber to enter this change in the system. The latter is important when medicatieafspraken are consulted, for example, by service observation general practitioners.
 
  
===Request and dispense ===
+
An MA can be created to take effect immediately, but it can also be planned in advance, with a start date in the future (TMA). This TMA has a {{fhir|startDateTime}} that is later than the date on which the agreement was made.
When a medicatieafspraak and verstrekkingsverzoek arrives at the pharmacy, it is processed by the pharmacy information system as an intended medicatieverstrekking. This is called the request date, which is captured as the request date of the medication dispensing The date of dispensing is only registered at the moment of pick up or hand over of the medication. The pharmacist informs the prescriber about the handling of the prescription (toedieningsafspraak and/or medicatieverstrekking).
 
  
It is possible to create multiple dispensings under the same toedieningsafpsraak:
+
====<span class="anchor" id="Continueren medicatie"></span>Continuing medication====
*A verstrekkingsverzoek comes in with a medicatieafspraak with a one-year use period
+
Examples of continuing medication are:
*There will be a first provision with a new toedieningsafspraak and a medication supply that is sufficient for, for example, a period of 4 months.
+
* Repeat medication; only a new VV is required for an existing MA.
<br>[[Bestand:ENG_Ter hand stellen_Aanschrijven en verstrekken_a.png|800px]]<br>
+
* Upon admission to an institution where home medication is continued.
 +
In both cases, the existing MA does not need to be adjusted unless the {{fhir|endDateTime}} of the MA has passed. In that case, a new MA must be recorded.<br>
 +
<u>'''NB'''</u>: Continuing treatment with a drug with a different PRK is not considered continuation, but a change
 +
(see [[#wijzigen medicatie|section 5.2.2.4]]).
  
*The second dispensing is performed based on the existing medicatieafpsraak, verstrekkingsverzoek and toedieningsafspraak (no new prescription or new administration appointment is needed). The new second medication dispensing (with new write-up date and the pre-existing associated toedieningsafspraak) is sent to the prescriber when the dispensing date is registered.
+
====<span class="anchor" id="Stoppen medicatie"></span>Stopping medication====
<br>[[Bestand:ENG_Ter hand stellen_Aanschrijven en verstrekken_b.png|800px]]<br>
+
An MA in which an {{fhir|endDateTime}} has already been specified, for example for a course of treatment, will automatically stop on that date. No stop-MA is required in this case.<br>
 +
If the medication needs to be discontinued earlier, or if an MA does not have an {{fhir|endDateTime}}, a stop-MA must be specified within the same MBH. The stop-MA contains the following new data:
 +
{| class="wikitable"
 +
! style="text-align:left;"| data-element  in dataset !! style="text-align:left;"| explanation
 +
|-
 +
| endDateTime || The date on which the MA ends. This end date can also be in the future.
 +
|-
 +
| Prescriber || Name of the health professional creating the stop-MA.
 +
|-
 +
| RegistrationDateTime || Date and time on which the stop-MA is recorded.
 +
|-
 +
| MedicationAgreementStopType || 'discontinued'
 +
|-
 +
| RelationMedicationAgreement || Reference to the MA being stopped. A stop-MA must include this reference, unless there is no MA available in the MBH to refer to. If the MBH only contains TA(s) and/or MGB(s), the prescriber must be able to stop these with a stop-MA without a RelationMedication Agreement. In that case, the stop-MA will not get a reference to a TA or MGB either.
 +
|-
 +
| ReasonModificationOr Discontinuation || Reason for stopping the MA. Filling in this data element is mandatory in outpatient settings. In clinical settings, this only needs to be completed if relevant for exchange within the care chain.
 +
|}
  
===Patient requests repeat prescription via physician (reactive repeat)===
+
From the referenced MA, the remaining available information must be copied, including at least the following elements:
A physician has previously diagnosed hypertension in a patient (57 years old) and has prescribed the patient medication for this. The patient uses this medication and the medication is running out. The patient makes a request to repeat the medication, for example through the repeat line, by phone, by email to the practice, counter/boxes, website, app or portal of the physician. The physician approves the repeat. This leads to a new verstrekkingsverzoek.<br>
 
<u>For example:</u>
 
The general practitioner makes, in the context of the medicatieafspraak of 30 March 2010:
 
:''Nifedipine CR 30 mg; 1 tablet 1x daily, from 30 March 2010 <u>for an indefinite period</u>''
 
on 13 April 2013 a verstrekkingsverzoek to a pharmacist chosen by the patient:
 
:''Nifedipine, CR tablet, 30 mg; ‘for three months’.''
 
In consultation with the patient, the prescriber can send the verstrekkingsverzoek with the corresponding medicatieafspraken and toedieningsafspraken as an order to a pharmacy of the patient’s choice. The prescriber also makes the new verstrekkingsverzoek available to fellow health professionals and the patient. The existing medicatieafspraken had already been made available.<br>
 
<br>[[Bestand:ENG_Ter hand stellen_Patiënt vraagt herhaalrecept via arts - reactief herhalen.png|800px]]<br>
 
The pharmacist receives the verstrekkingsverzoek together with the medicatieafspraak and processes it in accordance with the dispense process and starts with the pharmaceutical care process step.
 
  
When the patient, on the basis of a toedieningsafspraak or on the basis of his medicatiegebruik asks for a repeat prescription, and the medicatieafspraak is not digitally available, the physician creates a new medicatieafspraak based on this toedieningsafspraak or the patient’s medicatiegebruik of the medication. No reference is made to the existing medicatieafspraak in that case.
+
{| class="wikitable"
 
+
! style="text-align:left;"| data-element in dataset !! style="text-align:left;"| explanation
===Patient requests repeat prescription via pharmacist (informing prescriber)===
+
|-
The patient requests a repeat medication from the pharmacist, for example through repeat line, by phone, email, counter/boxes, website, app or portal of the pharmacist.<br>
+
| startDateTime || The original start date.
The pharmacist sends a proposed verstrekkingsverzoek for authorisation to the prescriber. The physician evaluates the proposed verstrekkingsverzoek and approves it. He informs the pharmacist via the reply proposed verstrekkingsverzoek and sends a new verstrekkingsverzoek together with the current agreements to the pharmacist. The pharmacist continues the dispense process and starts with the pharmaceutical care process step.<br>
+
|-
Patiënt vraagt herhaalrecept via arts (reactief herhalen)
+
| AgreedMedicine || The agreed-upon medicine. In the case of magistral preparations or ingredients, 90 million numbers do not need to be copied.
<br>[[Bestand:ENG_Ter hand stellen_Patiënt vraagt herhaalrecept via apotheker - informeren voorschrijver.png|800px]]<br>
+
|-
<br>
+
| InstructionsForUse || The original instructions for use. The AdditionalInstructions data element does not need to be included, as the method of use is no longer relevant in a stop-MA.
If the prescriber does not provide a verstrekkingsverzoek, he informs the pharmacist via the answer proposed verstrekkingsverzoek.
+
|}
 +
The MA can be stopped immediately with an {{fhir|endDateTime}} today.<br>
 +
The MA can also be stopped with an {{fhir|endDateTime}} in the future. If the prescriber subsequently wishes to shorten the {{fhir|PeriodOfUse}} further, a second stop-MA is created. This second stop-MA refers to the most recent MA, in this case the first stop-MA.<br>
  
===Proactive repeat prescription by pharmacist (informing prescriber)===
+
Creating a stop-MA leads to the discontinuation of the associated WDSs and TAs. A stop-TA must also be created for the TAs. No stop-WDS is required for the WDS.
The patient has signed up in the past for proactive repeats and the pharmacist has registered this in his proprietary pharmacist information system (PIS). The repeat module of this information system will generate a signal when a patient needs new medication. When a new verstrekkingsverzoek is needed, this is similar to the process described in the previous paragraph, only the trigger is not the patient but the pharmacist (or his information system). Proactive repeats are also used for GDS, see [[#Starting and continuing a GDS|paragraph 4.2.11]].
 
<br>[[Bestand:ENG_Ter hand stellen_Proactief herhaalrecept door apotheker - informeren voorschrijver.png|800px]]<br>
 
<br>
 
  
===Dispense based on an existing verstrekkingsverzoek===
+
======<span class="anchor" id="stoppen MA andere voorschrijver"></span>Stopping a medication agreement by another prescriber======
The patient submits a repeat prescription to the pharmacist. In this case, it is a request for medicatieverstrekking on the basis of an existing, still valid, verstrekkingsverzoek. See [[#Splitting a prescription|paragraph 4.2.10]] situation (3).
+
A MA can be stopped by the prescriber themselves, or by another prescriber. When a prescriber stops a medication, they create a stop-MA. This is also the case when stopping someone else's MA. The stop-MA is sent to the health professional who created the MA that is being stopped (transaction Sending medication data).<br>The stop-MA must also be sent to the supplier. The prescriber can find this supplier by querying the TAs associated with the MA (transaction Query medication data). They then send the stop-MA to the supplier with an active TA (transaction Sending medication prescription).
 
 
===Splitting a prescription===
 
The patient has been using the same medication for a number of years, which means that the medicatieafspraak can be created for an indefinite period. The toedieningsafspraak is also valid for an indefinite period. In such a case, the patient can be given a prescription for a year. This single year prescription will be split into several prescriptions by the pharmacist. These split prescriptions are commonly called ‘repeat prescriptions’, even though strictly speaking this is not true.
 
 
 
There are three possible situations:<br>
 
1) The patient returns to his attending physician still suffering from the same symptoms. The prescriber prescribes the same medication (in the case of an expired medicatieafspraak, a new medicatieafspraak is created with a new verstrekkingsverzoek and in the case of a medicatieafspraak that is still valid, only a new verstrekkingsverzoek is created).<br>
 
<br>[[Bestand:ENG_Ter hand stellen_Knippen van recept_a.png|800px]]<br>
 
<br>
 
2) Prescriber and patient initially agree on 90 tablets with 3 repeat prescriptions. The patient receives the first 90 tablets. The next time the patient visits the pharmacist, a medicatieverstrekking is made under the existing agreements.<br>
 
<br>[[Bestand:ENG_Ter hand stellen_Knippen van recept_b.png|800px]]<br>
 
<br>
 
3) Prescriber and patient initially agree on 360 tablets for one year. The pharmacist splits this into 4 separate occasions of medicatieverstrekking. The patient is initially dispensed 90 tablets and without a new verstrekkingsverzoek, can go to the pharmacist 3 more times to pick up another 90 tablets each time.<br>
 
Situation 3 best describes the way in which a pharmacist splits a year prescription.<br>
 
<br>[[Bestand:ENG_Ter hand stellen_Knippen van recept_c.png|800px]]<br>
 
<br>
 
 
 
===Starting and continuing a GDS===
 
The following example shows the process for one medicinal product used by the patient for an indefinite period of time. The information system of the prescriber and the pharmacist contains (among other things) the following data on a patient:
 
*The medicatieafspraak of 2 January 2013 reads: Metoprolol, CR tablet, 100 mg (succinate); 1x tablet daily; from 2 January 2013 for an indefinite period.
 
*The toedieningsafspraak of 2 January 2013 reads: Metoprolol PCH retard, 100 CR tablets of 95 mg; 1x tablet 1x daily; from 2 January 2013 for an indefinite period.
 
This elderly patient is taking so much medication that he has problems overseeing it all: a potentially dangerous situation. On 6 February, the pharmacist and the prescriber agree that the medicatieverstrekking of medicinal products to this patient will take place via GDS.
 
 
 
The GDS is started: the pharmacist sends a proposed verstrekkingsverzoek (a similar event to the current combined prescription or authorisation form).
 
 
 
The proposed verstrekkingsverzoek of 6 February reads:
 
*Verstrekkingsverzoek for the medicatieafspraak of 2 January 2013: Metoprolol, CR tablet, 100 mg (succinate), and a period of use to ensure enough stock up to and including 1 May 2013.
 
The pharmacist sends the proposal to the prescriber. The prescriber approves the proposal on February 6 and sends it unchanged to the pharmacist as a verstrekkingsverzoek. The GDS indicator is switched on in the information system of the prescriber as well as in the pharmacist’s information system.
 
 
 
The pharmacist and the patient select a partial duration for the product. This toedieningsafspraak reads as follows:
 
*On 7 February it was agreed: Metoprolol PCH retard, 100 CR tablets of 95 mg, 1 tablet in the morning, from 11 February (week 6), for an indefinite period.
 
 
 
Every second week, the pharmacist dispenses a Baxter medication roll containing (among other things) the metoprolol:
 
*Medicatieverstrekking 1: The pharmacist dispenses, on Friday, 8 February 2013: 14 tablets, scheduled for weeks 6 and 7 (a period of use of 2 weeks).
 
*Medicatieverstrekking 2: The pharmacist dispenses, on Friday, 22 February: 14 tablets, scheduled for weeks 8 and 9.
 
*Medicatieverstrekking 3, 4, 5, etc.
 
With each medicatieverstrekking, it is indicated that medicatieverstrekking was carried out via GDS.
 
After three months, there is a new proposed verstrekkingsverzoek from the pharmacy to the prescriber, etc.
 
<br>
 
<br>[[Bestand:ENG_Ter hand stellen_Het opstarten en continueren van GDS.png|800px]]<br>
 
'''Consideration ''' <br>
 
*The application of a proposed verstrekkingsverzoek instead of an authorisation form makes its meaning unambiguous.
 
*In the current situation, toedieningsafspraken and medicatieverstrekkingen are registered as a single dispense. This makes it difficult to find useful information in the large number of messages. By dividing the dispense order into two building blocks, the overview is easier to understand: there are no new medicatieafspraken and only one new toedieningsafpsraak is created. There are no hidden surprises in the remaining logistical data and the prescriber does not have to monitor  the multiple medicatieverstrekkingen.
 
*This way of registering and exchanging prevents double registration, and errors caused by this.
 
*The toedieningsafspraken are the basis for the administration list and checklists of nursing homes and care homes. Signing them corresponds to the administration(s).
 
 
 
===The pharmacist changes commercial product===
 
This scenario builds on the previous scenario: after half a year a different commercial product is agreed with the patient (toedieningsafspraak), because the original product is not available. No new medicatieafspraak is made, as there is no change needed on that level. The toedieningsafspraak is changed:
 
*On 1 July it was agreed: Metoprolol Sandoz ret, 100 CR tablets, 95 mg, 1 tablet in the morning; from 3 July, for an indefinite period. Reason: not available.
 
The toedieningsafspraak is a modification of the toedieningsafspraak of 7 February, which stops on 2 July (11:59 p.m.) and is an actual handling of the medicatieafspraak of 2 January. The pharmacist informs the general practitioner about this.<br>
 
<br>[[Bestand:ENG_Ter hand stellen_De apotheker wijzigt van handelsproduct.png|800px]]<br>
 
'''Consideration ''' <br>
 
This change in the actual handling of the medicatieafspraak using a toedieningsafspraak, changes nothing to the validity of the medicatieafspraak itself, improving the overall view for all parties. In addition, since the pharmacist records and communicates the reason for the adjustment, the prescriber is better able to assess whether the information is relevant.
 
<br>
 
 
 
===Adding medication to a GDS===
 
When new medication is added to an existing GDS, the prescriber may opt for immediate addition to the current roll (Change in GDS immediately) or for addition starting from the next roll (Change in GDS per change of roll). The prescriber indicates this in the medicatieafspraak (Additional information).
 
 
 
If ‘Change in GDS immediately’ is chosen, the pharmacist will first dispense the medication separately, in addition to the existing GDS. This means that a toedieningsafspraak is created by the pharmacist for the bridging period. Starting with the new roll, the new medication is added to the roll. Starting with the start date of the new roll, a toedieningsafspraak can be made by the pharmacists with specific administration times. If the ‘bridging-toedieningsafspraak’ already includes the correct administration times, no new toedieningsafspraak is created at the date of inclusion in the roll.<br>
 
<br>[[Bestand:ENG_Ter hand stellen_Medicatie toevoegen aan GDS.png|800px]]<br>
 
<br>
 
If 'Change in GDS per change of roll' is chosen, the pharmacist will start to include the medication in the roll on the start date of the first new roll. In this case, a toedieningsafspraak for the bridging period is not required.
 
 
 
===Discontinuing medication in a GDS===
 
When medication is discontinued, the prescriber creates a discontinuation-medicatieafspraak. In accordance with the process, the pharmacist is informed about this stop-MA and can adjust the medicatieverstrekking accordingly. The pharmacist will create a staken toedieningsafspraak . See [[#Discontinuing medication|paragraphs 2.2.5.3]] and [[#Discontinuing an administration agreement|2.3.6.3]].
 
 
 
===GDS supplier supplies other commercial product===
 
It is possible that a GDS supplier delivers a different commercial product than that which is included in the toedieningsafspraak by the pharmacy. This is therefore a change in the HPK which results in a changed toedieningsafpsraak. This may only be afterwards, after feedback from the GDS supplier of the filling details.
 
<br>
 
<br>[[Bestand:ENG_Ter hand stellen_GDS leverancier levert ander handelsproduct.png|800px]]<br>
 
 
 
===Parallel administration agreements with GDS- and non-GDS-dispense===
 
A patient takes two to three times daily 20 mg pantoprazole because of gastric complaints. The first two tablets are fixed dosages, which are dispensed in GDS. The third tablet, which is prescribed as needed, is dispensed separately. At a certain moment, Sandoz is unable to supply the pantoprazole 20 mg for separate dispenses. Therefore, the pharmacist decides to dispense from Apotex. He stops the current TA and splits the TA in two TA’s, both with the same start date/time. The first TA concerns the fixed dosage in GDS, the second TA involves the as needed tablet.<br>
 
''NB. Currently, there is no relationship between medication dispense and TA. Therefore, it is only possible to retrieve which TA is associated with the medication dispense by assessment of the data content. It is evaluated whether the functional design should be adjusted for this use case in the future. <br>
 
''
 
<br>
 
[[Bestand:ENG-Uc4.2.16.png|800px]]
 
<br>
 
 
 
===Handling a stop medicatieafspraak===
 
When the prescriber agrees to discontinue medication, a stop medicatieafspraak is created. This stop-MA this processed by the pharmacist by discontinuing the corresponding toedieningsafspraak.
 
 
 
===Medication dispense with someone else’s administration agreement===
 
A patient takes two times daily 20 mg pantoprazole because of gastric complaints. During the holidays the patient notices that he has forgotten to bring his medication. He visits the after hours general practice clinic and asks for extra tablets for during his holidays. The after hours physician sends a VV to the after hours pharmacy, using an existing MA.<br>
 
The after hours pharmacist reads the medication prescription and creates an MVE, using the existing TA, for the ten tablets that the patient needs. The pharmacist notifies the after hours physician about the medication dispense, and sends a copy of the original TA. <br>
 
''NB. Although the original prescriber and supplier do not receive an automatic notification, the data will be made available to them.'' <br>
 
<br>
 
[[Bestand:ENG-Uc4.2.18.png|800px]]
 
<br>
 
  
===Modification of someone else’s administration agreement===
+
=====<span class="anchor" id="annuleren TMA"></span> Canceling a future medication agreement=====
A patient takes two times daily 20 mg pantoprazole because of gastric complaints. During the holidays the patient notices that he has forgotten to bring his medication. He visits the after hours general practice clinic and asks for extra tablets for during his holidays. The after hours physician sends a VV to the after hours pharmacy, using an existing MA.<br>
+
Stopping an MA with a {{fhir|startDateTime}} in the future (TMA) is called canceling. The TMA is canceled by recording a cancelation-TMA. This is a stop-TMA with the stop type ‘canceled’. The cancelation-TMA shows that the patient has never used the medication in question according to that TMA.<br>
The after hours pharmacist notices that they have no pantoprazole from Sandoz in stock, but they do have pantoprazole from Apotex. Therefore, she stops the current TA, starts a new TA for the Apotex, and creates an MVE for the ten tablets from Apotex. The after hours pharmacist notifies the original pharmacist and, subsequently, the original pharmacist processes the stop-TA. <br>
+
The cancelation-TMA works the same as the stop-MA described above, but with two differences:
<br>
+
*The stop type is ‘canceled’ instead of ‘discontinued’.
[[Bestand:ENG-Uc4.2.19.png|800px]]
+
*The {{fhir|startDateTime}} and {{fhir|endDateTime}} of the cancelation-TMA are the same.
<br>
+
The distinction between a cancelation-TMA and a regular stop-MA clarifies whether a medication has never been used (according to that TMA) or whether its use was first started and then stopped.
  
==Use cases, Administer ==
+
====<span class="anchor" id="wijzigen medicatie"></span>Modifying medication====
 +
Modifying medication can, for example, concern dosage, route of administration, period of use, or prescriber.<br>
  
===Creating an administration list===
+
If a modification results in a different PRK, the prescriber discontinues the medication and records a new PRK in a new MBH (see [[#starten nieuw MBH|section 2.4.2]]). Examples include a change in route of administration or strength, or switching to a different medication.<br>
When an administration list has to be created, for example when a patient starts to receive medication administered by a (professional) administrator, or when GDS medication or non-GDS medication is started, an intake is planned with the patient and the prescriber, pharmacist or administrator (the exact process may differ across institutions). Then, the prescriber, pharmacist, administrator and/or the patient consult on the administration list (which medication is recorded on the administration list, which (guide) administration times are suitable). The pharmacist enters the (guide) administration times in the TA and (actively) makes the relevant medication data available for the administrator and/or the patient.  
+
If the PRK of the prescribed medication remains the same, modifications are recorded under the same MBH.<br>
  
===Exact administration times required===
+
Medication is modified by recording a technical stop-MA and a new MA with the modification within the same MBH. The technical stop-MA has an {{fhir|endDateTime}} equal to the {{fhir|startDateTime}} of the new MA with the modification (see [[#stoppen en wijzigen|section 2.4.3]]).<br>
When exact administration times are required, for example because of medication interactions, the prescriber or the pharmacist can indicate that an exact administration time is required (the administration time is not a guideline but denotes an exact time). The prescriber or pharmacist can register an exact administration time by indicating that the administration time is not flexible. By default, administration times are flexible. Exact administration times should be presented on the administration list, to ensure that the administrator is informed that it is not allowed to deviate from the entered administration time.
+
The new MA includes a reference to the original MA in {{fhir|RelationMedicationAgreement}}. If relevant for exchanges within the chain, the reason for the modification can be recorded in {{fhir|ReasonModificationOrDiscontinuation}}.
  
===Missing (guide) administration times===
+
Extending the {{fhir|PeriodOfUse}} of an MA can be done in two ways:
When (guide) administration times are missing in the MA and TA, an administrator will contact the prescriber or pharmacist to retrieve the (guide) administration time. This is not supported digitally in this information standard.
+
* Creating a new MA2 with a {{fhir|startDateTime}} after the {{fhir|endDateTime}} of the original MA1. A stop-MA is not required for MA1; it expires automatically on its {{fhir|endDateTime}}. The new MA2 can be created either during or after the {{fhir|PeriodOfUse}} of MA1.
 +
* Extending the {{fhir|PeriodOfUse}} of the original MA1 if it has not yet expired. This is a change with a technical stop-MA and a new MA2 with the extended {{fhir|PeriodOfUse}}.
  
===Non-GDS medication as needed===
+
A modification can take effect immediately or can be scheduled with a {{fhir|startDateTime}} in the future. If the modification is implemented in a future MA, a technical cancelation-TMA is created and a new TMA with the modification.<br>
Non-GDS medication as needed is included in the administration list, but is not listed according to the administration moment and/or administration time, because this information is not available beforehand. If relevant (for example because of drug interactions), (guide) administration times can be entered. See the following use cases for practical examples: [[#Medication as needed|4.1.4 Medication as needed]], [[#Course of treatment as needed starting in future|4.1.5 Course of treatment as needed starting in future]], [[#Two dosages of the same medication at the same time|4.1.6 Two dosages of the same medication at the same time]], [[#The same medicinal product with different strengths at the same time|4.1.7 The same medicinal product with different strengths at the same time]].  
 
  
===Medication supply by multiple pharmacies===
+
The technical stop-MA and technical cancelation-TMA work the same way as the regular stop-MA and cancelation-TMA. They also have the stop type ‘discontinued’ or ‘canceled’ (see [[#Stoppen medicatie|section 5.2.2.3]]).<br>
Multiple pharmacies may be involved in the medication supply for one patient, for example in the following situations: medication supply by an outpatient pharmacy, in addition to supplies by a community pharmacy or supplies of add-on medication by a hospital pharmacy. In the case of medication supply by multiple pharmacies, each pharmacist is responsible for the medication data that is required for the administration list, including the (guide) administration times in the TA. It is the responsibility of the prescriber or pharmacist who has made the most recent medication adjustments to determine whether an addition/modification is appropriate with regard to the total of (known) medication data; this concerns both medication monitoring and (guide) administration times. The medication data is (actively) made available, in order to enable that all medication data from different pharmacies are compiled in one administration list.
 
  
===Change in GDS from the next supply or immediately===
+
The technical stop-MA and new MA are created simultaneously and therefore have the same {{fhir|RegistrationDateTime}} (see [[#stop-bouwstenen|section 2.4.3.1]]). They are sent and made available simultaneously. When queried, they are also provided simultaneously. The same applies to the technical cancelation-TMA and new TMA.
If GDS medication is altered, it depends on the situation whether this change should occur immediately or from the next supply. The prescriber can indicate in the MA when the change in GDS medication should be implemented. An immediate modification should be immediately shown on the administration list, to ensure that the (professional) administrator administers the correct (amount of) medication. In contrast, a modification that should be implemented from the next supply, should not be processed immediately in the administration list, since previous agreements remain valid until the next supply. Thus, the administration list should not be modified until the change in GDS modification has become effective.
 
  
See also use case [[#Adding medication to a GDS|4.2.13 Adding medication to a GDS]].
+
=====<span class="anchor" id="corrigeren MA"></span>Correcting a medication agreement=====
 +
A prescriber may have made a mistake in an MA, for example, a typo in the dosage. If the incorrect MA has not yet been shared with other health professionals, the prescriber can adjust or delete it in their own information system. If the incorrect agreement has already been shared with other health professionals, it must be corrected. If the PRK remains the same, correction follows the process of modifying an MA. Two new MAs are created within the same MBH:
 +
* A new MA with the correct information and ‘incorrect registration of medication’ in {{fhir|ReasonModificationOrDiscontinuation}}.
 +
* A technical stop-MA with the stop type ‘discontinued’ and a reference to the MA to be corrected in {{fhir|RelationMedicationAgreement}}.
 +
Correcting a future MA is done in the same way, with a technical cancelation-TMA plus a new TMA.<br>
  
===Increasing dosage of GDS in new MBH===
+
If the correction involves prescribing medication with a different PRK, it is not considered a modification. In that case, the MA is stopped with a stop-MA with ‘incorrect registration of medication’ in {{fhir|ReasonModificationOrDiscontinuation}}. The new MA is recorded in a different MBH.
A patient is administered 1 tablet propranolol 40 mg 1 time a day. Due to insufficient effects, the prescriber decides to increase the dosage to 80 mg 1 time a day. A new MBH is created for this MA, as there is a change on prescription level. However, the patient still has the 40 mg tablets in the GDS medication roll for the coming days. Therefore, the pharmacists decides to supplement the GDS medication with the administration of 1 tablet propranolol 40 mg, separately from the GDS package, in addition to the tablet in the GDS package, until the next GDS medication roll change in 5 days. The pharmacists creates two TAs: one for the previous GDS medication and one for tiding over the period with medication dispense separately from GDS. In the new GDS supply (medication roll change), the 80 mg tablets are incorporated in this new GDS package. <br>
 
<br>[[Bestand:ENG_Toedienen_Verhogen dosering GDS-medicatie in nieuwe MBH_beta.png|800px]]<br>
 
  
===Decreasing dosage of GDS in new MBH===
+
=====<span class="anchor" id="wijzigen MA andere voorschrijver"></span>Modifying a medication agreement by another prescriber=====
A patient is administered 1 tablet propranolol 80 mg 1 time a day. Due to a too strong effect, the prescriber decides to reduce the dosage to 40 mg 1 time a day. A new MBH is created for this MA. The patient still has 80 mg tablets in the GDS medication roll for several days. Because the administrator is not allowed to divide the tablets into halves, the supplier decides that the remaining GDS packages should be collected the same day and be replaced by a new GDS medication roll with 40 mg tablets.<br>
+
An MA may be modified by the prescriber themselves or by another prescriber.<br>
<br>[[Bestand:ENG_Toedienen_Verlagen dosering GDS in nieuwe MBH_beta.png|800px]]<br>
+
The technical stop-MA is sent to the health professional who created the original MA (transaction Send medication data).<br>
<br>
+
The technical stop-MA and new MA are sent, with or without VV, to the supplier with an active TA (see [[#stoppen MA andere voorschrijver|section 5.2.2.3.1]]).
  
===Change processed by the pharmacist===
+
====<span class="anchor" id="tijdelijk"></span>Temporarily interrupting and resuming medication====
A change by the prescriber, such as starting new medication, adjusting the dosage, (temporarily) halting medication, is recorded by the prescriber in the MA and/or the VV. Then, the pharmacists processes this change in the TA and/or the MVE. This may be done during the opening hours of the community pharmacist, or after hours when a medication dispense is needed. The after-hours pharmacist dispenses the medication; in this case, multiple pharmacists are supplying medication (see also paragraph 4.3.9). The medication data of the pharmacist(s) and the prescriber(s) are (actively) made available by the prescriber and the after-hours pharmacist to the administrator for the administration list.
+
<section begin=tijdelijk onderbreken/>Temporarily interrupting means stopping the medication for a certain period of time. The interruption can take effect immediately or a future interruption can be planned. During the interruption period, the medication is considered active because of the intention to resume it in the future.
 +
Two new MAs are created within the same MBH:
 +
* A stop-MA with stop type ‘suspended’, reference to the MA to be interrupted in {{fhir|RelationMedicationAgreement}} and, if relevant for exchange within the chain, the reason for interruption in {{fhir|ReasonModificationOrDiscontinuation}}.
 +
* A new MA for resumption with a reference to that stop-MA and, if applicable, the reason for resumption in {{fhir|ReasonModificationOrDiscontinuation}}. This new MA can be created immediately or later, for example, only when the date of resumption is known.
 +
<section end=tijdelijk onderbreken/>
 +
If the prescriber wishes to permanently stop the interrupted MA, a stop-MA with stop type ‘discontinued’ is created with reference to the stop-MA with which the original MA was interrupted.<br>
  
===Change not processed by the pharmacist===
+
Temporary substitution with another medicine is not a modification or interruption but an actual discontinuation of the first medicine and the start of a new MBH with the substitute.
When medication is changed by a prescriber after the opening hours of the community pharmacist and medication dispense is not needed, no pharmacist is involved. In that case, the MA is decisive, and the prescriber (actively) makes the MA available. The administrator will be informed of the changed or stopped MA by the administration list; this MA overrules all medication building blocks within the same MBH. This situation also applies if the pharmacist has not processed the modification by the prescriber yet. The pharmacist is responsible for adjusting the TA as soon as possible.
 
  
===Variable-dosing regimen===
+
===Variable dosing regimen===
If a physician prescribes medication with a variable-dosing regimen, the dosing schedule of this medication may be specified by another physician. For example, this applies to thrombosis medication: the prescriber defines the therapeutic INR range (International Normalized Ratio, a measure for the coagulation time of blood), but refers the patient to the thrombosis service for defining the exact dosing schedule. The ‘trombosearts’ (physician affiliated to the thrombosis clinic, who is specialized in the management of anticoagulation therapy) enters the variable-dosing regimen in the medication building block WDS. The prescribing physician remains responsible for the supplies, the ‘trombosearts’ specifies the dosing regimen based on the therapeutic INR range. As the WDS is a separate medication building block, the medication overview remains unchanged (the MA is specified, not altered by the WDS). The WDS is used to compile the administration list, together with the medication data in the MA, TA, MVE and MTD.
+
For some medicines, the dosage regimen is variable, for example because it depends on certain blood values. An example is anticoagulant medication. In this case, the prescriber determines the therapeutic INR range (International Normalised Ratio, a measure of blood clotting time) within which the treatment should take place.<br>
 +
The dosage instructions are then recorded in the WDS rather than the MA. With a WDS, the dosage of the medication can be adjusted without having to change the MA.<br>
 +
The thrombosis specialist draws up the specific dosage instructions within the agreed INR range and based on the measured INR value. This INR value is recorded in the WDS {{fhir|Comment}} data element, so that it is clear on which value a particular regimen is based.
 +
The prescribing physician who created the MA remains responsible for the VVs.
  
===Changing a variable-dosing regimen===
+
====<span class="anchor" id="opstarten wds"></span>Starting a variable dosing regimen====
If a dosing schedule is adjusted, the information system closes the current WDS, using a technical stop (not visible to the user). This new WDS is related to the MA and the previous WDS.
+
The prescriber prescribes anticoagulant medication and records the following in the MA:
 +
* {{fhir|AgreedMedicine}}: the prescribed medication. The WDS always records the same medication as in the MA.
 +
* {{fhir|AdditionalInstructions}} ‘use according to thrombosis service schedule’; no dosage instruction is therefore included in the MA.
 +
* {{fhir|Comment}}: the INR range within which treatment should take place.
 +
The prescriber creates an initial WDS to bridge the period until thrombosis care is involved. Based on the INR value and, if necessary, their professional assessment, the thrombosis specialist draws up a WDS that modifies or follows the prescriber's schedule. From this point on, the thrombosis service takes over the drawing up of the WDSs from the prescriber.
  
===Stop of medication with variable-dosing regimen===
+
====Continuing a variable dosing regimen====
Anticoagulation medication may be (temporality) halted for several reasons; for example, in the case of a medical procedure. Depending on the situation and based on professional judgment, the ‘trombosearts’ can choose one of the following two methods:<br>
+
A WDS will always be drawn up for a fixed period. It is updated based on relevant measurements. When the WDS expires at the end of the {{fhir|PeriodOfUse}}, it will be replaced by a new WDS (but see also [[#wijzigen wds|section 5.2.3.4]]). The new WDS will contain a link to the MA and to the previous WDS. A stop-WDS is not required.
  
'''A. (temporarily) adjusting the medication regimen''' <br>
+
====Stopping a variable dosing regimen====
In certain situations, the ‘trombosearts’ may choose to temporarily set the anticoagulation medication to zero, for example, in the period before the planned medical procedure. The MA (and, therefore, the treatment with anticoagulation medication) continues, but in the WDS, the dosage is temporarily adjusted to zero. In such situations, it is advisable to exchange the reason for the WDS change as well.<br>
+
As long as there is an MA, there must also be a dosage instruction. If this is filled in by a WDS, a WDS must always exist for the duration of the MA.<br>
<br>[[Bestand:ENG_Toedienen_Stoppen medicatie met wisselend doseerschema_a_beta.png|800px]]<br>
+
Permanently stopping a WDS is done by stopping the MA. The thrombosis physician or other prescriber creates a stop-MA, or sends a VMA with a proposal to stop to the prescriber. Stopping the MA leads to the discontinuation of the associated WDS. No stop-WDS is then required.<br>
'''B. (temporarily) halting the anticoagulation medication''' <br>
+
If treatment needs to be restarted after some time, the normal procedure of creating an MA and starting a WDS is followed.
Alternatively, the ‘trombosearts’ may choose to (temporarily) halt the anticoagulation medication. In this case, the ‘trombosearts’ creates a stop-MA. This implies that the underlying WDS and the related TA are stopped as well. If the MA should be restarted or adjusted after a certain period, this is done by the initial prescriber of the anticoagulation medication. In general, the thrombosis service may not be involved any more (temporarily); however, if the thrombosis service is still involved, the ‘trombosearts’ may send a VMA to the initial prescriber who can adopt this proposal in an MA.<br>
 
<br>[[Bestand:ENG_Toedienen_Stoppen medicatie met wisselend doseerschema_b_beta.png|800px]]<br>
 
<br>
 
  
===Additional information===
+
====<span class="anchor" id="wijzigen wds"></span>Modifying a variable dosing regimen====
Additional information is an extra explanation about the medication use for the (professional) administrator and/or the patient. An example is the situation when fentanyl patch therapy is stopped; additional information is that the patch has to be removed. Another example is the dosing of half a tablet; the additional information contains the instruction what should be done with the other half. This information can be entered as free text, as a comment in the MA, TA and/or WDS.
+
In case of anticoagulant medication, the MA must always be accompanied by a WDS. Therefore, the WDS wil usually continue until after the next measurement of the relevant blood value. This means that a WDS usually needs to be modified. This is done according to the normal modification process by recording a new WDS and a technical stop-WDS (see [[#stoppen en wijzigen|section 2.4.3]]).<br>
 +
The new WDS references the MA and the previous WDS. The reason for the modification can be recorded in {{fhir|ReasonModificationOrDiscontinuation}} in the WDS. A new INR value will usually be the starting point for the new schedule; this is recorded in the {{fhir|Comment}} data element of the WDS.<br>
  
See use case [[#Explanation in medicatieafspraak with deliberately chosen special characteristic|4.1.8 Explanation in medicatieafspraak with deliberately chosen special characteristic]] for more information.
+
Modifications relating to the dosage instruction are included in the WDS. Modifications to other treatment policies must be recorded in the MA.
  
===Medication administration deviates from administration list===
+
=====Modifying a variable dosing regimen by another prescriber=====
It may happen that the administration deviates from the instructions as entered by the prescriber and pharmacist in the MA or TA. This may be a deviation in administration time, administered amount, administration route, administration speed, administered product or no administration. A (professional) administrator can deviate from the rules, in consultation with the prescriber, for valid reasons, and under the condition of safe medical practice and safe working practice. The reason for deviation can be entered in the MTD.
+
A WDS can be modified by the author of the WDS themselves, but also by another prescriber. The latter then sends the technical stop-WDS to the health professional who created the original WDS.
  
===Medication administration without medication agreement and administration agreement===
+
====Interrupting the dosing schedule====
In the case of an emergency, the MA and TA may be missing and, therefore, the (professional) administrator has to administer medication on the basis of an MA which is communicated verbally/by telephone. This medication is not incorporated in the administration list. In this situation, the (professional) administrator records the MTD in the information system of the administrator (including ECD, TDR). This is the first building block in a new pharmaceutical treatment; therefore, the administrator creates an MBH.
+
It may be necessary to temporarily interrupt the dosing schedule, for example due to co-medication or a planned procedure.
 +
This can be done in two ways:
 +
* If the intended start of the interruption is known, the dosage for the relevant period in the WDS is adjusted to 0. A new WDS with the zero dosage and a technical stop-WDS are created.
 +
: In this case, the MA and TA continue. This makes it clear that only the dosage schedule has been temporarily interrupted; the therapeutic treatment has not been stopped.
 +
* If the exact period during which the interruption is to take place is not known, the interruption must be carried out via a stop-MA. See [[#tijdelijk|section 5.2.2.5]].
  
===Medication administration of self-care medication===
+
===Dispense request===
According to the safety principles in the medication chain, the administrator is not concerned with the administration of self-care medication, except for prescribed selfcare medication (a prescriber has created an MA). In that case, the self-care medication is listed on the administration list as GDS medication or non-GDS medication (as needed).
+
The VV is the logistical building block in a prescription. In the VV, the prescriber describes how much of a medicine should be dispensed.<br>
 +
Section 5.2.5.2 explains how a number of data elements should be filled in in certain situations.
  
===Correction/cancellation of an administration===
+
====Making a dispense request====
This concerns correcting or cancelling an MTD, because an administrator has made a mistake in the registration and no medication has been administered. If the MTD has not been exchanged with other health professionals, the administrator can adjust the MTD by himself, or remove (cancel) the registration from his own information system. If the MTD has been exchanged with other health professionals, the administrator cancels this erroneous MTD and creates a new MTD under the same MBH with the correct information. The administrator (actively) makes the corrected MTD and the new MTD available.
+
If a patient needs a (new) supply of medicine, a VV is created. For example, at the start of a treatment with a new medicine.
 +
A VV does not have to be created at the same time as an MA is recorded. In the case of an MA with a longer period of use, several VVs are created over time while the MA remains the same.<br>
 +
In a clinical setting, a VV is not necessary: the hospital pharmacist ensures that the medicine is available for the duration of the MA.  
  
===Medication administration on hold===
+
=====Making a dispense request by another prescriber=====
It may happen that the medication administration was unsuccessful, but that is still possible to administer the medication on a later moment, in consultation with a prescriber or pharmacist. If the medication administration is in keeping with the agreements on flexible administration times, the administrator is allowed to deviate from the (guide) administration time.
+
A prescriber other than the one who created the MA may issue a VV under this MA. This applies to repeat prescriptions. In that case, in the prescription the MA from the original prescriber is sent along with the VV to the pharmacy.
  
An example of suspending the medication administration:
+
===<span class="anchor" id="aanwijzingen bouwstenen voorschrijven"></span>Directions for recording data in the building blocks medication agreement and dispense request===
* Medication administration is unsuccessful, but the medication can be administered on a later (or, in some cases, earlier) moment of the day. In this situation, the medication administration is suspended, and there is a deviation from the administration list.
 
  
===Medication administration by a prescriber===
+
====<span class="anchor" id="aanwijzingen MA></span>Directions for recording data in the building block medication agreement====
A prescriber, similarly to a (professional) administrator, is able to administer medication to a patient, and record this procedure in an MTD.
+
This section explains how to fill in certain data elements of the MA in specific situations. All formal source information about the building blocks and their data elements can be found in the Dataset and Scenarios tabs in {{#lst:mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|ART-DECOR}}.
 +
=====<span class="anchor" id="aanvullendeinformatie"></span>MedicationAgreementAdditionalInformation=====
 +
<section begin=aanvullende informatie/>In the {{fhir|MedicationAgreementAdditionalInformation}} data element, a prescriber can indicate, among other things, whether or not an MA should take effect immediately. The following values are available for this purpose:
 +
* Immediately on administration list or in GDS
 +
* After regular prescription processing on administration list or in GDS
 +
* Per next GDS medication role change on administration list
 +
If one of these values is entered in the new MA when modifying medication, the technical stop-MA must be assigned the same value. When discontinuing medication, this information can be recorded in the stop-MA.<section end=aanvullende informatie/><br>
 +
[[#GDS-medicatie|Section 5.8]] provides an overview of all information about GDS medication.
  
===Multiple administration organizations===
+
=====AgreedMedicine=====
Multiple administration organizations may be involved in a patient’s medication administration. For example, medication may be administered by another organization during the evening/night than during the day. If multiple administration organizations are involved in providing patient care, these health professionals can consult each other’s MTDs to track the process of medication administration. The acts of one organization can affect the process of another organization (for example, has medication been administered, have there been deviations from the administration list, etc.).
+
'''G-standard and free text'''<br>
 +
In {{fhir|AgreedMedicine}}, the medicine to be prescribed is recorded using a code from the G-standard, usually at PRK level.<br>
 +
It is possible to prescribe without such a code, i.e. in free text. However, this is only permitted if no suitable code is available in the G-standard, for example in the case of investigational medicines. This may only be done in exceptional circumstances, partly because medication monitoring cannot be carried out without a G-standard code.
  
===Feedback to patient through a medication adherence app===
+
'''Non-medicines'''<br>
In this example the patient uses an app on his mobile phone to help manage his medication. The patient or the pharmacist has created an administration schedule with reminder times (where possible using the app to obtain the toedieningsafspraken from the medicatietoediening). When it is time to take his medication, the patient receives a reminder signal from the app. The patient registers the medication administration and thus indicates whether he has taken the medicine or not (for instance because he forgot to bring it along with him). If the app is linked, for example, to the patient’s PGO (personal health file), medication adherence is tracked automatically.
+
Non-medicines can also be prescribed at HPK level from the G-standard. Example: inhaler (Aerochamber, HPK 1915185) as an aid for prescribed aerosols. Non-medicines are not applicable for a medication overview or medication monitoring.
<br>
 
[[Bestand:ENG_Feedback_to_patient_through_a_medication_adherence_app.PNG|800px]]<br>
 
<br>
 
</font>
 
  
==Use cases, Medicatiegebruik==
+
'''Own articles'''<br>
 +
Own articles (90 million number) can also be recorded in this data element. The condition is that once a 90 million number has been created within an organisation, it may never be changed. During the exchange, the root-oid (unique technical identification of the organisation) in combination with the 90 million number ensures that it is unique in relation to all 90 million numbers from other organisations.<br>
 +
The substances that make up this article are recorded as ingredients in this data element of the MA. At least one ingredient must be recorded, as is the case with magistral preparations.
  
===Self-care product===
+
=====InstructionsForUse=====
A patient has acquired Ibuprofen from the drugstore and takes 1200 mg every day. The patient enters this product as gebruik, with such data as starting dates and dosage, and possibly the reason for medicatiegebruik.
+
<section begin=aanwijzing gebruiksinstructie voorschrijven />'''Description'''<br>
<br>[[Bestand:ENG_Gebruik_Zelfzorgmiddel.png|800px]]<br>
+
Instructions for use are provided electronically in two ways:
 +
* Structured in accordance with the data structure under InstructionsForUse.
 +
* As free text in the {{fhir|Description}} data element. This contains the complete instructions for use in readable form, for example: 1 piece once a day.<br>
  
===Medication from abroad===
+
The option to display free text is intended for situations in which the receiving system cannot process the structured information properly, so that correct information can still be displayed to the end user.<br>
A patient has been prescribed medication on holiday and is taking this. The patient enters the medication as gebruik, with data such as start date and dosage, and possibly the reason for medicatiegebruik. If known, the name of the prescriber is also recorded.
 
<br>[[Bestand:ENG_Gebruik_Medicatie uit buitenland.png|800px]]<br>
 
  
===Modification on the patient’s initiative===
+
It is expressly intended that suppliers make as much use as possible of the structured information to generate their own descriptions during implementation.  
The patient has been prescribed propranolol. The patient is having severe problems sleeping because of this and has reduced the medication herself. The patient records gebruik with the modified dosage and the start date for this lower dose. The patient also indicates that she initiated this change herself.<br> In the case where a patient initiates a dose reduction, the patient can keep on using the medication for a longer period than initially agreed because she still has a supply. The patient can indicate this as additional gebruik.<br>
+
The structured information and the free text must correspond completely. The structured information must not contain anything that is not mentioned in {{fhir|Description}}.
In the case where a patients initiates a dosage increase, the patient’s supply may run out sooner. The patient may then have to return to the physician earlier than expected.
 
<br>[[Bestand:ENG_Gebruik_Wijziging op initatief patiënt.png|800px]]<br>
 
  
===Discontinuation of medication on the patient’s initiative===
+
'''Additional Instructions'''<br>
Since he started using propranolol, the patient suffers from insomnia. He decides to stop without immediately informing the prescribing physician. The patient himself records that he has discontinued medication, indicating the date and giving insomnia as the reason for discontinuing.<br>
+
<u>Anticoagulant medication</u> (see [[#opstarten wds|section 5.2.3.1]])<br>
[[Bestand:ENG_Gebruik_Stoppen medicatie op initatief patiënt.png|800px]]<br>
+
For medicines with a variable dosing regimen, no {{fhir|DosingInstructions}} are included in the MA and TA. In {{fhir|AdditionalInstructions}}, ‘use according to thrombosis service schedule’ is specified.
  
===No more supply===
+
<u>Medication that must be administered</u><br>
A patient has received medication ‘as needed’ for his skin problems. The medication is still active in the medication profile, but is no longer available at the pharmacist. The patient indicates that the medication has been discontinued because it is no longer available, possibly with the addition that the symptoms have disappeared.
+
<section begin=medicatie die toegediend moet worden />Additional instructions for administration may be given to the (professional) administrator and/or patient. Examples include:
<br>
+
*    Indicate that when stopping a fentanyl patch, the patch must be removed.
[[Bestand:ENG_Gebruik_Geen voorraad meer_a.png|800px]]<br>
+
*    When dosing half a tablet, indicate what should be done with the other half of the tablet.
<br>
+
Such information cannot be recorded in a structured manner. It is recorded in free text in the {{fhir|AdditionalInstruction}} data element of the MA, TA and/or WDS.<section end=medicatie die toegediend moet worden /><br>
The patient may also make a proposed verstrekkingsverzoek to replenish his supply In this case, the reply proposed verstrekkingsverzoek comes back to the patient (and if approved, a verstrekkingsverzoek is also sent from the prescriber to the pharmacist).<br>
 
[[Bestand:ENG_Gebruik_Geen voorraad meer_b.png|800px]]<br>
 
  
===Registrations of abnormal medicatiegebruik by patient due to adverse drug reactions===
+
'''DosingInstructions'''<br>
Since he started taking propranolol, a patient has been suffering from insomnia. The patient records this side effect in the explanatory notes to the medicatiegebruik. When the patient changes the medicatiegebruik of this medication from what was previously agreed, for example when he takes less tablets, he can give the side effect as a reason for this change. When his symptoms diminish or cease, the patient records this in the explanation for medicatiegebruik.<br>
+
<u>‘As needed’ medication</u><br>
It is possible that the patient is suffering from side effects without exactly knowing which medicinal products cause them. There is no provision within medication process to record this (yet).
+
In the case of ‘as needed’ medication, the data element {{fhir|AsNeeded.Condition}} specifies the situation in which the medication must be taken.<br>
  
===Register medicatiegebruik based on provision===
+
<u>Dosage instruction with an interval of once every 36 hours</u><br>
This applies in the transition period from the old medication process standard 6.12 to this medication process information standard.
+
A dosage instruction that prescribes the intake of 1 tablet every 36 hours can usually be recorded as 1 MA with a {{fhir|Dose}} of 1 tablet and an {{fhir|Interval}} of 36 hours. However, not all information systems support intervals longer than 24 hours. In that case, an alternative method is required.<br>
 +
A practical solution is to use a three-day {{fhir|RepeatPeriodCyclicalSchedule}} with different {{fhir|DosingInstructions}} for each day:
 +
* day 1 one dose in the morning
 +
* day 2 one dose in the evening
 +
* day 3 no intake or administration.
 +
Repeating this schedule still results in a correct dosing pattern with administration times that are 36 hours apart.
  
Only verstrekking (dispensing) is available digitally (according to medication process version 6.12). However, the user's information system offers the possibility to record all medicatiegebruik. In that case, the medicatiegebruik can be recorded with reference to the ID of the version 6.12 verstrekking.
+
<u>(Recommended) administration times for medication that must be administered</u><br>
<br>
+
<section begin=richttoedientijden />An administration list requires (recommended) administration times and dosage instructions. This information can be recorded in the TA, MA or WDS. Suppliers and prescribers in the outpatient setting do not routinely record the (recommended) administration times and must therefore be alert to the fact that the patient is receiving medication. Flexible (recommended) administration times are assumed as standard.<section end=richttoedientijden /><br>
[[Bestand:ENG_Gebruik_Gebruik registreren op basis van verstrekking.png|800px]]<br>
 
  
=Medication overview and inference rules=
+
<section begin=exacte toedientijden />Sometimes a specific administration time is required, for example due to an interaction with other medication. In addition to stating the exact administration time, the administration list must also clearly indicate that no deviations from this time are permitted. This must be indicated by setting the data element {{fhir|AdministeringSchedule.IsFlexible}} to ‘No’ in MA, TA and/or WDS.<section end=exacte toedientijden /><section end=aanwijzing gebruiksinstructie voorschrijven />
This chapter shows a sample medication overview and also specifies inference rules for 'The most current relevant building block', Verification for each medicamenteuze behandeling, etc.
 
  
==Introduction==
+
=====PeriodOfUse=====
The term 'current medication overview' has been replaced by the term 'basisset medicatiegegevens’ (basic set of medication data): the medication overview in combination with additional information that is required (at least) to be able to prescribe, change, stop or safely provide medication in a safe and responsible manner in the Transfer of Medication Data in the Chain (Leidraad Overdracht van Medicatiegegevens in de keten, final draft 2017).
+
<section begin=onzekerheidscriterium 1/><section begin=onzekerheidscriterium 2/>If there is a situation-dependent {{fhir|startDateTime}} or {{fhir|endDateTime}}, this can be indicated in the data element {{fhir|PeriodOfUse.Condition}}. This condition makes explicit what the situation dependency entails. Examples of this are:
 +
*    ‘Start X days before admission’ – if the exact start time depends on a planned hospital admission.
 +
*    ‘Stop X days after holiday’ – if the medication is tapered off after a specific event with an uncertain end date.<section end=onzekerheidscriterium 2/>
  
This page contains an example of a medication overview. This example was developed in the Medication Process Information Standard program and serves as an example of how data can be displayed in an application. The data numbered in the pictures below are normative, they are mandatory to show. The other (unnumbered) data in the example is optional and may be added as normative in the future. The layout of the overview in a information system can differ per target group and per device. For pharmacists, for example, only toedieningsafspraken are initially visible, after which it is possible to click further to get to the corresponding medicatieafspraak and the medicatiegebruik. If only medicatiegebruik or a medicatieafspraak is known, this will of course be shown immediately. The basic principle is that the overview shows all medication of the patient, not just the medication that is registered in the patient's own information system.
+
See the page [[mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG/voorbeelden_onzekerheidscriterium|Examples uncertainty condition]] for details on how to use this condition.<section end=onzekerheidscriterium 1/>
  
The overview is described generically and therefore the same for all suppliers. The requirements of the end users are included on this page and no statements are made about the technical realization or implementation. The existing KNMP specification “User requirements specification Medication overview 2.0”, final concept “Guidance Transfer of Medication data in the chain (Leidraad OVerdracht van Medicatiegegevens in de keten)” and the new insights from the Medication process program have been incorporated in this.
+
=====RegistrationDateTime=====
 +
<section begin="registratiedatumtijd" />The {{fhir|RegistrationDateTime}} indicates the date and time at which the medication building block was recorded and is used to correctly determine the sequence of the building blocks. Further explanation of the {{fhir|RegistrationDateTime}} can be found in ART-DECOR.<section end="registratiedatumtijd" />
  
Principles for the overview are:
+
=====Comment=====
*Health professionals want to see a distinction between the therapeutic building blocks on a medication overview:
+
In the case of anticoagulant medication, the INR range within which the treatment should take place is recorded in {{fhir|Comment}}.
**Medicatieafspraak
 
**Toedieningsafpsraak
 
**Medicatiegebruik
 
*Logistical building blocks (verstrekkingsverzoek, dispensing) and the medicatietoedieningbuilding block are not relevant for the medication overview.
 
  
 +
=====<span class="anchor" id="vb"></span>NextPractitioner=====
 +
This data element can be used to record the health professional who can be contacted if there are any questions about this MA. If the health professional is not known, the relevant healthcare provider may be entered as an alternative. This data element can be used, for example, upon discharge from a clinical situation, see [[#bij ontslag|section 5.7.2.3]].<br>
  
[[Bestand:Medicatieoverzicht_1_v0.5.PNG|Medicatieoverzicht v0.5]]
+
It may also be relevant for a prescriber at a GP out-of-hours service (HAP). Examples:
[[Bestand:Medicatieoverzicht_2_v0.5.PNG|Medicatieoverzicht v0.5]]
+
* New MA: The HAP prescriber can enter the name of the regular GP here.
 +
* Modifying existing MA: The HAP prescriber can enter the name of the prescriber of the original MA in the new MA here.
 +
* Stopping existing MA: The GP out-of-hours service prescriber can enter the name of the original prescriber in the stop-MA here.
 +
This makes it clear to the entire chain, even outside GP out-of-hours hours, which prescriber to contact for matters such as handling questions.
  
==Functional specification==
+
====Directions for recording data in the building block dispense request====
In the figures below the parts with normative data are included. The other parts are not yet normative. The numbered elements in the table are normative, other elements are optional for the time being.
+
This section explains how to fill in certain data elements of the VV in specific situations. All formal source information about the building blocks and their data elements can be found in the Dataset and Scenarios tabs in {{#lst:mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|ART-DECOR}}.
 +
=====Quantity of medicine to be dispensed=====
 +
In a VV, either the Amount to be dispensed or the {{fhir|ValidityPeriod}} can be specified. When specifying a {{fhir|ValidityPeriod}}, the quantity to be dispensed must be clearly derivable from the MA's {{fhir|DosingInstructions}}.<br>
 +
<u>Please note</u>: the {{fhir|endDateTime}} in a {{fhir|ValidityPeriod}} has a different meaning than the {{fhir|endDateTime}} in the {{fhir|PeriodOfUse}} of an MA. These may be different.
 +
*{{fhir|ValidityPeriod.endDateTime}}: date until which the supplier has permission to dispense (and thus provide the patient with sufficient stock for use until that date).
 +
*{{fhir|PeriodOfUse.endDateTime}}: date on which the patient must stop taking the medication (this may be the same as the {{fhir|ValidityPeriod.endDateTime}} or may be further in the future).
  
===Heading and General===
+
=====Medication not in GDS=====
[[Bestand:Medicatieoverzicht_KopAlgemeen_v0.5.PNG]]
+
<section begin=aanvullende wensen/>In the {{fhir|AdditionalWishes}} data element of the VV, the prescriber can indicate that a medicine may not be dispensed in GDS.<section end=aanvullende wensen/><br>
 +
[[#GDS-medicatie|Section 5.8]] provides an overview of all information about GDS medication.
  
Filter: N/A
+
===<span class="anchor" id="informatieoverdracht voorschrijven"></span>Information exchange during sub-process Prescribe===
 +
====Sending kidney function value along with medication prescription====
 +
For some medicines, kidney function is important. The kidney function value then determines the choice and/or dosage of the medicine. For such medicines, the kidney function value is always sent along with the medication prescription. Also, if new results have become available since the previous dispensing, these must be sent again with the medication prescription for the new dispensing.<br>
 +
This kidney function value is recorded in the LaboratoryTestResult building block and sent via the Sending Laboratory Results transaction. See the {{#lst:mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|lab2zorg}}. Sending the kidney function value in LaboratoryTestResult separately, without a medication prescription, falls outside the scope of the MP9 information standard.
  
Sort: N/A
+
====Include height and weight with medication prescription====
 +
When sending the medication prescription, the prescriber can also include the patient's height and weight. This can be done, for example, when prescribing for children, or when prescribing medication for which weight (e.g. anticoagulants) or body surface area (e.g. some oncology drugs) are important.<br>
  
Medication Overview Date: This is the date that the last change to a medicatieafspraak, toedieningsafspraak or medicatiegebruik was recorded within the information system providing the medication overview.
+
This refers to the height and weight that the prescriber has used to determine the prescription. This may differ from the height or weight that is generally recorded for the patient.<br>
  
NOTE: In the viewer, all dates are shown with the month in characters, so that there is no confusion between day-month and month-day (American format).
+
BodyHeight and BodyWeight are separate building blocks and can only be sent in the transactions Sending medication prescription and Sending proposal medication agreement. This information cannot be queried.
  
 +
====Information exchange and system roles during sub-process Prescribe====
 +
During the Prescribe sub-process, various forms of information exchange may take place. The table below shows which system roles are required for this.
 
{| class="wikitable"
 
{| class="wikitable"
 +
! style="text-align:left;"|type of information exchange !! style="text-align:left;"|system role !! style="text-align:left;"|system role code
 +
|-
 +
| The prescriber sends a new MA to the supplier chosen by the patient, accompanied by a VV in the outpatient situation. This instructs the supplier to dispense the medication. || rowspan="4"| VoorschriftSturend|| rowspan="4"|MP-VOS
 +
|-
 +
| The prescriber sends a stop-MA and any new MA to the supplier, accompanied by a VV or not. In doing so, the prescriber instructs the supplier to implement a change in medication policy.
 +
|-
 +
| The prescriber sends a new VV with existing MA to the supplier. This instructs the supplier to dispense medication again.
 +
|-
 +
| The prescriber sends height and/or weight along with the prescription.
 +
|-
 +
| The prescriber sends a kidney function value along with the prescription. || VoorschriftSturend + LabResultaatSturend|| MP-VOS + LAB-LRS
 +
|-
 +
| The prescriber receives a message when the supplier has processed the prescription. || VoorschriftAfhandelingOntvangend || MP-VAO
 +
|-
 +
| rowspan="4"|The prescriber can receive a VMA and/or VVV from other health professionals and return an AVMA and/or AVVV to the proposer. || VoorstelMedicatieafspraakOntvangend  || MP-VMO
 
|-
 
|-
! No !! Header !! Dataset !! Explanation
+
|  AntwoordVoorstelMedicatieafspraakSturend  || MP-AVMS
 
|-
 
|-
| 1 || Name || Patient – Name data (Initials, Surname, PartnerSurname), Date of Birth, Gender ||  
+
| VoorstelVerstrekkingsverzoekOntvangend  || MP-VVO
 
|-
 
|-
| 2 || Telephone || Patient – Contact data – Telephone numbers || Primary telephone number of patient
+
| AntwoordVoorstelVerstrekkingsverzoekSturend  || MP-AVVS
 
|-
 
|-
| 3 || BSN || Patient – Patient identification number || Always BSN
+
| rowspan="4"|The prescriber can also send proposal data to another prescriber and receive responses. || VoorstelMedicatieafspraakSturend || MP-VMS
 
|-
 
|-
| 4 || Adress || Patient – Address data ||  
+
| AntwoordVoorstelMedicatieafspraakOntvangend  || MP-AVMO
 
|-
 
|-
| 5 || Healthcare Provider Name || Healthcare Provider – Organization name || Healthcare Provider who has compiled the medication overview
+
| VoorstelVerstrekkingsverzoekSturend  || MP-VVS
 
|-
 
|-
| 6 || Healthcare Provider Adress || Healthcare Provider – Address – Address data || Healthcare Provider who has compiled the medication overview
+
| AntwoordVoorstelVerstrekkingsverzoekOntvangend  || MP-AVVO
 
|-
 
|-
| 7 || Healthcare Provider Telephone || Healthcare Provider – TelephoneMail – Contact data – Telephone numbers || Healthcare Provider who has compiled the medication overview
+
| When queried, the EVS provides the recorded medication data. VV is only provided to the patient. || MedicatieGegevensBeschikbaarstellend  || MP-MGB
 
|-
 
|-
| 8 || Healthcare Provider Email || Healthcare Provider – TelephoneMail – Contact data – Email addresses || Healthcare Provider who has compiled the medication overview
+
| The prescriber queries the available medication data to perform medication verification and/or evaluate the patient's medication treatment of the patient. || MedicatieGegevensRaadplegend  || MP-MGR
 
|-
 
|-
| 9 || Date of Medication Overview || Document data – Document date ||  
+
| rowspan="2"|The prescriber sends medication data to/receives medication data from another health professional, for example at the patient's request or upon discharge. || MedicatieGegevensSturend  || MP-MGS
 
|-
 
|-
|  || Height|| Body height – HeightValue, HeightDateTime ||
+
| MedicatieGegevensOntvangend || MP-MGO
 
|-
 
|-
| || Weight|| Bodyweight – WeightValue, WeightDateTime ||  
+
| The prescriber sends medication data (MA and WDS) to the thrombosis service if the prescriber has created an initial WDS as a bridging measure. || rowspan="3"|MedicatieGegevensSturend  || rowspan="3"|MP-MGS
 
|-
 
|-
| || Checked by Health professional || Document data – Verification by health professional ||
+
| In the event of corrected data, the prescriber assesses who they must actively inform by sending the correct data.
 
|-
 
|-
| || Verified with Patient/Informal Caregiver || Document data – Verification by patient ||
+
| In the event of stopping someone else's MA, the prescriber sends the stop-MA to the prescriber of the stopped MA.
 
|}
 
|}
Elements 5 through 8 are not shown if the patient is the creator of the medication summary.
+
The prescriber uses an electronic prescribing system (EVS). See [[#systeem|section 3.2.3]] for an overview of the system roles per information system.
  
===Contraindications and hypersensitivities (CiO)===
+
==Sub-process Dispense==
[[Bestand:Medicatieoverzicht_ICA_v0.5.PNG]]
+
This section describes the process of dispensing by a supplier. A supplier is a pharmacist or dispensing general practitioner who carries out the dispensing process or under whose responsibility it takes place.
 +
To support the implementation of this sub-process, various examples are available on the page [[mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9/praktijkvoorbeelden/ter_hand_stellen|Practical examples sub-process Dispense]].
  
Active contraindications and hypersensitivities (intolerances, allergies/adverse reactions) (in Dutch: 'contraindicaties en overgevoeligheden' - CiO).
+
===Overview sub-process Dispense===
  
Filter: end date is not filled, is in the future or was less than a year ago when compiling the overview.
+
====Process of dispensing in general====
 +
'''Starting the dispensing sub-process'''<br>
 +
The dispensing sub-process starts when the supplier receives a new medication prescription (MA with or without VV). A request from the patient for repeat medication dispensing, or a signal from the repeat module of the AIS may also be a reason for starting this sub-process. Sometimes a change in the patient's situation is a reason for starting the dispensing sub-process, for example because their medication must now be dispensed in a Medication Distribution System (Geneesmiddel Distributie Systeem, GDS). <br>
  
Sort: most recent effective date at the top.
+
The availability of the prescribed medicine and the preference policy are checked. Medication monitoring is also carried out; the details of this are outside the scope of this FD.<br>
 +
<br>
 +
'''Possible actions during dispensing'''<br>
 +
If the data are sufficient, the supplier processes the medication prescription. This may involve dispensing medication, but this is not always the case. Examples include:
 +
* The medication is stopped with a stop-MA.
 +
* The medication has been changed and the patient still has sufficient stock.
 +
* The patient does not collect the medication.
 +
<br>
 +
When processing the medication prescription, the following medication building blocks can be recorded:
 +
* TA to record how the corresponding MA has been filled in specifically.
 +
* MVE to record what has actually been dispensed to the patient.
 +
This is further elaborated per building block in sections 5.3.2 and 5.3.3.<br>
 +
Section 5.3.4 contains instructions for implementing the MA and VV building blocks in specific situations.
 +
<br>
 +
Sometimes a supplier will want to contact the prescriber. For example:
 +
* A new VV is required.
 +
* There are questions about the MA received.
 +
* After a medication monitoring signal.
 +
In such cases, the supplier can send a VMA or VVV to the prescriber. In it, the supplier makes a specific proposal for an MA or VV, stating the reason for that proposal. See [[#mp voorstelgegevens|section 5.6]] for further information about these proposal data.<br>
 +
<br>
 +
'''Exchanging data'''<br>
 +
The supplier sends the TA and, if a dispensing has also taken place, the MVE to the prescriber. If the {{fhir|Author}} of the VV is a different health professional than the {{fhir|Prescriber}} in the MA, the TA and, if applicable, the MVE are sent to that {{fhir|Author}}. The recorded data is also made available.<br>
 +
The transfer of information is discussed further in section 5.3.5.
  
This part will be elaborated at a later time and is not yet normative.
+
====Some specific situations====
 +
{{#lst:mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|specifieke situaties voorschrijven }} (see [[#Toedienlijsten|section 5.4.2]]).
  
===Current medication===
+
===<span class="anchor" id="TA"></span>Administration agreement===
[[Bestand:Medicatieoverzicht_HuidigeMedicatie_v0.5.PNG]]
+
With the TA the MA is specified in concrete terms. A TA always has a reference to the corresponding MA (if available), in the data element RelationMedicationAgreement. A new TA is not always necessary, for example in the case of repeat dispensing under a current MA.<br>
 +
The TA is filled in based on factors such as availability, preference policy, or the wishes of the patient or prescriber. This can result, for example, in a product with a different strength and an adjusted dosing frequency. A different strength means a different PRK. Since the TA falls under the same MBH as the MA, building blocks with different PRKs can occur within 1 MBH.<br>
  
Filter: all current medication, i.e. all medicatieafspraken and toedieningsafspraken that apply at the time the overview is compiled and the associated medicatiegebruik per source. The temporarily interrupted medication is also shown in this category. When only medicatiegebruik is known, it is shown if it is not older than 13 months. When medicatiegebruik is recorded by both a health professional and a patient, the last registered medicatiegebruik is shown for both.
+
In general terms, a supplier can create a new TA, or continue, stop, change or temporarily interrupt an existing TA. This is explained in sections 5.3.2.1 to 5.3.2.5.<br>
 +
Section 5.3.4.1 explains how a number of data elements should be completed in certain situations.
  
Sorting: by medicamenteuze behandeling (MBH): medicatieafspraak, toedieningsafspraak, medicatiegebruik (recorded by patient, care provider). Medicamenteuze behandelingen are sorted in descending order by startdate medicatieafspraak, toedieningsafspraak, medicatiegebruik.
+
====Initial administration agreement====
 +
A new TA is always created for a new MA. An initial TA in an MBH will usually be created in response to a new MA. However, an initial TA can also be created without an associated MA. For example, if a patient purchases a self-care product at the pharmacy, the supplier may choose to record a TA and thereby start a new MBH. This enables medication monitoring and the self-care product can then also be included on an administration list (see [[#Deelproces Toedienen|section 5.4]]).<br>
  
{| class="wikitable" "cellpadding="10"
+
Just like the corresponding MA, a TA may start in the future. This TTA has a {{fhir|startDateTime}} that is later than the date on which the agreement was made.
! style="text-align:left;"| '''No'''
+
 
! style="text-align:left;"| '''Header'''
+
====Continuing an administration agreement====
! style="text-align:left;" colspan="3"| '''Dataset'''
+
If the existing MA and TA suffice to dispense new medication, the TA does not need to be adjusted.
 +
 
 +
====<span class="anchor" id="stoppen TA"></span>Stopping an administration agreement====
 +
A TA in which an {{fhir|endDateTime}} has already been specified, for example for a course of treatment, will automatically stop on that date. No stop-TA is required in this case.<br>
 +
A stop-MA for permanently discontinuing medication leads to a stop-TA within the same MBH with stop type 'discontinued'. This prevents further dispensing of the medication.<br>
 +
 
 +
The stop-TA contains the following new data:
 +
{| class="wikitable" style="width:56em;"
 +
! style="text-align:left;"|data-element in dataset !! style="text-align:left;"|uitleg
 
|-
 
|-
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|1
+
| endDateTime || The date on which the TA ends. This end date can also be in the future.
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|Type
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top; text-align:center;"|Medicatieafspraak
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top; text-align:center;"|Toedieningsafspraak
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top; text-align:center;"|Medicatiegebruik
 
 
|-
 
|-
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;" rowspan="2"|2
+
| Supplier || Name of the supplier creating the stop-MA
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;" rowspan="2"|Medicinal product
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top; text-align:center;"|Agreed medicinal product-
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top; text-align:center;"|Medicinal product belonging to Toedieningsafspraak-
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top; text-align:center;"|Device-
 
 
|-
 
|-
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top; text-align:center;" colspan="3"|Product – ProductCode (if absent: ProductSpecification, ProductName)
+
| RegistrationDateTime || Date and time on which the stop-TA is recorded.
 
|-
 
|-
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|3
+
| AdministrationAgreementStopType || ‘discontinued’
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|Start date
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top; text-align:center;" colspan="3"|Start date
 
 
|-
 
|-
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|4
+
| RelationAdministrationAgreement || Reference to the TA being stopped. A stop-TA must include this reference, unless there is no TA available in the MBH to refer to. If the MBH only contains MGB(s), the prescriber must be able to stop these with a stop-TA without a RelationAdministrationAgreement. In that case, the stop-TA will not get a reference to an MGB either.
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|End date/duration
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top; text-align:center;" colspan="3"|End date (if not available: Duration)
 
 
|-
 
|-
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|5
+
| RelationMedicationAgreement || Reference to the stop-MA giving rise to this stop-TA.
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|Dosage
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top; text-align:center;" colspan="3"|Instructions for medicatiegebruik – Description
 
 
|-
 
|-
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|6
+
| AdministrationAgreementReasonModificationOrDiscontinuation || Reason for stopping the TA.
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|Route of toediening
+
|}
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top; text-align:center;" colspan="3"|Instructions for medicatiegebruik – Route of toediening
+
From the referenced TA the remaining available information must be copied, including at least the following elements:
|-
+
{| class="wikitable" style="width:56em;"
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|7
+
! style="text-align:left;"|data-element in dataset !! style="text-align:left;"|uitleg
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|Reason
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top; text-align:center;"|Reason for prescribing &
 
if applicable reason for discontinuing/suspending medication
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top; text-align:center;"|Reason for discontinuing/suspending medication
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top; text-align:center;"|Reason for discontinuing/suspending medication
 
|-
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|8
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|Explanation
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top; text-align:center;" colspan="2"|Explanation & additional information
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top; text-align:center;"|Explanation
 
 
|-
 
|-
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;" rowspan="3"|9
+
| startDateTime || The original start date.
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;" rowspan="3"|Source
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top; text-align:center;"|Prescriber-
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top; text-align:center;"|Provider-
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top; text-align:center;"|Author-
 
 
|-
 
|-
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top; text-align:center;" colspan="3"|Health professional – Name healthcare provider, specialty
+
| MedicineForAdministrationAgreement || The agreed-upon medicine. In the case of magistral preparations or ingredients, 90 million numbers do not need to be copied.
 
|-
 
|-
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top; text-align:center;"|n/a
+
| InstructionsForUse || The original instructions for use. The AdditionalInstructions data element does not need to be included, as the method of use is no longer relevant in a stop-TA.
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top; text-align:center;"|n/a
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top; text-align:center;"|or “Patient”
 
 
|}
 
|}
 +
The TA can be stopped immediately with an {{fhir|endDateTime}} today, or be stopped with an {{fhir|endDateTime}} in the future.
  
===Future medication===
+
=====Stopping an administration agreement by another supplier=====
[[Bestand:Medicatieoverzicht_ToekomstigeMedicatie_v0.5.PNG]]
+
A TA can be stopped by the supplier themselves, but also by another supplier. When a supplier stops a medication, they create a stop-TA. This is also the case when stopping a TA from another supplier. The stop-TA is sent to the health professional who created the original TA. Their XIS system informs this health professional that there is a new change within the MBH.
 
 
Filter: all medication that will become actual in the next 3 months. This includes intended medicatiegebruik.
 
For a description of the mapping, the same applies as with the current medication, see [[#Current medication|Current medication]].
 
 
 
===Recently discontinued medication===
 
[[Bestand:Medicatieoverzicht_RecentBeeindigde_v0.5.PNG]]
 
 
 
Filter: any medication that has ended or stopped in the past 2 months.
 
 
 
For a description of the mapping, the same applies as with the current medication, see [[#Current medication|Current medication]].
 
 
 
===Additional lab values ===
 
[[Bestand:Medicatieoverzicht_Labwaarden_v0.5.PNG]]
 
 
 
Most recent lab values and abnormal renal function values.
 
 
 
This part will be elaborated at a later time and is not yet normative.
 
 
 
===Remarks ===
 
[[Bestand:Medicatieoverzicht_Opmerkingen_v0.5.PNG]]
 
 
 
For example, relevant (limited) health skills (competences: literacy, calculation and digital skills) that can have an impact on medicatiegebruik / treatment.
 
 
 
This part will be elaborated at a later time and is not yet normative.
 
 
 
==Building block instantiations==
 
This section describes which instantiations of the building blocks belong to the medication overview. This concerns 'own' and 'other people's' building blocks ([[#After Hours General Practice clinics (HAP)|section 3.1]]) and then only the latest, relevant instantiations of this.
 
 
 
===Own and other people===
 
Both the own and a copy of (known to the sender) building blocks from other sources are included in the medication overview. This so that the medication overview is as complete as possible for the recipient. This ensures that recipients can start using it immediately and that they are not dependent on other sources. The technical representation of someone else's building block may differ from that of the real source. It is important that the recipient is aware of this. The original OID of someone else's building block should simply be given. The recipient can then choose to also collect the building block from its source in its original form.
 
 
 
The medicatieafspraak, toedieningsafspraak and medicatiegebruik building blocks have been extended with a feature that indicates whether:
 
*there is an 'own' building block or
 
*that of "someone else" (an ''accent'' building block: MA’, TA’, MGB’)
 
This attribute is applicable to the transactions for the medication overview. In addition, the attribute copy applies when handling a prescription, when prescribing under someone else’s medicatieafspraak or when changing or issuing someone else’s toedieningsafspraak. No copies of building blocks may be delivered in other transactions.
 
 
 
The 'building block of someone else' attribute is on two levels:
 
*The template ID of an MA’, TA’, MGB’ differs from an MA, TA and MGB.
 
*In addition, the element copy indicator is always sent with value '''true''' in MA’, TA’, MGB’.
 
For the medication overview, it is permitted to offer the medicatieafspraken, toedieningsafspraken and medicatiegebruik via a information system-generated MGB or MGB '(Healthcare provider is author MGB). This must have a reference to an MA, TA or MGB.
 
 
 
====Medication overview and derivation rules====
 
An overview of medication that the patient is using (or should be using) can be put together in a information system in two ways:<br>
 
1) displaying a current medication overview (or overviews) obtained from another source (or sources)<br>
 
2) showing coherent medication building blocks obtained from one's own information system and from other sources.<br>
 
In both cases, this overview of medication consists of the information as included in the building blocks  medicatieafspraak, toedieningsafspraak and medicatiegebruik.
 
 
 
Re 1) When this document refers to a current medication overview, this means a coherent overview in which current medicatieafspraken, toedieningsafspraken and medicatiegebruik are included. This current medication overview is built up by the source on the basis of the data known at that time at the source. This overview can be exchanged with the transaction group Medicatieoverzicht (Medication overview) (PULL or PUSH).
 
 
 
The data and building blocks that are known at the source, but originating from another source, are supplied in the transaction with the 'accent' indicator so that they are recognizable as building blocks from someone else (MA accent, TA accent, MGB accent).
 
 
 
Re 2) It is also possible for a information system to compile an overview by combining own and other people's separate individual medication building blocks. The transaction group Medicatiegegevens (medication data) (PULL) is used to request individual building blocks.
 
 
 
With the transaction group Medicatiegegevens (medication data) (PUSH), separate building blocks can also be sent directly to another health professional or the patient (so without requests). This happens, for example, at discharge or at the request of a co-practitioner who has the patient in front of him (e.g. patient appears to a GP or pharmacist outside the region, where this GP or pharmacist requests the data by telephone from the patient's own GP and receives it digitally).
 
 
 
Both Medicatiegegevens (medication data) PUSH and PULL should not provide data obtained from other sources.
 
 
 
===Last relevant===
 
Only the last relevant building blocks (per medicamenteuze behandeling) are part of the medication overview. This section describes what exactly those last relevant building blocks are for a medication overview. Firstly for prescription medication (section 3.2.1), then for "over the counter" medication (section 3.2.2). The following section 3.2.3 further discusses the special situation that, in addition to a current, a future medicatieafspraak within the same medicamenteuze behandeling is valid. Finally, the last paragraph summarizes the rules to be applied.<br>
 
Note: The (technical) stop-medicatieafspraken are not shown in the examples, but are implicitly assumed.
 
 
 
====Prescription medication====
 
=====Most simple "happy flow"=====
 
In a medicamenteuze behandeling, the simplest "happy flow" results in a sequence of:
 
* ''Medicatieafspraak – Toedieningsafspraak – Medicatiegebruik''.
 
Usually, medicamenteuze behandeling (drug treatment) starts with a medicatieafspraak. A toedieningsafspraak concretely completes the medicatieafspraak. medicatiegebruik says something about the actual medication use of the patient in this medicamenteuze behandeling. All three building blocks are relevant in such a case and are part of the delivery of a medication overview, as indicated in green below.
 
* <font color="00CC00">Medicatieafspraak – Toedieningsafspraak – Medicatiegebruik</font>.
 
A toedieningsafspraak refers to the medicatieafspraak he enters. If no referral is available in the toedieningsafspraak, the appointment date (administration appointment) must be later than that of the medicatieafspraak to be relevant to delivery.<br>
 
Medicatiegebruik can refer to a medicatieafspraak or toedieningsafspraak. If no referral is available in the medicatiegebruik, the registration date (medicatiegebruik) must be later than that of the medicatieafspraak to be relevant for delivery.
 
 
 
=====New medicatieafspraak in medicamenteuze behandeling=====
 
If you create a new medicatieafspraak in an existing medicamenteuze behandeling (drug treatment), the currently existing medicatieafspraken, toedieningsafspraken and records of medicatiegebruik are no longer relevant for the medication overview. The idea is that all older building blocks than the current medicatieafspraak are by definition "overruled" by this new medicatieafspraak and consequently no longer relevant for the medication overview.
 
* <small>''Medicatieafspraak – Toedieningsafspraak – Medicatiegebruik''</small> - <small><font color="red">stop-Medicatieafspraak</font></small> – <font color="00CC00">Medicatieafspraak</font> – <small><font color="red">stop-Toedieningsafspraak</font></small>
 
 
 
If a toedieningsafspraak and possibly also medicatiegebruik are created and available following such a medicatieafspraak medication appointment, these will be included in the medication overview.
 
* <small>''Medicatieafspraak – Toedieningsafspraak – Medicatiegebruik''</small> – <small><font color="red">stop-Medicatieafspraak</font></small> – <font color="00CC00">Medicatieafspraak</font> – <small><font color="red">stop-Toedieningsafspraak</font></small> - <font color="00CC00"> Toedieningsafspraak</font>
 
* <small>''Medicatieafspraak – Toedieningsafspraak – Medicatiegebruik''</small> – <small><font color="red">stop-Medicatieafspraak</font></small> - <font color="00CC00">Medicatieafspraak </font> - <small><font color="red">stop-Toedieningsafspraak</font></small> – <font color="00CC00">Toedieningsafspraak – Medicatiegebruik</font> <br>
 
 
 
The new MA can also be a stop-MA, if the patient has to stop medication permanently. This stop-MA remains relevant for the medication overview for 2 months.<br>
 
* <small>Medicatieafspraak – Toedieningsafspraak – Medicatiegebruik </small> – <font color="red"> stop-Medicatieafspraak </font> - <font color="red">stop-Toedieningsafspraak</font>
 
 
 
=====Medicatiegebruik earlier than toedieningsafspraak =====
 
It is possible that you have registered medicatiegebruik before the toedieningsafspraak has been made. Here too, the idea is that the newer toedieningsafspraak "overrules" the older registration of toedieningsafspraak and medicatiegebruik. The older medicatiegebruik is therefore no longer relevant for the medication overview.
 
* <font color="00CC00">Medicatieafspraak – Medicatiegebruik</font>
 
* <font color="00CC00">Medicatieafspraak</font> – <small>''Medicatiegebruik''</small> – <font color="00CC00">Toedieningsafspraak</font>
 
 
 
Of course, a new record of medicatiegebruik can then be made, which is also relevant for the medication overview.
 
* <font color="00CC00">Medicatieafspraak</font> – <small>''Medicatiegebruik''</small> – <font color="00CC00">Toedieningsafspraak - Medicatiegebruik</font>
 
 
 
=====New toedieningsafspraak =====
 
Sometimes you make a new toedieningsafspraak under an existing medicatieafspraak. For example, because another product must be provided (as a result of preference policy or stock). In that case, too, such a new toedieningsafspraak may overrule older medicatieafspraken and medicatiegebruik.
 
* <font color="00CC00">Medicatieafspraak</font> – <small>''Toedieningsafspraak – Medicatiegebruik''- <font color="red">stop-Toedieningsafspraak</font></small> - <font color="00CC00">Toedieningsafspraak</font>
 
 
 
Of course you can then record medicatiegebruik, which is also relevant for the medication overview.
 
* <font color="00CC00">Medicatieafspraak</font> – <small>''Toedieningsafspraak – Medicatiegebruik'' - <font color="red">stop-Toedieningsafspraak</font></small> – <font color="00CC00">Toedieningsafspraak - Medicatiegebruik</font>
 
 
 
====Over the counter====
 
Sometimes a patient uses medication for which there is no prescription. This applies, for example, to painkillers such as paracetamol or ibuprofen, which are available without a prescription. We call this “over the counter” medication. Such use of "over the counter" medication can be recorded with the medicatiegebruik building block. This is also relevant for the medication overview.
 
* <font color="00CC00">Medicatiegebruik</font>
 
 
 
A new record of medicatiegebruik by the same type of author (type of author is patient or health professional) "overrules" any older records of medicatiegebruik. Elaborated below, in order of registration date:
 
* <small>''Medicatiegebruik''</small> - <font color="00CC00">Medicatiegebruik</font>
 
 
 
When a prescriber decides to formalize this medicamenteuze behandeling with a medicatieafspraak the rules as described above apply. Elaborated below, in order of appointment date (medicatieafspraak or toedieningsafspraak) / registration date (medicatiegebruik):
 
* <small>''Medicatiegebruik – Medicatiegebruik''</small> – <font color="00CC00">Medicatieafspraak</font>
 
* <small>''Medicatiegebruik – Medicatiegebruik''</small> – <font color="00CC00">Medicatieafspraak - Medicatiegebruik</font>
 
* <small>''Medicatiegebruik – Medicatiegebruik''</small> – <font color="00CC00">Medicatieafspraak – Toedieningsafspraak - Medicatiegebruik</font>
 
* <small>''Medicatiegebruik – Medicatiegebruik''</small> – <font color="00CC00">Medicatieafspraak</font> – <small>''Medicatiegebruik''</small> - <font color="00CC00">Toedieningsafspraak - Medicatiegebruik</font>
 
* <small>''Medicatiegebruik – Medicatiegebruik''</small> – <font color="00CC00">Medicatieafspraak</font> - <small>''Medicatiegebruik''</small> - <font color="00CC00">Medicatiegebruik</font>
 
 
 
====Future medicatieafspraken and toedieningsafspraken====
 
A medicamenteuze behandeling may include more than one topical medicatieafspraak and toedieningsafspraak. Namely one for the current situation and one or more for the future situation. This section describes an example with one current and one future. For clarity, the future building blocks have a “T-” in the examples. Both current and future building blocks are relevant for the medication overview. The building blocks for toedieningsafspraak and medicatiegebruik must have adequate references to either the current or future appointments. Below are three examples, in order of appointment date / registration date (if these are equal, then sorted by period of use):
 
* <font color="00CC00">Medicatieafspraak – T Medicatieafspraak</font>
 
* <font color="00CC00">Medicatieafspraak – Toedieningsafspraak – T Medicatieafspraak – T Toedieningsafspraak</font>
 
* <font color="00CC00">Medicatieafspraak – Toedieningsafspraak – Medicatiegebruik – T Medicatieafspraak – T Toedieningsafspraak – T Medicatiegebruik</font>
 
Suppose that the toedieningsafspraak changes because the provider provides a different strength (2x 500mg tablets instead of 1x 1000mg tablets) and the patient still has enough stock for two weeks based on the first toedieningsafspraak:
 
* <font color="00CC00">Medicatieafspraak – Toedieningsafspraak – Medicatiegebruik – T Toedieningsafspraak – T Medicatiegebruik</font>
 
 
 
=====New medicatieafspraak =====
 
If you make a new medicatieafspraak in this situation, you always make a (technical) stop-medicatieafspraak. This stop-medicatieafspraak has two manifestations:<br>
 
1) with reference to a specific medicatieafspraak that you stop<br>
 
2) without a referral, and with that you stop the entire medicamenteuze behandeling (drug treatment)
 
 
 
Ad 1) Stop medicatieafspraak for one current medicatieafspraak. With this stop medicatieafspraak you stop one specific medicatieafspraak. You also make a new one for that medicatieafspraak. Suppose you only want to change the current medicatieafspraak, then this applies to the examples above, in order of appointment date:
 
* <small>''Medicatieafspraak''</small> – <font color="00CC00">T Medicatieafspraak </font> - <small> <font color="red">stop-Medicatieafspraak </small> </font> <font color="00CC00"> – Medicatieafspraak </font>
 
* <small>''Medicatieafspraak – Toedieningsafspraak''</small> – <font color="00CC00">T Medicatieafspraak – T Toedieningsafspraak </font> - <small> <font color="red">stop-Medicatieafspraak </small> </font> <font color="00CC00"> – Medicatieafspraak</font>
 
* <small>''Medicatieafspraak – Toedieningsafspraak – Medicatiegebruik''</small> – <font color="00CC00">T Medicatieafspraak – T Toedieningsafspraak – T Medicatiegebruik </font> -<small> <font color="red">stop-Medicatieafspraak </small> </font> <font color="00CC00"> – Medicatieafspraak</font>
 
 
 
Suppose you only want to change the future medicatieafspraak, then this applies to the examples above, in order of appointment date:
 
* <font color="00CC00">Medicatieafspraak</font> – <small>''T Medicatieafspraak''</small> - <small> <font color="red">stop- T Medicatieafspraak </small> </font> <font color="00CC00"> – <font color="00CC00">T Medicatieafspraak</font>
 
* <font color="00CC00">Medicatieafspraak – Toedieningsafspraak</font> – <font color="black"><small>''T Medicatieafspraak – T Toedieningsafspraak''</font></small> - <small> <font color="red">stop- T Medicatieafspraak </small> </font> <font color="00CC00">– <font color="00CC00">T Medicatieafspraak</font>
 
* <font color="00CC00">Medicatieafspraak – Toedieningsafspraak – Medicatiegebruik</font> – <font color="black"> <small>''T Medicatieafspraak – T Toedieningsafspraak – T Medicatiegebruik''</font></small> - <small> <font color="red">stop- T Medicatieafspraak </small> </font> –  <font color="00CC00">T Medicatieafspraak </font>
 
 
 
<font color="black"> Ad 2) Stop medicatieafspraak for the entire medicamenteuze behandeling. This should only be used when no medicatieafspraak is available within the medicamenteuze behandeling. This may be the case when the medicamenteuze behandeling has started with a different building block like a toedieningsafspraak or medicatiegebruik or if the medicatieafspraak – for whatever reason- is not available when consulted. At that moment, the system does not ‘know’ this medicatieafspraak, and therefore cannot refer to it. A prescriber can then stop the medicamenteuze behandeling with a stop medicatieafspraak that has no reference to a medicatieafspraak. If the prescriber subsequently wishes to create a medicatieafspraak, this can be done by creating a new medicatieafspraak. Elaborated below for the same three examples as above, in order of appointment date.
 
 
 
* <small>''Toedieningsafspraak – ''</small> <small> <font color="red">stop-Medicatieafspraak (zonder referentie)</small> </font> <font color="00CC00">Medicatieafspraak </font>
 
* <small>''Toedieningsafspraak – T-Toedieningsafspraak – Medicatiegebruik''</small> - <small> <font color="red">stop-Medicatieafspraak (zonder referentie)</small> </font> - <font color="00CC00">Medicatieafspraak - T-Medicatieafspraak </font>
 
* <small>''Toedieningsafspraak – Medicatiegebruik - T-Toedieningsafspraak – T-Medicatiegebruik''</small> - <small> <font color="red">stop-Medicatieafspraak (zonder referentie)</small> </font>– <font color="00CC00">Medicatieafspraak - T-Medicatieafspraak</font> <font colour="black">
 
 
 
=====New toedieningsafspraak=====
 
<font color="black">  However, you can also make a new toedieningsafspraak for the current medicatieafspraak only. This new toedieningsafspraak must then have a reference to that current medicatieafspraak. Elaborated below for three examples, in order of appointment date.
 
* <font color="00CC00">Medicatieafspraak – T Medicatieafspraak – Toedieningsafspraak</font>
 
* <font color="00CC00">Medicatieafspraak</font> – <small>''Toedieningsafspraak''</small>– <font color="00CC00">T-Medicatieafspraak – T Toedieningsafspraak </font> - <small> <font color="red"> stop-Toedieningsafspraak </small> </font>– <font color="00CC00">Toedieningsafspraak</font>
 
* <font color="00CC00">Medicatieafspraak</font> – <small>''Toedieningsafspraak – Medicatiegebruik''</small> – <font color="00CC00">T Medicatieafspraak – T-Toedieningsafspraak – T Medicatiegebruik – </font> - <font color="red"> <small> stop-Toedieningsafspraak </font></small> – <font color="00CC00">Toedieningsafspraak</font>
 
 
 
A new toedieningsafspraak with a reference to the future medicatieafspraak looks like this.
 
* <font color="00CC00">Medicatieafspraak – T Medicatieafspraak – Toedieningsafspraak – T-Toedieningsafspraak</font>
 
* <font color="00CC00">Medicatieafspraak –Toedieningsafspraak – T-Medicatieafspraak</font> – <small>''T Toedieningsafspraak''</small> –  <font color="red"> <small> stop-T Toedieningsafspraak </font></small> - <font color="00CC00">T Toedieningsafspraak</font>
 
* <font color="00CC00">Medicatieafspraak –Toedieningsafspraak – Medicatiegebruik – T Medicatieafspraak</font> – <small>''T Toedieningsafspraak – T Medicatiegebruik''</small> - <font color="red"> <small> stop- T Toedieningsafspraak </font></small>– <font color="00CC00">T-Toedieningsafspraak</font>
 
 
 
====Rules of overruling listed====
 
Based on the above description / examples, the following general rules for overruling can be derived. This concerns the rules for determining whether a building block is relevant for delivery in the medication overview. Within a medicamenteuze behandeling:
 
*A new medicatieafspraak overrules all older building blocks (medicatieafspraak, toedieningsafspraak, medicatiegebruik) belonging to the medicatieafspraak /medicatieafspraken that this medicatieafspraak has stopped.
 
*A new toedieningsafspraak overrules all older building blocks of the type of toedieningsafspraak or medicatiegebruik that belong to the same medicatieafspraak as the new toedieningsafspraak.
 
*In principle, a new record of medicatiegebruik overrules (see exception below) older records of medicatiegebruik that belong to the same medicatieafspraak as the new medicatiegebruik.
 
**Exception to this rule: medicatiegebruik with the author as a patient DOES NOT overrule an older record of medicatiegebruik with the care provider as author and vice versa. Both are therefore relevant to the medication overview.
 
The latter exception applied to a number of situations:
 
 
 
Deze laatste uitzondering toegepast op een aantal situaties:
 
* <font color="00CC00">Medicatieafspraak – Toedieningsafspraak – Medicatiegebruik-ZVL – Medicatiegebruik-PAT</font>
 
* <font color="00CC00">Medicatieafspraak – Toedieningsafspraak – Medicatiegebruik-PAT – Medicatiegebruik-ZVL</font>
 
* <font color="00CC00">Medicatieafspraak – Toedieningsafspraak</font> – <small>''Medicatiegebruik-PAT''</small> – <font color="00CC00">Medicatiegebruik-PAT</font>
 
* <font color="00CC00">Medicatieafspraak – Toedieningsafspraak – Medicatiegebruik-ZVL</font> – <small>''Medicatiegebruik-PAT''</small> – <font color="00CC00">Medicatiegebruik-PAT</font>
 
* <font color="00CC00">Medicatieafspraak – Toedieningsafspraak</font> – <small>''Medicatiegebruik-ZVL – Medicatiegebruik-PAT''</small> – <font color="00CC00">Medicatiegebruik PAT – Medicatiegebruik-ZVL</font>
 
 
 
==Verification by medicamenteuze behandeling ==
 
A health professional records verification per medicamenteuze behandeling with the medicatiegebruik building block:
 
*Author = Health professional
 
*Possible informant: the patient, a care provider or another person
 
*Possible characteristic "according to agreement": according to the author, is the medicatiegebruik in accordance with the medicatieafspraak or toedieningsafspraak?
 
*Possible link to medicatieafspraak or toedieningsafspraak:
 
**Medicatieafspraak or toedieningsafspraak that has been the reference for recording this medicatiegebruik.
 
**When it is indicated "by appointment", this is the medicatieafspraak or toedieningsafspraak according to which the patient uses.
 
Such a record of medicatiegebruik means: "I think the patient uses this drug as follows: ... ..".
 
 
 
Known: it is not currently provided in the information standard to indicate that a medicatieafspraak or toedieningsafspraak is correct, regardless of whether the patient uses it as such.
 
 
 
==Process of the medication overview exchange==
 
In addition to the content and verification, the process surrounding the medication overview is also important.
 
 
 
===Who, when, with what information===
 
The reliability and completeness of a medication overview depends on:
 
*who composed it,
 
*at what time and
 
*with what basic information.
 
We can make agreements about this, for example:
 
*only exchange/make available a medication overview once it has some form of reliability
 
**after an explicit action by a health professional or
 
**automatically if certain conditions are met.
 
*fully automatically exchange/make available medication overview without conditions
 
*make medication overview fully automatically available without the need for a new data type (so when registering one of the other medication data types you are automatically also the source of a medication overview).
 
 
 
====Decision====
 
The above questions have not yet been answered. It has been decided that during the Proof-Of-Concept all parties that can provide a medication overview will do the same.
 
 
 
===Responsibilities applicant and source===
 
The applicant receives medication overviews from multiple sources. Processing this is the responsibility of the recipient. The topicality of a medication overview is important here.
 
 
 
'''Action''': the transaction Medicatieoverzicht (medication record) must contain the most recent date of the collection of available appointment dates / registration dates of the delivered building block instantiations. The compiler (source) of the medication overview must therefore provide this date. This helps the recipient to better estimate the topicality of the medication overview.
 
 
 
===Agreements continued===
 
We continue the analysis with the results of the Proof-Of-Concept to arrive at a good process for the medication overview.
 
 
 
==Inference rules==
 
It is important that all parties, physician, pharmacist, nurse as well as patient can infer from the medication building blocks what is intended (i.e. what the current agreements are) and that this should be the same for all information systems. For that reason, information systems must be able to calculate the current situation using the same inference rules.
 
 
 
The current therapeutic situation is calculated on the basis of medicatieafspraken and toedieningsafspraken. Toedieningsafspraken have a relationship with the medicatieafspraak that they were added to. For this reason, toedieningsafspraken can be linked to the medicatieafspraak that they belong to.<br>
 
Of course it is also useful to have information about medicatiegebruik. However, this does not indicate the aim of the health professional, only what medication the patient has used. For that reason, the rules below do not take ‘medicatiegebruik’ in consideration. However, ‘gebruik’ is part of a medication profile but is shown separately under the medicamenteuze behandeling concerned.
 
 
 
===Effective period===
 
The effective period lies between an ''effective start date'' and an ''effective end date''.<br>
 
:''The effective period describes the period to which a medicatieafspraak or toedieningsafspraak (ultimately) applies.''<br>
 
The effective period depends on adjustments (modifying/discontinuing/halting/resuming) of medication and by the ‘actual handling of a medicatieafspraak by a toedieningsafspraak. The effective period is not described in the dataset, because it is inferred which is only used to determine the current situation. The ''effective start date, effective end date'' and ''effective period'' are not data to be shown to the end user. Medication for an indefinite period has an effective end date that is in the future, but at a time that cannot be distracted (yet). It is only known that it is 'somewhere' in the future.
 
 
 
===Actual and current medication===
 
*''Actual (medicatieafspraken en toedieningsafspraken)'': the agreements of which the effective end date lies in the future.
 
*''Current (medicatieafspraken en toedieningsafspraken) agreements'': the agreements for which the present date lies between their effective start date and the effective end date.
 
*''Actual medication'': the collection of actual (current and future) medication and toedieningsafspraaks as well as current medicatiegebruik. It should be taken into account that it is never possible to say with certainty to what extent the patient complies with the agreements and/or reports actual gebruik.
 
 
 
===Details===
 
'''Approach'''<br>
 
Using a number of different situations the inference rules are described for arriving at the effective therapeutic period in a medication profile:<br>
 
:1) Starting medication
 
:2) Creating a toedieningsafspraak
 
:3) Changing medication
 
:4) Discontinuing medication
 
:5) Temporarily halting and resuming medication
 
 
 
The inference rules are described below. The number for each inference rule indicates the order in which the rules must be executed.
 
 
 
'''1) Starting medication'''<br>
 
Medication is started by creating a new medicatieafspraak. The medicatieafspraak has:
 
*An agreement date - the date on which the agreement was made with the patient.
 
*A period of use - this period is consists of:
 
**A start date - the start date of the medicatieafspraak may be in the future;
 
**The duration of medicatiegebruik;
 
**The end date – the date until which the medicatieafspraak is valid.
 
 
 
1a: The effective period of a new medicatieafspraak is equal to its period of medication use.
 
 
 
'''2) Creating a toedieningsafspraak '''<br>
 
A toedieningsafspraak specifically fulfils a medicatieafspraak. From a patient perspective, the toedieningsafspraak, in a way, replaces a medicatieafspraak, as the toedieningsafspraak is a more specific indication of what the patient should be using.
 
 
 
Inference rule 1 is extended:
 
 
 
1b: The effective period of a new toedieningsafspraak is equal to its period of medication use
 
 
 
Inference rule 2 is applicable when a medicatieafspraak has underlying toedieningsafspraken (see inference rule 2b for further explanation):
 
 
 
2a: The effective period of a medicatieafspraak is equal to the effective period of the toedieningsafspraak.
 
 
 
'''3) Changing medication'''
 
:'''a) By means of a medicatieafspraak'''
 
The prescriber changes the medication (or the medicamenteuze behandeling) by creating a new medicatieafspraak (and discontinuing the existing one) within an existing medicamenteuze behandeling.
 
Because the start date of a medicatieafspraak may lie in the future, several medicatieafspraken may be actual at the same time. For example, when a medicatieafspraak applies ‘for an indefinite period’ (ma1) and it is agreed to change the dosage in two weeks (ma2), the first medicatieafspraak (ma1) remains valid for two weeks, after which the second medicatieafspraak (ma2) becomes effective. The previous inference rules do not change because of this.
 
 
 
:'''b) By means of a toedieningsafspraak '''
 
An toedieningsafspraak specifically fulfils a medicatieafspraak. This toedieningsafspraak may be modified. For example, when administration schedules are changed (when GDS is initiated), or when a commercial product is changed (for example, as a result of a preference policy). Several successive toedieningsafspraken can therefore be created under a single medicatieafspraak. Hence, rule 2 is expanded so that the effective period of the medicatieafspraak is determined by the entire series of underlying toedieningsafspraken.
 
 
 
2b: When several toedieningsafspraken are made under a single medicatieafspraak, the effective start date of the medicatieafspraak is then equal to the earliest start date of the underlying toedieningsafspraak and the end date of the last toedieningsafspraak.
 
 
 
Parallel toedieningsafspraken may exist under a single medicatieafspraak of which the agreement date and the start date are the same. Both are then valid at the same time and this does not change rule 2b.
 
 
 
The diagram below includes a simplified example of an actual profile composed of different building blocks. The patient, verification, CiO and lab data have been excluded from this overview. Only limited data has been included, mainly to demonstrate the way in which the effective period works. Lines starting with ‘-’ are detail lines which can be  hidden in the medication profile, if required. The first line shows the effective period for the underlying MAs and TAs. The ‘medicatiegebruik” is also displayed, but this does not influence the calculation of the effective therapeutic period on the first line.
 
 
 
{{anchor|figuur 9}}
 
[[Bestand:Voorbeeldeffectieveperioden.png|Figuur 9 Voorbeeld effectieve periode]]
 
 
 
'''4) Discontinuing medication'''<br>
 
Discontinuing medication (i.e medicamenteuze behandeling) is done by creating a new medicatieafspraak in which stoptype ‘definite’ is indicated. The start date of this medicatieafspraak is the date on which the original medicatieafspraak started. The end date is the date on which the medication is discontinued. The effective period of the original medicatieafspraak is so replaced by the effective period of this new stop-MA.
 
 
 
1c: When a medicatieafspraak is discontinued, the effective period of the medicatieafspraak is then the effective period of the stop-MA.
 
 
 
An stop-toedieningsafspraak fulfils the stop-medicatieafspraak. In this way, for example, it is possible to indicate that the discontinuation starts when the next GDS roll is dispensed.
 
 
 
'''5) Temporarily halting and resuming medication'''<br>
 
Temporarily halting medication is carried out in the same way as discontinuing medication. A stop-MA is created (stoptype ‘temporary’) with the same start date as that of the original medicatieafspraak. The end date of the stop-MA is the timing of the temporary halt, the stop type is ‘temporary’. Resuming medication is done by creating a new medicatieafspraak with the old (or adjusted) dosage with the date of resuming as the start date. A meaningful reason (example: resume previous policy) may serve to clarify matters. If the medication is not resumed, ‘discontinue medication’ (stoptype ‘definite’) can be executed in order to permanently end the medicamenteuze behandeling, which means the medication is no longer valid. Medication that is halted remains valid, and so remains visible in the medication profile.
 
 
 
1d: When medication is temporarily halted, the effective period is not affected. The effective period is determined by the effective period of the original medicatieafspraak.
 
 
 
These inference rules are the basis for determining the current agreements. It is possible to conceive exceptional situations relating to a partial availability of medication data. These situations have not been elaborated. All inference rules are included and implemented in the open source medication viewer.
 
 
 
==Data that need not be shown==
 
Various data are important for the correct processing of information, but are not relevant to the end user:
 
*An application does not have to show the (technical) identification of a medicamenteuze behandeling (MBH) (nor that of the building blocks themselves), but the elaboration thereof: namely, building blocks shown in coherence.
 
*The copy indicator with the medicatieafspraak (MA), toedieningsafspraak (TA) and  medicatiegebruik (MGB) when consulting the medication overview. Whether a building block is a copy is not that important to a user and can be deduced by other data from that building block (such as the author of the building block). So it is not so important that a user can see that this has been delivered 'as a copy' and is probably only confusing. However, this information is important for suppliers, for example because they sometimes want to perform calculations with the data and it is then safer to collect the data from the real source. It is therefore obvious to keep track of whether you have received data from the real source in your information system.
 
*An application does not have to show the stop type (temporary / definite) of a stop appointment, but the elaboration thereof: namely the processing of the meaning, so that an entire MBH is shown as stopped medication or as interrupted medication (remains clear under current medication) or as a change in the case of a 'technical stop appointment'.
 
 
 
=Administration list and inference rules=
 
 
 
This chapter shows a possible presentation/view of the administration list and, additionally, specifies the inference rules to identify the relevant medication building blocks within a pharmaceutical treatment, for the generation of an administration list.
 
 
 
==Introduction==
 
This paragraph contains an example of an administration list. The administration list shows the most recent medication data at any time of the day, to facilitate adequate medication administration. To ensure safe circumstances in which correct and up-to-date medication data is presented to the (professional) administrator, the administration software must be able to process the medication building blocks and to correlate the medication building blocks, as described in this information standard.
 
  
The term ‘administration list’ is defined as a digital list including all medicaments that are prescribed by a prescriber and that have to be administered to a patient/client. This list is generated based on the following medication building blocks: medication agreement (MA), administration agreement (TA), medication dispense (MVE), medication administration (MTD) and variable-dosing regimen (WDS).
+
=====Canceling a future administration agreement=====
 +
Stopping a TA with a {{fhir|startDateTime}} in the future (TTA) is called canceling. The TTA is canceled by recording a cancelation-TTA. This is a stop-TTA with the stop type ‘canceled’. The cancelation-TTA shows that the patient has never used the medication in question according to that TTA.<br>
  
The process of (actively) making medication data available to (professional) administrators enables the generation of a total overview of all medication which has to be administered. Importantly, this implies that information regarding discontinuation and change of medication with or without medication dispense is available at any time. Change in medication and variable-dosing regimens, for example as prescribed by the thrombosis service, are immediately available for administrators.
+
The cancelation-TTA works the same way as the stop-TA described above, but with two differences:
 +
* The stop type is ‘canceled’ instead of ‘discontinued’.
 +
* The {{fhir|startDateTime}} and {{fhir|endDateTime}} of the cancelation-TTA are the same.
  
In the figures below, the numbered elements are normative; it is mandatory to show those components. The lay-out of the administration list in an information system may differ depending on the type of users or the type of device; this is dependent on the user requirements.
+
====<span class="anchor" id="wijzigen TA"></span>Modifying an administration agreement====
 +
It may be necessary to change the TA, for example due to a change in the product range or in the preference policy. Unlike the MA, in the case of a TA a modification of the product at PRK level does not lead to a different MBH.
  
The administration list in this example is described generally. The chapter entails the general end user requirements for the administration list; this chapter does not comprise details on the technical requirements or implementation.
+
'''Modifying a TA with an unmodified MA'''<br>
 +
Modifying a TA with an unmodified MA is done by creating a technical stop-TA with stop type ‘discontinued’ and a new TA with the modification within the same MBH. Both have a relationship to the original TA and the unmodified MA. The technical stop-TA has an {{fhir|endDateTime}} equal to the {{fhir|startDateTime}} of the new MA with the modification (see [[#stoppen en wijzigen|section 2.4.3]]). In the new TA, the reason for the change can be recorded in {{fhir|AdministrationAgreementReasonModificationOrDiscontinuation}}.<br>
  
The project ‘Veilige principes in the medication’ comprises the sectors nursing care, nursing aid and home care. The specifications as described in ‘Veilige principes in de medicatieketen 2016’ and ‘Richtlijn overdracht van medicatiegegevens in de keten herziening 2018/2019’ as well as new insights from the program ‘Medicatieoverdracht’ are incorporated in this chapter.
+
A modification can take effect immediately or can be scheduled with a {{fhir|startDateTime}} in the future. If the change is implemented in a future TA, a technical cancelation-TTA is created and a new TTA with the change.<br>
  
The basis for the administration list entails:
+
The technical stop-TA and new TA are created simultaneously and therefore have the same {{fhir|RegistrationDateTime}} (see [[#stop-bouwstenen|section 2.4.3.1]]). They are sent and made available simultaneously. When queried, they are also provided simultaneously. The same applies to the technical cancelation-TTA and new TTA.
*Medication building blocks
 
**Medication agreement (MA)
 
**Administration agreement (TA)
 
**Variable-dosing regimen (WDS)
 
**Medication administration (MTD)
 
**Medication dispense (MVE)
 
*All current medication; this comprises all MAs, TAs and WDSs which are available and applicable when the medication is administered. The PeriodOfUse defines whether medication should be considered current medication.
 
*The PrickPatchLocation is consulted based on the AdministrationDateTime.
 
*(Professional) administrators can distinguish the types of medication (in GDS package or separately) which should be administered to the patient by the data element DistributionForm (medication building block MVE) and the data element AsNeeded/Condition in the dosage (medication building blocks MA, TA or WDS). The different types of medication may be presented according to the following categories:
 
**GDS medication (including discontinued medication in order to show a notification/warning)
 
**Non-GDS medication
 
**Non-GDS medication as needed
 
*The remaining building blocks (dispense request (VV), medication use (MGB) and medication consumption (MVB)) are not relevant for the administration list.
 
  
{{anchor|figuur 1}}
+
'''Modifying a TA as a result of a modification of the MA'''<br>
[[Bestand:Toedienlijst_figuur_1a.PNG|Figuur 1: Voorbeeldweergave toedienlijst]]
+
A TA may also need to be changed as a result of a modification of the associated MA. In that case, a technical stop MA and a new MA are created. This results in a technical stop-TA with a reference to the original TA and to the technical stop-MA. A new TA is created with a reference to the new MA, without a relationship to the original TA.<br>
[[Bestand:Toedienlijst_figuur_1b.PNG|Figuur 1: Voorbeeldweergave toedienlijst]]
+
Modifying a TTA as a result of a modification of a future MA works in the same way.<br>
[[Bestand:Toedienlijst_figuur_1c.PNG|Figuur 1: Voorbeeldweergave toedienlijst]]
+
{| class="wikitable" style="width:38em;"
<br>
+
! style="text-align:left;"|action !! style="text-align:left;"|leads to !! style="text-align:left; width: 33%;"|with reference to
<small>''Figure 1: Example administration list.''
+
|-style="text-align:left;"|met relatie naar
</small> <br>
 
<br>
 
{| class="wikitable"
 
 
|-
 
|-
! Nr
+
| colspan="3"|'''modification in TA'''
! style="text-align:left;"|Heading
 
! style="text-align:left;" colspan="3"|Dataset
 
 
|-
 
|-
| 1 || Type || Medication Agreement || Administration Agreement || Variable-Dosing Regimen
+
| technical stop-TA || n.a. || original TA
 
|-
 
|-
| 2 || Medicine || Agreed Medicine || Medicine To Be Dispensed ||  
+
| new TA || n.a. || original TA (unmodified) MA
 
|-
 
|-
| 3 || Prescriber
+
| colspan="3"|'''modification in TTA'''
|style="text-align:left;" colspan="3"| Medication Agreement – Prescriber – Health Professional
 
 
|-
 
|-
| 4 || Supplier
+
| technical cancelation-TTA || n.v.t. || original TTA
|style="text-align:left;" colspan="3"| Administration Agreement – Supplier – Healthcare Provider 
 
 
|-
 
|-
| || Author
+
| nieuwe TTA || n.v.t. || original TTA (unmodified) MA
|style="text-align:left;" colspan="3"| Variable-Dosing Regimen – Author – Health Professional (conditional)  
 
 
|-
 
|-
| 5 || Start Date || Medication Agreement – Period Of Use || Administration Agreement – Period Of Use || Variable-Dosing Regimen – Period Of Use
+
| colspan="3"|'''modification in MA'''
 
|-
 
|-
| 6 || End Date/Duration || Medication Agreement – Period Of Use || Administration Agreement – Period Of Use || Variable-Dosing Regimen – Period Of Use
+
| technical stop-MA || technical stop-TA || original TA technical stop-MA
 
|-
 
|-
| 7 || Description
+
| new MA || new TA || new MA
|style="text-align:left;" colspan="3"| Instructions For Use – Description
 
 
|-
 
|-
| || Route Of Administration
+
| colspan="3"|'''modification in TMA'''
|style="text-align:left;" colspan="3"| Instructions For Use – Route Of Administration
 
 
 
 
|-
 
|-
| || Additional Instructions
+
| technical cancelation-TMA || technical cancelation-TTA || original TTA technical cancelation-TMA
|style="text-align:left;" colspan="3"| Instructions For Use – Additional Instructions
 
 
|-
 
|-
| || Dose
+
| new TMA || new TTA || new TMA
|style="text-align:left;" colspan="3"| Instructions For Use – Dosing Instructions – Dosage – Dose
 
|-
 
|  || Administration Time
 
|style="text-align:left;" colspan="3"| Period Of Use – Dosing Instructions – Dosage – Administering Schedule – Administration Time
 
|-
 
|  || Administration Speed
 
|style="text-align:left;" colspan="3"| Period Of Use – Dosing Instructions – Dosage – Administration Speed
 
|-
 
|  || Duration Of Administration
 
|style="text-align:left;" colspan="3"| Period Of Use – Dosing Instructions – Dosage – Duration Of Administration
 
|-
 
| 8 || Prick-Patch Location
 
|style="text-align:left;" colspan="3"|Medication Administration – Prick-Patch Location
 
|-
 
| 9 || Comment
 
|style="text-align:left;" colspan="3"|Comment & Additional Information
 
 
|}
 
|}
<small>''Table 1: Normative medication data in the administration list.''
+
=====Correcting an administration agreement=====
</small>
+
The same rules apply to correcting a TA as to correcting an MA (see [[#corrigeren MA|section 5.2.2.4.1]]):<br>
 +
If the incorrect TA has not yet been shared with other health professionals, the supplier can adjust or delete it in their own information system. If the incorrect agreement has already been shared with other health professionals, it must be corrected. There are two new TAs are created within the same MBH:
 +
* A new TA with the correct data, ‘incorrect registration of medication’ in {{fhir|AdministrationAgreementReasonModificationOrDiscontinuation}} and a reference to the TA to be corrected and the unmodified MA.
 +
* A technical stop-TA with stop type ‘discontinued’ and a reference to the TA to be corrected in {{fhir|RelationAdministrationAgreement}}.
 +
Correcting a future TA is done in the same way, with a technical cancelation-TTA plus a new TTA.
 +
 
 +
====Temporarily interrupting and resuming an administration agreement====
 +
'''Interrupting a TA with an unmodified MA'''<br>
 +
Interrupting a TA with unmodified MA is done by recording two new TAs within the same MBH:
 +
*A stop-TA with stop type ‘interrupted’, reference to the TA to be interrupted in {{fhir|RelationAdministrationAgreement}} and reason for interruption in {{fhir|AdministrationAgreementReasonModificationOrDiscontinuation}}.
 +
*Upon resumption, a new TA with a relationship to the unmodified MA and to the original TA.
 +
This may be relevant in the case of generic substitution during admission (see [[#generieke substitutie|section 5.7.2.2.2]]).
 +
 
 +
'''Interrupting a TA as a result of an interrupt-MA'''<br>
 +
Interrupting a TA as a result of an interrupt-MA is done in the same way. However, the new TA has a relationship to the new resumption-MA, without a relationship to the original TA.
 +
 
 +
===Medication dispense===
 +
The medication can be dispensed if a new or existing TA has been recorded for it. Medication may only be dispensed if there is a valid MA for it.<br>
 +
In an outpatient situation, a new or existing VV is also required. The MVE then contains a reference to that VV. In a clinical situation, an MA is sufficient.<br>
 +
Upon delivery, an MVE is recorded and made available.
  
==Functional specification==
+
====Medication dispense in the case of GDS medication====
In the figures below the elements with normative data are presented. The other elements are not normative (not yet). The numbered elements in the table are normative; the other elements are optional (until further notice).
+
<section begin=medicatieverstrekking GDS/>It is desirable that a prescriber can determine whether changes in medication can wait until the next medication roll change. To do so, it must be clear when that roll change will take place.<br>
 +
To this end, it has been agreed that the {{fhir|DurationOfUse}} of an MVE will be equal to the duration of the medication roll. With a weekly medication roll, the MVE has a {{fhir|DurationOfUse}} of 7 days. For a fortnightly medication roll, the {{fhir|DurationOfUse}} is 14 days. In combination with the start of the MVE (in {{fhir|MedicationDispenseDateTime}}), it can easily be deduced what the last day of the roll will be.<br>
 +
This is particularly important for medication with a non-daily intake schedule. It prevents medication from being repeated too early and provides a clear starting point for roll changes. Examples:
 +
* Medication with an intake schedule of 3 times a week, on Monday - Wednesday - Friday.
 +
* Medication with a dosing schedule of once every two weeks. With a weekly medication roll, the roll will contain the medication one week and not the next.<section end=medicatieverstrekking GDS/>
  
===Heading and general===
+
===<span class="anchor" id="aanwijzingen bouwstenen ter hand stellen"></span>Directions for recording data in the building blocks administration agreement and medication dispense===
 +
====<span class="anchor" id="aanwijzingen TA"></span>Directions for recording data in the building block administration agreement====
 +
This section explains how to fill in certain data elements of the TA in specific situations. All formal source information about the building blocks and their data elements can be found in the Dataset and Scenarios tabs in {{#lst:mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|ART-DECOR}}.
  
[[Bestand:Toedienlijst_Functionele_specificatie.png]]
+
=====DistributionForm=====
 +
<section begin=distributievorm />The {{fhir|DistributionForm}} data element of the TA and MVE can be used to indicate whether GDS medication is involved.<section end=distributievorm /><br>
 +
[[#GDS-medicatie|Section 5.8]] provides an overview of all information about GDS medication.
  
===Remarks===
+
=====InstructionsForUse=====
 +
{{#lst:mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|aanwijzing gebruiksinstructie voorschrijven }}
  
[[Bestand:Toedienlijst_Kop en algemeen.png]]
+
<section begin=herhaalperiodecyclischschema/>Some dosing instructions cannot be easily translated into intake times. Examples include:
 +
*Twice a week
 +
*Once a month
 +
*Twice a year
 +
It is essential, particularly for patients having their medication administered, that the planned administration times are derived identically. For patients receiving medication, the use of the data element {{fhir|RepeatPeriodCyclicalSchedule}} is therefore mandatory in the case of dosing instructions that cannot be clearly derived. This makes it possible to always arrive at the same administration times, regardless of the information system used. For detailed examples with the data element {{fhir|RepeatPeriodCyclicalSchedule}}, see the page [[mp:V3.0_Voorbeelden_doseringen#Cyclisch|dosage examples]].<section end=herhaalperiodecyclischschema/>
  
In the comment field, for example, (limiting) health literacy competences (competences: literacy, calculation and digital skills) can be recorded, which may affect the medication administration. This part is for internal use and is not exchanged (not yet).
+
=====PeriodOfUse=====
 +
{{#lst:mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|gebruiksperiode voorschrijven }}<br>
  
'''NB.''' This part is not normative yet. This data is derived from the internal information system of the organization.
 
  
===GDS medication===
+
{{#lst:mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|onzekerheidscriterium 1 }}<br>
  
[[Bestand:Toedienlijst_Opmerkingen.png]]
 
  
GDS (medication distribution system, in Dutch: 'Geneesmiddel Distributie Systeem') is defined as a package in which medicaments are distributed in units per administration moment, labelled with the name of an individual patient/client ([https://www.knmp.nl/praktijkvoering/richtlijnen/knmp-richtlijnen-praktijkvoering/knmp-richtlijn-voor-geautomatiseerd-geneesmiddeldistributiesysteem-gds-september-2011 KNMP, 2011]). If medication is discontinued or changed, it is desired that a warning signal is shown, with the comment that, possibly, the medication is in the GDS package, and an additional act may be required. Further elaboration is needed.
+
The {{fhir|startDateTime}} of a TA may differ from that in the MA. Examples:
 +
* The patient does not collect the medication until several days after the {{fhir|startDateTime}} in the MA.
 +
* Starting or modifying GDS medication.
 +
The same applies to the {{fhir|endDateTime}}.<br>
  
===Non-GDS medication===
 
  
[[Bestand:Toedienlijst_Niet-GDS-medicatie.png]]
+
<section begin=startdatumtijd TA GDS/>If medication is to be supplied in GDS or if changes are made to GDS medication, the {{fhir|startDateTime}} of the new GDS TA is the same as the starting date of the next medication roll.<br>
  
Non-GDS medication is medication which, for various reasons, cannot be included in an automated medication distribution system. The distribution type 'non-GDS' is specified in the data element DistributionForm in the corresponding MVE. Furthermore, for non-GDS medication, the condition AsNeeded remains empty.
+
If the change must take effect before a planned roll change, the time until the medication roll change must be bridged. This can be done by supplying the medication separately during that period or by changing the medication roll immediately.<section end=startdatumtijd TA GDS/>
  
===Non-GDS medication – as needed===
+
=====MedicineForAdministrationAgreement=====
 +
Whereas in the MA the medicine is usually prescribed at PRK level, in the TA it is listed at HPK level. This level contains additional medication monitoring data relating to excipients. The TA then lists the specific commercial product that has been or will be supplied.
  
[[Bestand:Toedienlijst_Niet-GDS-medicatie_zo_nodig.png]]
+
=====RegistrationDateTime=====
 +
{{#lst:mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|registratiedatumtijd }}
  
Non-GDS medication as needed comprises separate medication which should be administered only in specific circumstances. The condition for administration of such medicament can be:
+
====<span class="anchor" id="aanwijzingen MVE"></span>Directions for recording data in the building block medication dispense====
*a measured physiological value (plasma glucose level, body temperature, blood pressure);
+
This section explains how to fill in certain data elements of the MVE in specific situations. All formal source information about the building blocks and their data elements can be found in the Dataset and Scenarios tabs in {{#lst:mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|ART-DECOR}}.
*a symptom or other condition (headache, itching).
 
The distribution type 'non-GDS' is specified in the data element DistributionForm in the corresponding MVE. Furthermore, the condition AsNeeded is filled.
 
  
==Building block instantiations==
+
=====RequestDate and MedicationDispenseDateTime=====
This paragraph describes which building block instantiations are related to the administration list. This includes only the ‘own’ building blocks (see [[#Own and other people|5.3.1]]) and only the latest, relevant instantiations (see [[#Last relevant|6.3.2]]).
+
In an MVE, both the {{fhir|RequestDate}} and the {{fhir|MedicationDispenseDateTime}} can be recorded.
 +
* {{fhir|RequestDate}}: date/time at which the supplier records a planned dispensing.
 +
* {{fhir|MedicationDispenseDateTime}}: date/time at which the actual handing out of the medication took place.
 +
Both dates are the same if the VV is processed immediately and the patient collects the medication on the same day. If the patient collects the medication at a later time than the VV was processed, these dates will differ. If the medication is not collected, no dispensing takes place and no MVE is recorded.<br>
  
===Therapeutic and logistical building blocks===
+
When using a dispensing machine, the {{fhir|MedicationDispenseDateTime}} is the date/time at which the patient collects the medication from the machine. If this date/time is not available in the AIS, the date/time at which the medication is placed in the dispensing machine may be used instead.<br>
Compiling an administration list involves therapeutic building blocks. Building blocks can be ‘overruled’ based on inference rules. All inference rules as described in [[#Medication overview and inference rules|Chapter 5]] are applicable. In addition, in this paragraph, the inference rules for WDS are described. The inference rules do not apply to MTD, as medication administration is a procedure at a certain time point; in contrast, the MA, TA and MBG comprise agreements valid for a certain period of time. The logistic building block MVE is not needed for compiling an administration list as TA includes the data-element ‘Distributievorm’ in which the type of distribution including ‘GDS-medication’ is registered.
 
  
====Administration list and inference rules====
+
If multiple dispensings are made under the same VV, each dispensing has its own {{fhir|RequestDate}} and, of course, its own {{fhir|MedicationDispenseDateTime}}.
An administration list can be compiled, for example in the administrator’s information system, based on separate medication building blocks.
 
The medication building blocks may be retrieved from the own information system or from other sources. The transaction Medication data (consulting/making available) is used for consulting and making available individual medication building blocks.
 
In the transaction group Medication data (sending/receiving), separate medication building blocks can be send to another health professional or patient directly (without prior consultation); for example, in the case of discharge or on request of a fellow health professional (for example, a patient sees a GP or pharmacist outside the region; the GP or pharmacist requests the data by telephone and receives the data digitally).
 
Both for Medication data sending/receiving and Medication data consulting/making available, data obtained from other sources is not allowed to be presented in the administration list.
 
  
===Last relevant===
+
=====DistributionForm=====
Only the latest relevant medication building blocks (per pharmaceutical treatment) are part of the administration list. This paragraph provides a description of the latest relevant building blocks for an administration list comprising medication on prescription. [[#Medication with prescription with a variable-dosing regimen|Paragraph 6.3.2.1]] describes the situation in which a variable-dosing regimen (WDS) is applicable. For WDS, the same inference rules apply as for MA. For compiling an administration list, the presence of a WDS is decisive for the instructions for use. All other situations in which WDS is not applicable, as described in [[#Last relevant|paragraph 5.3.2]], are applicable as well.
+
{{#lst:mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|distributievorm }}<br>
 +
[[#GDS-medicatie|Section 5.8]] provides an overview of all information about GDS medication.
  
Query to identify the correct, relevant and future medication building blocks:
+
===<span class="anchor" id="informatieoverdracht ter hand stellen"></span>Information transfer and system roles during sub-process Dispense===
{| class="wikitable"
+
During the Dispense sub-process, various forms of information exchange may take place. The table below shows which system roles are required for this.
 +
{| class="wikitable" style="width: 65em;"
 +
! style="text-align:left"|type of information exchange !! style="text-align:left"|system role !! system role code
 +
|-
 +
| rowspan="2"|The supplier receives a new MA, a stop-MA, or a technical stop-MA with a modified new MA from the prescriber. This may be accompanied by kidney function values, height or weight. || style="vertical-align:top;"|VoorschriftOntvangend ||style="vertical-align:top;"|MP-VOO
 +
|-
 +
| style="vertical-align:top;"|LabresultaatOntvangendSysteem  ||style="vertical-align:top;"|LAB-LRO
 +
|-
 +
| The supplier informs the prescriber about the processing of the medication prescription by sending the TA and/or stop-TA, with or without MVE. ||style="vertical-align:top;"|VoorschriftAfhandelingSturend ||style="vertical-align:top;"|MP-VAS
 +
|-
 +
| rowspan="4" style="vertical-align:top;"|The supplier can send a VMA and/or VVV to the prescriber and receive an AVMA and/or AVVV. ||style="vertical-align:top;"|VoorstelMedicatieafspraakSturend ||style="vertical-align:top;"|MP-VMS
 
|-
 
|-
! Nr
+
style="vertical-align:top;"|AntwoordVoorstelMedicatieafspraakOntvangend|| style="vertical-align:top;"|MP-AVMO
! style="text-align:left;"|Medication building block
 
! style="text-align:left;"|Query Parameter
 
! style="text-align:left;"|What should be filled in specifically?
 
 
|-
 
|-
| 1 || MA, TA, WDS || Period Of Use || All medication that should be administered today and, therefore, is applicable: Day = T, startDate = T: 00:00:00 h, endDate = T: 23:59:59 h
+
| VoorstelVerstrekkingsverzoekSturend  || MP-VVS
 
|-
 
|-
| 2 || MTD || Administration Period || Depending on medical relevance (for example, historical information on prick and patch locations may be relevant back to one week ago). For example, is one week is sufficient (another period may be chosen): Day = T, startDate = T-7 day
+
| AntwoordVoorstelVerstrekkingsverzoekOntvangend  || MP-AVVO
|}
 
 
 
If all medication building blocks are collected, the following medication data, depending on the situation, can be used:
 
{| class="wikitable"
 
 
|-
 
|-
! style="text-align:left;"|Medication building block
+
| When queried, the AIS provides the recorded medication data. || MedicatieGegevensBeschikbaarstellend  || MP-MGB
! style="text-align:left;"|Situation: only MA*
 
! style="text-align:left;"|Situation: MA + TA
 
! style="text-align:left;"|Situation: MA + TA + WDS
 
 
|-
 
|-
| MA || Decisive** for compiling the administration list (number: 2, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10) || Data from the prescriber || Data from the prescriber
+
| The supplier queries the available medication data to perform medication verification. || style="vertical-align:top;"|MedicatieGegevensRaadplegend  ||style="vertical-align:top;"| MP-MGR
 
|-
 
|-
| TA || - || Decisive** for compiling the administration list (number 2, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10) || Data from the supplier and medicine
+
| rowspan="2"|Where appropriate, the supplier can send medication data to or receive medication data from other health professionals. || MedicatieGegevensSturend  || MP-MGS
 
|-
 
|-
| WDS || - || - || Decisive** for compiling the administration list (number 5, 6, 7, 10)
+
| MedicatieGegevensOntvangend  || MP-MGO
 
|}
 
|}
<small>
+
The supplier uses a pharmacy information system (AIS). See [[#systeem|section 3.2.3]] for an overview of the system roles per information system.
* Situation in which the pharmacist has not processed the MA yet.
+
 
** ‘Decisive’ indicates the data elements which are included in the functional requirements (numbers of the elements are provided between brackets).</small>
+
==<span class="anchor" id="Deelproces Toedienen"></span>Sub-process Administer==
 +
NB: In this FD and the dataset, the functionalities in the Administer sub-process are published as a beta version (see [[#beta|section 1.5.4]]).<br>
 +
 
 +
This section describes the process of administering medication. Medication can be administered without an administration list. Section 5.4.1.2 provides several examples of this. However, this section focuses on administering medication based on an administration list. <br>
 +
There are various situations in which medication must be administered, for example in a hospital, a nursing home or in home care. Medication can be administered by professional administrators such as doctors, nurses and carers. It is also possible that the patient or their informal carer administer the medication, but need an administration list to do so. In this FD the general term 'administrator' is used.<br>
 +
 
 +
To support the implementation of this sub-process, various examples are available on the page [[mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9/praktijkvoorbeelden/gebruiken|Practical examples sub-process Administer]].
 +
 
 +
===Overview sub-process Administer===
 +
====Administering medication using an administration list====
 +
In principle, medication is administered using an administration list. When starting with an administration list, the prescriber, supplier, administrator and/or patient agree on which medication will be included on the administration list and what the intended (target) administration times are. This process may vary depending on the situation and the healthcare organisation.<br>
 +
 
 +
Prior to administration, the administrator must have an administration list with the relevant medication details for the patient. Section 5.4.2 explains the content and preparation of administration lists. <br>
  
====Medication with prescription with a variable-dosing regimen====
+
The administrator checks the medication available and the details on the administration list and, if necessary, prepares the medication for administration. The administrator administers the medication and records the administration in the MTD building block. Section 5.4.3 describes how the recording should take place in different situations.<br>
  
=====Most simple ‘happy flow’=====
+
The administrator can send a VMA or VVV to the prescriber to make a proposal regarding a patient's medication. See [[#mp voorstelgegevens|section 5.6]] for the handling of these proposal data.<br>
The most simple ‘happy flow’ in a pharmaceutical treatment is stated below.
 
  
*''MA – WDS – TA''
+
At the end of the process, the recorded data are exchanged. This allows a health professional to check which medication has been administered to a patient. This can be important, for example, when a patient is transferred to another department or institution. The exchange of information is discussed further in section 5.4.4.
  
In general, a pharmaceutical treatment starts with an MA. A TA specifies the MA. In the WDS, it is defined whether a variable-dosing regimen applies. In both the MA and the TA, the instruction ‘according to schedule thrombosis service’ is recorded. Then, in the WDS, the dosing schedule is specified. The three medication building blocks MA, TA and WDS are relevant and are part of compiling an administration list, as indicated in green below.
+
====Administering medication without administration list====
 +
Sometimes medication is administered without it being on an administration list. Examples include:
 +
* A modification of the MA has been communicated verbally, but has not yet been recorded.
 +
* Occasional administration by the general practitioner, for example of a tetanus injection or anaesthetic.
 +
* Administration of medication in emergency situations. In this case, too, the administrator records an MTD after administration. This MTD can then be the first building block with which a new MBH is started. After this, an MA and TA should still be created within this MBH.
  
<font color="00CC00">
+
===<span class="anchor" id="Toedienlijsten"></span>Administration lists===
*MA  – WDS– TA</font>
+
In order to account for which medication the administrator has administered to the patient, it must be stated on an administration list (apart from the exceptional situations in section 5.4.1). An administration list is a list of all medicines that have been prescribed to a patient and that must be administered to this patient.
<font color="gray">
+
In principle, self-care medication is not included. Self-care medication can only be included on the administration list if a prescriber has established a prescribing policy for this and has created an MA for this purpose, and/or if a supplier has created a TA for this purpose.
  
A TA refers to the MA, which is specified by the TA. Also, a WDS refers to the MA, which is specified by the WDS. A WDS is always related to an MA.
+
====Explanation of some data on administration lists====
 +
The sections below explain some data that may be important to include in an administration list. However, the exact information required for administration registration depends on the context of the administrator. The content of an administration list and the way in which an eTDR presents it can therefore differ depending on this context.
  
====New WSD====
+
=====Medication in GDS=====
*MA<font color="gray"> – WDS – <font color="00CC00">TA<font color="gray"> – <font color="00CC00">WDS<font color="gray">
+
The administration list must clearly indicate whether a medication is dispensed in a GDS. The {{fhir|DistributionForm}} data element of the TA and the MVE can be used to indicate whether GDS medication is concerned.
  
The period of use of the WDS has ended and a new dosing schedule is created.
+
=====Additional guidelines for administering medication=====
 +
Additional instructions for administering medication can be provided to the (professional) administrator and/or patient. Examples include:
 +
* Indicating that the patch should be removed when discontinuing use of a fentanyl patch.
 +
* Indicating what should be done with the other half of a tablet when dosing half a tablet.
 +
Such data cannot be recorded in a structured format. They are recorded in free text in the {{fhir|AdditionalInstructions}} data element of the MA, TA, and/or the WDS.
  
=====Change of WDS=====
+
===== (Recommended) administration times =====
<font color="00CC00">
+
An administration list requires (recommended) administration times and dosage instructions. This information can be recorded in the TA, MA or WDS. Suppliers and prescribers in the outpatient setting do not routinely record the (recommended) administration times and must therefore be alert to the fact that the patient is receiving medication. (Recommended) administration times are assumed to be flexible unless specified otherwise.<br>
*MA<font color="gray"> – WDS– <font color="00CC00">TA<font color="gray"> – <font color="red">stop-WDS<font color="gray">  – <font color="00CC00">WDS<font color="gray">  
+
If these data are missing, the administrator should check this with the prescriber or supplier.
  
The variable-dosing regimen (WDS) is changed.
+
''Flexible (recommended) administration time''<br>
 +
If the (recommended) administration time of a medication is flexible, it will usually be determined based on the administration times of other medications and the logistical rounds of the administrator.
  
=====Discontinuation of medication=====
+
''Exact administration time''<br>
*MA WDS – TA – <font color="red">stop-MA<font color="gray">
+
Sometimes a specific administration time is required, for example due to an interaction with other medication. In addition to stating the exact administration time, the administration list must also clearly indicate that no deviations from this time are permitted. This must be indicated by setting the data element {{fhir|AdministeringSchedule.IsFlexible}} to ‘no’ in MA, TA and/or WDS.
  
Medication with a WDS is discontinued by a stop of the MA.
+
''(Recommended) administration time in case of ‘as needed’ medication''<br>
 +
For ‘as needed’ medication, the administration time is not normally known in advance. However, (recommended) administration times may be provided if there is a reason to do so, for example in the case of sleep medication.
  
=====Change of trade product=====
+
''RepeatPeriodCyclicalSchedule mandatory for certain dosing instructions''<br>
<font color="00CC00">
+
Some dosing instructions cannot be easily translated into intake times. Examples include:
*MA <font color="gray">– <font color="00CC00">WDS<font color="gray"> – TA – <font color="red">stop-TA<font color="gray">  – <font color="00CC00">TA<font color="gray">
+
* Twice a week
 +
* Once a month
 +
* Twice a year
 +
It is essential, particularly for patients having their medication administered, that the planned administration times are derived identically. For those patients, the use of the data element {{fhir|RepeatPeriodCyclicalSchedule}} is therefore mandatory in the case of dosing instructions that cannot be clearly derived. This makes it possible to always arrive at the same administration times, regardless of the information system used.
  
The trade product is changed; this affects the WDS.
+
For detailed examples with the data element {{fhir|RepeatPeriodCyclicalSchedule}}, see the dosage examples page.
  
====Rules of overruling listed====
+
=====InjectionPatchSite=====
Based on the descriptions/examples above, the following general rules for overruling apply. Those rules indicate which medication building block is relevant to incorporate and present in the administration list. Within a pharmaceutical treatment:
+
For some medications, it is necessary to know where the last injection was given or where the last patch was applied. This is recorded after each administration in the {{fhir|InjectionPatchSite}} data element in the MTD.
*A new MA overrules all previous, older therapeutical medication building blocks (MA, TA, WDS) related to the MA(s) which is/are stopped by the new MA.
 
*A new TA overrules the previous, older TA related to the same MA as the new TA.
 
*A new WDS overrules all previous, older WDSs related to the same MA as the new WDS.
 
</font>
 
<font color="black">
 
  
=Information systems and transactions=
+
====Drawing up the administration list====
This chapter contains a list of all system roles and transactions that are referred to in the various process chapters.
+
To ensure that medication is administered safely and correctly, an administration list must show the relevant medication details for that administration moment. Prescribers, suppliers and administrators are responsible for providing the medication data necessary for compiling an administration list in a timely manner.
  
The figure below ([[#figuur 10|Figure 10]]) contains an overview of all information systems with their corresponding system roles (for the system roles related to the transfer of laboratory data, we refer to the [https://informatiestandaarden.nictiz.nl/wiki/Landingspagina_Labuitwisseling functional design Information standard exchange Laboratory data]). The system roles have been described in [[#tabel 3|Table 3]]. The system roles associated with consulting/making available medication data and the medication overview are important for all information systems depending on the process in which they are used. The electronic prescribing system (EPS) also includes the system roles for receiving a voorstel verstrekkingsverzoek, sending a reply voorstel verstrekkingsverzoek and receiving a voorstel medicatieafspraak and, in an outpatient situation, for sending a prescription and receiving data on the processing of a prescription. In addition to the basic system roles, a XIS and PGD also include the system roles for sending a voorstel medicatieafspraak and a voorstel verstrekkingsverzoek, for sending data on gebruik and for receiving a reply voorstel verstrekkingsverzoek. The pharmacist information system (PIS) also includes, in addition to the basic system roles, the roles for sending a voorstel medicatieafspraak, sending a voorstel verstrekkingsverzoek and data on processing of the prescription, and receiving a prescription and reply voorstel verstrekkingsverzoek. [[#Medication process|Chapter 2]] lists the main system roles per process.
+
=====Medication building blocks used in the administration list=====
 +
An administration list is compiled based on all MAs, TAs and WDSs available at the time the medication is to be administered. Data such as (recommended) administration times and instructions for use are recorded in these building blocks.  
 +
Recently registered MTDs are also important, including MTDs for changed or recently discontinued medication. These MTDs provide insight into how previous administrations went, for example with regard to the {{fhir|InjectionPatchSite}}.
 +
The administrator's information system (eTDR) retrieves the data for an administration list using the Query medication data transaction.
  
 +
=====Which data from which building block?=====
 +
Information about the {{fhir|InjectionPatchSite}} can be found in the MTD. For the other data, the following table shows in which data element of which building block they occur.<br>
  
{{anchor|figuur 10}}
+
''Table I Medication data items in data elements of MA, TA and WDS''<br>
[[Bestand:Systemen.png|Figuur 10 Overzicht systemen en systeemrollen]]
 
  
{{anchor|tabel 3}}
+
{| class="wikitable"
{| class="wikitable" "cellpadding="10"
+
! rowspan="3" style="vertical-align:bottom;"|Nr !! rowspan="3" style="text-align:left; vertical-align:bottom;"|Data item !! colspan="3"|Medication building block
!style="text-align:left;"|System role name
+
|-
!style="text-align:left;"|Abbr.
+
! colspan="3"|Data element
!style="text-align:left;"|Description
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;"| MedicatieGegevensBeschikbaarstellend
+
!  MA || TA || WDS
| style="background-color: white;"| MP-MGB
 
| style="background-color: white;"| Making medication data available to fellow health professionals/patient
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;"| MedicatieGegevensRaadplegend
+
| 1 || Medicine || style="text-align:center;"|AgreedMedicine || MedicineForAdministrationAgreement || AgreedMedicine
| style="background-color: white;"| MP-MGR
 
| style="background-color: white;"| Consulting medication data at fellow health professionals/patient
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;"| MedicatieGegevensSturend
+
| 2 || Prescriber || style="text-align:center;"|Prescriber || style="text-align:center;"|- || style="text-align:center;"|-
| style="background-color: white;"| MP-MGS
 
| style="background-color: white;"| Sending data to fellow health professional/patient
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;"| MedicatieGegevensOntvangend
+
| 3 || Supplier || style="text-align:center;"|- || style="text-align:center;"|Supplier || style="text-align:center;"|-
| style="background-color: white;"| MP-MGO
 
| style="background-color: white;"| Receiving medication data from fellow health professional/patient
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;"| MedicatieOverzichtBeschikbaarstellend
+
| 4 || Author of the WDS || style="text-align:center;"|- || style="text-align:center;"|- || style="text-align:center;"|Author
| style="background-color: white;"| MP-MOB
 
| style="background-color: white;"| Making medication overview available to fellow health professionals/patient
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;"| MedicatieOverzichtRaadplegend
+
| 5 || Start date || colspan="3"|PeriodOfUse.startDateTime
| style="background-color: white;"| MP-MOR
 
| style="background-color: white;"| Consulting medication overview at fellow health professionals/patient
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;"| MedicatieOverzichtSturend
+
| 6 || End date/duration || colspan="3"|PeriodOfUse.endDateTime, PeriodOfUse.duration
| style="background-color: white;"| MP-MOS
 
| style="background-color: white;"| Sturen medicatieoverzicht aan medebehandelaar/patiënt
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;"| MedicatieOverzichtOntvangend
+
| rowspan="8" style="vertical-align:top;"|7 || colspan="4"|'''InstructionsForUse''':
| style="background-color: white;"| MP-MOO
 
| style="background-color: white;"| Receiving medication overview from fellow health professional/patient
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;"| VoorschriftSturend
+
| Description || colspan="3"|InstructionsForUse.Description
| style="background-color: white;"| MP-VOS
 
| style="background-color: white;"| Sending a request to dispense medication (verstrekkingsverzoek) or process modifications to medicatieafspraak.
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;"| VoorschriftOntvangend
+
| Route of administration || colspan="3"|InstructionsForUse.RouteOfAdministration
| style="background-color: white;"| MP-VOO
 
| style="background-color: white;"| Receiving verstrekkingsverzoek or request for processing of modifications to medicatieafspraak.
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;"| VoorschriftAfhandelingSturend
+
| Additional instructions || colspan="3"|InstructionsForUse.AdditionalInstructions
| style="background-color: white;"| MP-VAS
 
| style="background-color: white;"| Sending data on processing of medicatieafspraak and possibly verstrekkingsverzoek in toedieningsafspraak and/or medicatieverstrekking
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;"| VoorschriftAfhandelingOntvangend
+
| Dose || colspan="3"|InstructionsForUse.DosingInstructions.Dosage.Dose
| style="background-color: white;"| MP-VAO
 
| style="background-color: white;"| Receiving data on processing of medicatieafspraak and possibly verstrekkingsverzoek in toedieningsafspraak and/or medicatieverstrekking
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;"| VoorstelVerstrekkingsverzoekSturend
+
| Administration time || colspan="3"|InstructionsForUse.DosingInstructions.Dosage.AdministeringSchedule.AdministrationTime
| style="background-color: white;"| MP-VVS
 
| style="background-color: white;"| Informing prescriber about voorstel new verstrekkingsverzoek, receiving reply to proposed verstrekkingsverzoek
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;"| VoorstelVerstrekkingsverzoekOntvangend
+
| Administration speed || colspan="3"|InstructionsForUse.DosingInstructions.Dosage.AdministeringSpeed
| style="background-color: white;"| MP-VVO
 
| style="background-color: white;"| Receiving new  voorstel verstrekkingsverzoek, sending reply to voorstel verstrekkingsverzoek
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;"| VoorstelMedicatieafspraakSturend
+
| Duration of administration || colspan="3"|InstructionsForUse.DosingInstructions.Dosage.DurationOfAdministration
| style="background-color: white;"| MP-VMS
 
| style="background-color: white;"| Informing prescriber about new voorstel or modified medicatieafspraak, receiving reply to proposed medicatieafspraak
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;"| VoorstelMedicatieafspraakOntvangend
+
| 8 || Comment || Comment, MedicationAgreementAdditionalInformation || style="text-align:center;"|Comment, AdministrationAgreementAdditionalInformation || style="text-align:center;"|Comment
| style="background-color: white;"| MP-VMO
+
|}
| style="background-color: white;"|Receiving voorstel for new or modified medicatieafspraak, sending reply to voorstel medicatieafspraak
 
|}<small>Table 3 Overview system roles</small>
 
  
Table 4 gives an overview of all transaction groups, transactions, corresponding system roles and building blocks exchanged with this transaction group. The names of the transaction groups and transactions link to the ART-DECOR publication which details per scenario which data elements are used (for the transaction groups, transactions and associated system roles related to the transfer of laboratory data, please refer to the [https://informatiestandaarden.nictiz.nl/wiki/Landingspagina_Labuitwisseling functional design Information standard exchange Laboratory data]).
+
Table I shows that various data items can appear in different building blocks. Most of the data required for the administration list are usually taken from the TA, as the TA fills in the MA in concrete terms.
 +
However, it may happen that only an MA is available. For example, if the supplier has not yet processed the MA. Whether data from this MA may be extracted for the administration list depends on the content of the AdditionalInformation data element (see [[#aanvullendeinformatie|section 5.2.5.1.1]]). This may concern new, modified or discontinued MAs.
 +
The following rules have been established for this purpose:
 +
* Data element {{fhir|AdditionalInformation}} is empty or contains ‘''Immediately on administration list or in GDS''’: the data from this MA are used to draw up the administration list.
 +
* Data element {{fhir|AdditionalInformation}} contains ‘''After regular prescription processing on administration list or in GDS''’ or ‘''Per next GDS medication role change on administration list''’: the data in this MA may not be used to draw up the administration list. Until the MA has been processed by the supplier in a TA, the existing agreements remain applicable. After processing the MA, the TA is leading for the required data on the administration list.
 +
Exception: If prescribing, dispensing and administering are recorded in a single XIS, the content of {{fhir|AdditionalInformation}} is irrelevant. The MA is then used in every situation for drawing up the administration list. This may be the case in hospitals, for example.
 +
 
 +
A WDS, too, influences which data should be extracted from which building block.
 +
 
 +
The following table indicates for various situations which building block is leading for retrieving data for the administration list for a specific medicine. The numbers refer to the data items in the previous table. This is further elaborated for various situations on the [[mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG/MA_TA_op_de_toedienlijst|Examples of application of building blocks on the administration list]] page.<br>
 +
 
 +
''Table II Which building block is leading for retrieving data for use on the administration list''<br>
 +
 
 +
{{anchor|tabel II}}
 +
{| class="wikitable" style="width:100%;"
 +
! colspan="3" | Situation
 +
! MA
 +
! TA
 +
! WDS
  
{| class="wikitable" "cellpadding="10"
 
! style="text-align:left;"| '''Transaction group'''
 
! style="text-align:left;"| '''Transaction'''
 
! style="text-align:left;"| '''System role'''
 
! style="text-align:left;"| '''Building blocks'''
 
 
|-
 
|-
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;" rowspan="2"|[http://decor.nictiz.nl/medicatieproces/mp-html-20220402T205710/sc-2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.20.77.3.131-2022-02-07T000000.html#_2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.20.77.4.299_20220207000000 Medication data (PULL)]
+
| rowspan="4" | '''A) Only MA available: supplier has not yet processed the MA'''
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|[http://decor.nictiz.nl/medicatieproces/mp-html-20220402T205710/tr-2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.20.77.4.301-2022-02-07T000000.html Making medication data available]
+
| rowspan="2" | MedicationAgreementAdditionalInformation in MA is empty or contains<br><br>
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|MP-MGB
+
''Immediately on administration list or in GDS''
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;" rowspan="2"|One or more: MA, VV, TA, MVE, MTD, MGB, WDS
+
| New MA
 +
|
 +
* Leading building block for data items #1, 5, 6, 7, 8
 +
* Prescriber data #2
 +
| style="text-align:center;" |
 +
| style="text-align:center;" |
 +
 
 
|-
 
|-
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|[http://decor.nictiz.nl/medicatieproces/mp-html-20220402T205710/tr-2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.20.77.4.300-2022-02-07T000000.html Consulting medication data]
+
| Modification or discontinuation of MA
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|MP-MGR
+
|
 +
* Leading building block for data items #1, 5, 6, 7, 8
 +
* Prescriber data #2
 +
| style="text-align:center;" |
 +
| style="text-align:center;" |
 +
 
 
|-
 
|-
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;" rowspan="2"|[http://decor.nictiz.nl/medicatieproces/mp-html-20220402T205710/sc-2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.20.77.3.131-2022-02-07T000000.html#_2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.20.77.4.302_20220207000000 Medication data (PUSH)]
+
| rowspan="2" | MedicationAgreementAdditionalInformation in MA contains<br><br>
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|[http://decor.nictiz.nl/medicatieproces/mp-html-20220402T205710/tr-2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.20.77.4.303-2022-02-07T000000.html Sending medication data]
+
''After regular prescription processing on administration list or in GDS''<br>
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|MP-MGS
+
or ''Per next GDS medication roll change on administration list''
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;" rowspan="2"|One or more: MA, VV, TA, MVE, MTD, MGB, WDS
+
| New MA
 +
| style="text-align:center;" |
 +
| style="text-align:center;" |
 +
| style="text-align:center;" |
 +
 
 
|-
 
|-
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|Receiving medication data
+
| Modification or discontinuation of MA
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|MP-MGO
+
|
 +
* Prescriber data #2
 +
|
 +
'''Existing TA:'''
 +
* Leading building block for data items #1, 5, 6, 7, 8
 +
* Supplier data #3
 +
| style="text-align:center;" |
 +
 
 
|-
 
|-
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;" rowspan="2"|[http://decor.nictiz.nl/medicatieproces/mp-html-20220402T205710/sc-2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.20.77.3.132-2022-02-07T000000.html#_2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.20.77.4.315_20220207000000 Medication overview (PULL)]
+
| '''B) MA and TA available'''
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|[http://decor.nictiz.nl/medicatieproces/mp-html-20220402T205710/tr-2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.20.77.4.317-2022-02-07T000000.html Making medication overview available]
+
| style="text-align:center;" |
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|MP-MOB
+
| style="text-align:center;" |
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;" rowspan="4"|MA, TA, MGB
+
|
 +
* Prescriber data #2
 +
|
 +
* Leading building block for data items #1, 5, 6, 7, 8
 +
* Supplier data #3
 +
| style="text-align:center;" |
 +
 
 
|-
 
|-
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|[http://decor.nictiz.nl/medicatieproces/mp-html-20220402T205710/tr-2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.20.77.4.316-2022-02-07T000000.html Consulting medication overview]
+
| '''C) MA, TA and WDS available'''
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|MP-MOR
+
| style="text-align:center;" |
|-
+
| style="text-align:center;" |
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;" rowspan="2"|[http://decor.nictiz.nl/medicatieproces/mp-html-20220402T205710/sc-2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.20.77.3.132-2022-02-07T000000.html#_2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.20.77.4.318_20220207000000 Medication overview (PUSH)]
+
|
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|[http://decor.nictiz.nl/medicatieproces/mp-html-20220402T205710/tr-2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.20.77.4.319-2022-02-07T000000.html Sending medication overview]
+
* Prescriber data #2
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|MP-MOS
+
|
|-
+
* Leading building block for data item #1
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|Receiving medication overview
+
* Supplier data #3
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|MP-MOO
+
|
|-
+
* Leading building block for data items #4, 5, 6, 7, 8
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;" rowspan="2"|[http://decor.nictiz.nl/medicatieproces/mp-html-20220402T205710/sc-2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.20.77.3.133-2022-02-07T000000.html#_2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.20.77.4.321_20220207000000 Medication prescription (PUSH)]
+
|}
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|[http://decor.nictiz.nl/medicatieproces/mp-html-20220402T205710/tr-2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.20.77.4.322-2022-02-07T000000.html Sending medication prescription]
+
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|MP-VOS
+
===Directions for recording data in the building block medication administration===
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;" rowspan="2"|MA with or without VV, height, weight, renal function value
+
After administering medication, the administrator records the administration data in the MTD building block. Any deviations from the originally intended administration (e.g. changed dosage, patient refusal, swallowing problems, side effects, etc.) are also recorded here.
|-
+
This section describes some specific situations.
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|Receiving medication prescription
+
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|MP-VOO
+
====Administration deviates from administration list====
|-
+
The administrator may, in consultation and within set frameworks, deviate from what has been recorded by the prescriber and/or supplier in the MA and/or TA. For example, in the date or time of administration, or in the amount administered. The reason for this is recorded in the data element {{fhir|MedicationAdministrationReasonForDeviation}} in the MTD.
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;" rowspan="2"|[http://decor.nictiz.nl/medicatieproces/mp-html-20220402T205710/sc-2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.20.77.3.135-2022-02-07T000000.html#_2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.20.77.4.333_20220207000000 Medication prescription processing (PUSH)]
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|[http://decor.nictiz.nl/medicatieproces/mp-html-20220402T205710/tr-2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.20.77.4.334-2022-02-07T000000.html Sending data on processing of medication prescription]
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|MP-VAS
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;" rowspan="2"|TA with or without MVE
 
|-
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|Receiving data on processing of medication prescription
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|MP-VAO
 
|-
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;" rowspan="2"|[http://decor.nictiz.nl/medicatieproces/mp-html-20220402T205710/sc-2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.20.77.3.134-2022-02-07T000000.html#_2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.20.77.4.327_20220207000000 Proposal dispense request (PUSH)]
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|[http://decor.nictiz.nl/medicatieproces/mp-html-20220402T205710/tr-2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.20.77.4.328-2022-02-07T000000.html Sending proposal dispense request]
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|MP-VVS
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;" rowspan="2"|VVV
 
|-
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|Receiving proposal dispense request
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|MP-VVO
 
|-
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;" rowspan="2"|[http://decor.nictiz.nl/medicatieproces/mp-html-20220402T205710/sc-2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.20.77.3.134-2022-02-07T000000.html#_2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.20.77.4.330_20220207000000 Reply proposal dispense request (PUSH)]
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|[http://decor.nictiz.nl/medicatieproces/mp-html-20220402T205710/tr-2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.20.77.4.331-2022-02-07T000000.html Sending reply proposal dispense request]
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|MP-VVO
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;" rowspan="2"|AVVV
 
|-
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|Receiving reply proposal dispense request
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|MP-VVS
 
|-
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;" rowspan="2"|[http://decor.nictiz.nl/medicatieproces/mp-html-20220402T205710/sc-2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.20.77.3.134-2022-02-07T000000.html#_2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.20.77.4.324_20220207000000 Proposal medication agreement (PUSH)]
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|[http://decor.nictiz.nl/medicatieproces/mp-html-20220402T205710/tr-2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.20.77.4.325-2022-02-07T000000.html Sending proposal medication agreement]
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|MP-VMS
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;" rowspan="2"|VMA with or without height, weight
 
|-
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|Receiving proposal medication agreement
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|MP-VMO
 
|-
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;" rowspan="2"|[http://decor.nictiz.nl/medicatieproces/mp-html-20220402T205710/sc-2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.20.77.3.134-2022-02-07T000000.html#_2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.20.77.4.372_20220302000000 Reply proposal medicationagreement (PUSH)]
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|[http://decor.nictiz.nl/medicatieproces/mp-html-20220402T205710/tr-2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.20.77.4.373-2022-03-02T000000.html Sending reply proposal medicationagreement]
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|MP-VMO
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;" rowspan="2"|AVMA
 
|-
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|Receiving reply proposal medicationagreement
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|MP-VMS
 
|}<small>Table 4 Overview transaction groups</small>
 
  
[[#Medication process|Chapter 2]] lists for each process only the relevant transactions per process step. The transaction groups are not included in this. Table 4 includes all transaction groups and transactions.
+
====Administration did not take place====
 +
If it is not possible to administer a medication, this can be recorded in the MTD by entering 0 in the {{fhir|AdministeredAmount}}, possibly with an explanation in the {{fhir|Comment}} data element. If it is not the intention to administer the medication at a later time, this can also be indicated in that data element.
  
=Functionality=
+
====Postponing an administration====
This chapter describes indications for the functionality of an information system.
+
If administration is not successful, it can be decided in consultation with the prescriber or supplier to administer the medicine at a later time, provided this falls within the agreements made regarding flexible administration times. An initial MTD with an {{fhir|AdministeredAmount}} of 0 can also be recorded, and a new MTD if the medication is administered later.
  
==Filtering medication from 2nd/3rd line (all information systems)==
+
====Correcting an MTD that has already been recorded====
An institution makes <u>all</u> its medication data (all building blocks) available. Not all data may be relevant for the receiving health professionals. Receiving information systems may therefore include a filter depending on the requirements of the specific health professional/patient. The list below (Table 5) includes medication types of which it has been determined that medicatietoediening <u>during</u> admission is relevant for health professionals outside the institution.
+
It may happen that an MTD that has already been recorded needs to be corrected because the administration took place differently than was recorded. If the MTD has not yet been made available, the administrator can adjust or delete it in their own information system.
 +
If the MTD has already been shared with other health professionals, corrections are made by recording and making available additional MTDs. The data element {{fhir|AdministeredAmount}} can be used for this. The value of this data element can be negative in a corrective MTD. In case of corrections, the final quantity administered is then equal to the sum of the {{fhir|AdministeredAmount}} in all recorded MTDs.
 +
In {{fhir|MedicationAdministrationReasonForDeviation}} the reason for the correction can be indicated, for example 'incorrect registration of medication' or ‘Medication spat out by patient'.
  
{{anchor|tabel 5}}
+
===Information exchange and system roles during sub-process Administer===
{| class="wikitable" "cellpadding="10"
+
During the Administer sub-process, various forms of information exchange may take place. The table below shows which system roles are required for this.
! style="text-align:left;"| ATC-code
+
{| class="wikitable"
! style="text-align:left;"| Name
+
! type of information exchange !! system role !! system role code
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|L01
+
| The administrator queries a patient’s available medication data for drawing up the administration list || MedicatieGegevensRaadplegend || MP-MGR
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|Cytostatics
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| L03AX03
+
| When queried, the eTDR provides the recorded medication data. || MedicatieGegevensBeschikbaarstellend || MP-MGB
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|BCG vaccine, urology
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|L04AA23; L04AA25; L04AA26; L04AA33; L04AA34; L04AB; L04AC
+
| rowspan="2"|Where appropriate, the administrator can send medication data to or receive medication data from other health professionals. || MedicatieGegevensSturend || MP-MGS
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|Immunosuppressive agents
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|B03AC; B03XA; B06AC
+
| MedicatieGegevensOntvangend || MP-MGO
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|Iron, erythropoietin, drugs used in angioedema
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|G03GA; G03GB02
+
| rowspan="4"|The administrator can send a VMA and/or VVV to the prescriber and receive an AVMA and/or AVVV. || VoorstelMedicatieafspraakSturend || MP-VMS
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|Gonadotropins (HCG, etc.), clomiphene
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|H01CA; H01CC; L02AE04
+
| AntwoordVoorstelMedicatieafspraakOntvangend || MP-AVMO
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|Gonadorelin, hypothalamic hormones, triptorelin
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|J06; J07
+
| VoorstelVerstrekkingsverzoekSturend || MP-VVS
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|Immunoglobulins, vaccines
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|M03AX01
+
| AntwoordVoorstelVerstrekkingsverzoekOntvangend || MP-AVVO
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|Botulinum toxin
+
|}
|-
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|R03DX05
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|Omalizumab
 
|-
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|S01LA04; S01LA05; S01LA
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|OOphthalmological antineovascularisation agents
 
|}<small>Table 5 Types of clinical medication relevant for external health professionals</small>
 
  
==Making medication data available (all information systems)==
+
When administering medication, an electronic administration registration system (eTDR) is used. See [[#systeem|section 3.2.3]] for an overview of the system roles per information system.
All <u>proprietary</u> medication data may be made available when the patient has given his consent (in accordance with applicable laws and regulations). Data received from third parties copied (health care provider/patient) in one’s own information system and marked as ‘copy’, are not made available. The only exception is the transaction Medicatiegegevens (Medication data)  PUSH and PULL and Medication overview PUSH and PULL, in which case third parties’ building blocks are made available on the condition that they include the original identification label (see also [[#Introduction 2|paragraph 5.1]]).
 
  
==Notification date or dispense date (pharmacist information system)==
+
==Sub-process Use==
The notification date and the actual dispense date may be recorded in the medicatieverstrekking. When a verstrekkingsverzoek is processed immediately and the patient picks up the medication that same day, both dates will be the same. When the patient picks up the medication one or several days later, different dates must be entered. The dispense date is the date on which the medicatieverstrekking has actually taken place. The request date is the time at which a pharmacy records an intended medicatieverstrekking. When medication is dispensed on several occasions as part of the same verstrekkingsverzoek (for example, when prescriptions are split), each medicatieverstrekking has its own request date. When an automated dispense system is being used, the dispense date is the time at which the patient picks up the medication from the dispense system. Until this time is available in the PIS, the time at which the medication is deposited in the automated dispense system may be used. See also [[#Request and dispense|paragraph 4.2.5]].
+
This section describes the process of using medication and the recording of this use by a patient or their representative. Hereafter only the word ‘patient’ will be used.<br>
 +
Data about the patient's medication use can also be recorded by health professionals, for example during medication verification (see [[#Deelproces Medicatieverificatie|section 5.1]]).<br>
  
==Updating after system malfunction==
+
To support the implementation of this sub-process, various examples are available on the [[mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG/praktijkvoorbeelden/gebruiken|Practical examples sub-process Use]] page.
After a system malfunction, the prescriber’s information system needs to determine whether changes have been made to medicatieafspraken. For use cases and rationale, see [[#Discontinuation of medication by third parties|Discontinuation of medication by third parties]] and [[#Two PRKs in a single medicamenteuze behandeling|Two PRKs in a single medicamenteuze behandeling]].
 
  
==Construction for ‘once every 36 hours’ interval==
+
===Overview sub-process Use===
When the dosing instruction reads ‘1 tablet every 36 hours’, this may normally be recorded in one medicatieafspraak (dose: 1 tablet, interval: 36 hours). However, when a information system does not go beyond an interval of, for example, 24 hours, another solution needs to be found.
+
The patient uses prescribed medication and/or self-care medication. This may also concern medication from abroad. This use may be in accordance with the agreements in MA and/or TA and/or WDS (for prescription medication), or in accordance with the instructions for use on the package (for self-care medication). The patient can also deviate from this.<br>
  
''Variation 1:''
+
If a new or modified MA or VV is required, a patient can contact the prescriber by sending a VMA or VVV. See [[#mp voorstelgegevens|section 5.6]] for further information about proposal data.<br>
Making use of an ‘as needed’ instruction with the criterion: ‘36 hours have passed since the last medicatietoediening’. This does however come with a certain amount of freedom that may not be desirable.
 
  
''Variation 2:''
+
Patients with a PGO or patient portal can view their medication data using the Query medication data transaction. They can also record their medication use in the medication building block MGB. The patient can record, among other things, for each medicine used:
A repeating dosing schedule can be created, with alternation between administration in the morning, administration in the evening and a day without medicatietoediening:
+
* Is the medicine used or not?
Repeat period: 3 days
+
* Is it used according to agreement (in MA/TA/WDS)?
Dosage instruction
+
* If not, in what way does the patient deviatee from the agreement?
  Sequence number: 1
+
* If applicable, the reason for deviation or discontinuation, for example side effects.
  Dosage duration: 1 day
+
The recording of MGBs by the patient is optional. Information about their medication use in the form of MGBs recorded by the patient will therefore not always be available.<br>
  Dosage
 
    Dose per administration: 1 tablet
 
    Administration time: 9 am (per example, this could also be a part of the day)
 
  Sequence number: 2
 
  Dosage duration: 1 day
 
  Dosage
 
  Dose per administration: 1 tablet
 
  Administration time: 9 pm (per example, this could also be a part of the day)
 
  
If it is not technically possible to choose a 36 hours interval, variation 2 applies.
+
For patients who need to have their medication administered, the administration data are recorded by the administrator in an MTD, see [[#Deelproces Toedienen|section 5.4]]. However, some of these patients do take the medication themselves. If they record this in an MGB, it may differ from the data in the MTD.<br>
  
==EVS / HIS processing Regulation processing==
+
The recorded data (MGB) are made available to the relevant health professionals.
The prescribing information system is informed by the pharmacist of all dispensings and changes in toedieningsafspraken through the transaction Afhandeling voorschrift (settlement prescription). This handling must be automatically processed in the prescribing information system. The prescriber only assesses the toedieningsafspraken and does not have to assess all the dispensings (verstrekkingen).
 
  
==Examples dosages==
+
===<span class="anchor" id="aanwijzing mgb"></span>Directions for recording data in the building block medication use===
See [[mp:V9.2.0.0_Voorbeelden_doseringen|examples dosages 9 2.0.0]] (both functional and technical effect in HL7v3 CDA and in FHIR)
+
In the context of this section, this concerns patients who themselves record data about their use. The table below shows how the data elements in the MGB building block should be filled in in various situations.
 +
{{#lst:mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|tabel medicatiegebruik}}
  
==Medicatiegebruik: use indicator, according to agreement indicator, stop type, period of use and dosing instructions==
+
===Information exchange and system roles during sub-process Use===
 +
During the Use sub-process, various forms of information exchange may take place. The table below shows which system roles are required for this.
 
{| class="wikitable"
 
{| class="wikitable"
 +
! style="text-align:left;"|type of information exchange!! style="text-align:left;"|System role !! system role code
 
|-
 
|-
|style="text-align:center;" |Situation || 1. Medication is/will be used during period of use according to agreement|| 2. Medication is/will be used during period of use, but not according to agreement || 3. Contrary to agreement, medication is/will not be used during period of use || 4. Medication is/will not be used during period of use, which is according to agreement || 5.Medication is used during period of use but it is unknown if this is according to agreement (selfmedication)
+
| When queried, the patient’s information system provides the recorded medication data. || MedicatieGegevensBeschikbaarstellend|| MP-MGB
|-
 
! Use indicator (is this product being used) <br> !! Yes!! Yes !! No !! N/A (because this would lead to a double negative otherwise) !! Yes
 
|-
 
! According to agreement indicator !! No!! No !! No!! Yes!! -
 
|-
 
! Stoptype!! N/A!! N/A!! Discontinuation or Stop  !! Definitve of Temporary !! N/A
 
 
|-
 
|-
| || || || Stoptype depends if agreement is being stoped or dicontinued || Stoptype in acoordance with stop-agreement ||
+
| The patient can query their medication data. || MedicatieGegevensRaadplegend || MP-MGR
 
|-
 
|-
! Period of use!! In accordance with MA or TA !!  Max. 2 out of 3 !! Max. 2 out of 3 !! Max. 2 out of 3 !! Max. 2 out of 3
+
| rowspan="4" style="vertical-align:top;"|The patient can send a VMA and/or VVV to the prescriber and receive an AVMA and/or AVVV. || VoorstelMedicatieafspraakSturend || MP-VMS
 
|-
 
|-
|style="text-align:right;" | start date || The time at which the medicatiegebruik was started. ||The time at which the deviating medicatiegebruik was/will be started. . || Contrary to agreement, medication is/will not be used during period of use || The time at which the medicatiegebruik was/will be discontinued. || The time at which the medicatiegebruik was started.
+
AntwoordVoorstelMedicatieafspraakOntvangend || MP-AVMO
 
|-
 
|-
|style="text-align:right;" | duration of medicatiegebruik|| The intended duration of medicatiegebruik. || The intended duration of deviating medicatiegebruik. || The (intended) duration of non-use||The (intended) duration of non-use. || The intended duration of medicatiegebruik.
+
VoorstelVerstrekkingsverzoekSturend || MP-VVS
 
|-
 
|-
|style="text-align:right;" | end date  || The time at which the period of use ends (or has ended or will end).  || The time at which the period of deviating use ends (or has ended or will end).  || The time at which the use was/will be resumed (or is intended to resume).|| The time at which the medicatiegebruik was/will be resumed (or is intended to resume). || The time at which the period of use ends (or has ended or will end).
+
AntwoordVoorstelVerstrekkingsverzoekOntvangend || MP-AVVO
|-
 
! Dosing instructions!! In accordance with MA or TA!! Required!! N/A !! N/A!! Required
 
|-
 
| || Medication was/will be used during the period of use according to the agreement, therefore dosage is known.  || Medication was/will not be used according to the agreement, the actual dosage used must be communicated. || The medication was/will not be used, there is no dosage.  || The medication was/will not be used, there is no dosage. || Dosage tha the patient has agreed upon himself
 
|}
 
'''Examples:'''<br>
 
'''Situation 1a: Medication is / is used during the period of use according to agreement'''<br>
 
Patient has been prescribed Ferrofumarate for anemia. Dosage is 1 tablet 3 times a day half a hour before eating, with a start date of June 4, 2018 and no end date.<br>
 
On 10 June, the patient registers the medicatiegebruik for the past period (from 4 to 10 June).<br>
 
{| class="wikitable"
 
|-
 
! Situation 1a !!
 
|-
 
| Medication || FERROFUMARATE 100MG TABLET
 
|-
 
| Use indicator || Yes
 
|-
 
| According to indicator agreement || Yes
 
|-
 
| Stoptype || Not applicable
 
|-
 
| Start date|| 4 June 2018
 
|-
 
| End date || 10 June 2018
 
|-
 
| Dosing instruction || ''According agreement''
 
 
|}
 
|}
 +
The patient uses a PGO or a patient portal. See [[#systeem|section 3.2.3]] for an overview of the system roles per information system.
 +
 +
==<span class="anchor" id="mp voorstelgegevens"></span>Proposal data==
 +
NB: In this FD and the dataset, the proposal data are published as a beta version (see [[#beta|section 1.5.4]]).
  
'''Situation 1b: Medication is / is used during the period of use according to agreement'''<br>
+
A prescriber may receive a proposal from a supplier, other health professional (including other prescribers), or from the patient regarding their pharmaceutical treatment. The following proposal data are available within MP9:
Patient has been prescribed Ferrofumarate for anemia. Dosage is 1 tablet 3 times a day half an hour before eating, with a start date of June 4, 2018 and no end date.<br>
+
* Proposal medication agreement (VMA) for proposals regarding the MA, with an optional reason for this proposal.
On 10 June, the patient registers the medicatiegebruik for the past period (from 4 to 10 June).
+
* Reply proposal medication agreement (AVMA) for answering the VMA.
<br>
+
* Proposal dispense request (VVV) for proposals relating to the VV, with optionally a reason for this proposal.
{| class="wikitable"
+
* Reply proposal dispense request (AVVV), for answering the VVV.
|-
+
In response to a proposal, the prescriber always sends an answer to the proposer. If the proposal leads to a new prescription, this will be sent to the supplier.
! Situation 1b !!
 
|-
 
| Medication || FERROFUMARATE 100MG TABLET
 
|-
 
| Use indicator || Yes
 
|-
 
| According to indicator agreement || Yes
 
|-
 
| Stoptype || Not applicable
 
|-
 
| Start date|| 4 June 2018
 
|-
 
| End date || -
 
|-
 
| Dosing instruction || ''According agreement''
 
|}
 
  
'''Situation 2: Medication is / is used during the period of use, but not by agreement'''<br>
+
===Proposal medication agreement===
Patient has been prescribed Ferrofumarate for anemia. Dosage is 1 tablet 3 times a day half an hour before eating, with a start date of June 4, 2018 and no end date.<br>
+
A proposer can send a VMA to the prescriber. This may concern a proposal to modify, stop or continue an existing MA, or to start a new MA. A prescriber who receives a VMA selects one of three possible responses:
The patient is on the road a lot during the day and forgets for a week to take the medicines for lunch. However, the tablets are taken in the morning and evening before eating.<br>
+
* ‘Accepted’: the prescriber fully agrees with the proposal that has been made. In that case, the following data will be copied exactly from the VMA into the new MA:
{| class="wikitable"
+
{| class="wikitable" style="width:45em;"
 +
! style="text-align:left;"|data element
 
|-
 
|-
! Situation 2 !!
+
| PeriodOfUse
 
|-
 
|-
| Medication || FERROFUMARATE 100MG TABLET
+
| AgreedMedicine
 
|-
 
|-
| Use indicator || Yes
+
| MedicationAgreementStopType
 
|-
 
|-
| According to indicator agreement || No
+
| ReasonModificationOrDiscontinuation
 
|-
 
|-
| Stoptype || Not applicable
+
| PrescriptionReason
 
|-
 
|-
| Start date|| 11 June
+
| InstructionsForUse, with the exception of the description. An XIS can choose to copy the description upon querying, or generate it itself from the structured fields.
 
|-
 
|-
| End date || 15 June
+
| AdditionalInformation
 
|-
 
|-
| Dosing instruction || 1 tablet 2 times a day
+
| Comment
|}
 
'''Situation 3:  Contrary to the agreement, the medication is / is not used during the period of use'''<br>
 
Patient has been prescribed Ferrofumarate for anemia. Dosage is 1 tablet 3 times a day half an hour before eating, with a start date of June 4, 2018 and no end date.<br>
 
The patient goes on vacation for a long weekend and finds out too late that the medication is not packed. The patient will not take the tablets for the next few days and wants to record it.<br>
 
{| class="wikitable"
 
 
|-
 
|-
! Situation 3 !!
 
|-
 
| Medication || FERROFUMARATE 100MG TABLET
 
|-
 
| Use indicator || No
 
|-
 
| According to indicator agreement || No
 
|-
 
| Stoptype || Temporary
 
|-
 
| Start date|| 20 July
 
|-
 
| End date || 23 July
 
|-
 
| Dosing instruction || Not applicable
 
 
|}
 
|}
'''Situation 4: Medication is / is not used during the period of use and that is also by agreement'''<br>
+
 
Patient has been prescribed Ferrofumarate for anemia. Dosage is 1 tablet 3 times a day half an hour before eating, with a start date of June 4, 2018.<br>
+
* ‘Accepted with changes’: The prescriber agrees to the proposed pharmaceutical product but makes a therapeutic change in the MA compared to the VMA.
On August 12, it turns out after checking that there is no longer anemia and the doctor stops the medication. The patient wants to register that she has stopped taking the medication and registers this herself on August 15.<br>
+
* ‘Rejected’: If the prescriber does not agree with the PRK of the proposed pharmaceutical product, the proposal is considered 'rejected' and an MA with another pharmaceutical product is made. In addition, the entire proposal can be rejected and no MA is made. In both cases an explanation must be given.
{| class="wikitable"
+
 
|-
+
===Proposal dispense request===
! Situation 4 !!
+
A proposer can send a VVV to the prescriber. This concerns a request for a repeat prescription. A prescriber who receives a VVV selects one of three possible responses:
 +
* ‘Accepted’: the prescriber fully agrees with the proposal that has been made. In that case, the following data will be copied exactly from the VVV into the new VV:
 +
{| class="wikitable" style="width:20em;"
 +
! style="text-align:left;"|data element
 
|-
 
|-
| Medication || FERROFUMARATE 100MG TABLET
+
| MedicineToBeDispensed
 
|-
 
|-
| Use indicator || No
+
| Amount
 
|-
 
|-
| According to indicator agreement || Yes
+
| NumberOfRefills
 
|-
 
|-
| Stoptype || Definite
+
| ValidityPeriod
 
|-
 
|-
| Start date|| 12 August 2018
+
| DispenseLocation
 
|-
 
|-
| End date || -
+
| AdditionalWishes
 
|-
 
|-
| Dosing instruction || Not applicable
+
| FinancialIndicationCode
|}
 
'''Situation 5:  Medication is used during the period of use, but it is unknown whether this is by appointment or there is no appointment (self-care medication)'''<br>
 
Patient has the flu and he takes paracetamol 500 mg from the local drug store for fever and pain. He has been taking 4 to 6 tablets a day for four days and expects to do this for another three days. He registers this on August 12 as medicatiegebruik.<br>
 
{| class="wikitable"
 
 
|-
 
|-
! Situation 5 !!
+
| Comment
 
|-
 
|-
| Medication || Paracetemol 500mg
+
| RelationMedicationAgreement
 
|-
 
|-
| Use indicator || Yes
 
|-
 
| According to indicator agreement || -
 
|-
 
| Stoptype || Not applicable
 
|-
 
| Start date|| 9 August 2018
 
|-
 
| End date || 7 days
 
|-
 
| Dosing instruction || 4 to 6 tablets a day
 
 
|}
 
|}
 +
* ‘Accepted with changes’: The prescriber agrees to the proposed pharmaceutical product but makes another change in the VV compared to the VVV.
 +
* ‘Rejected’: If the prescriber does not agree with the PRK of the proposed pharmaceutical product, the proposal is considered 'rejected'. A VV with a different pharmaceutical product follows.
 +
Another possibility is that the IntendedSupplier is changed. This, too, is seen as a rejection. The supplier making the proposal will receive the rejection if no dispensing is required.
 +
Finally, the prescriber can reject the VVV completely. An explanation must be given in all these cases.
  
==Implementation of medication distribution system (GDS) fields==
+
===Dispensing before approval by prescriber===
  
===Background===
+
When the prescriber issues a prescription based on the VMA or VVV, it is sent to the supplier. The supplier then processes the prescription. In exceptional cases, a supplier may dispense before the prescriber has responded to the VMA. This is done on the basis of professional judgement, regional agreements or a verbal agreement. This may involve:
More and more patients are receiving their medication through Individualized Distribution Forms (In dutch geindividualiseerde distributie vorm), with the pharmacist providing patients overview and organization of their drugs by preparing them in separate compartment units. This form of delivery took off when the Medicines Act in 2007 stipulated that in healthcare institutions without a pharmacy, the medication should be individually registered for the patients.
+
* An additional medicine that is routinely given with another product. For example, a laxative with an opioid.
 +
* A substitute. The pharmaceutical product in the TA may differ from the MA (see [[#TA|section 5.3.2]]). For clarity in the chain, it may be desirable to adjust the MA accordingly, for example for the purposes of an administration list. For this, the supplier can send a VMA to the prescriber.
  
It is important for health professionals to know whether a patient is using GDS. In 2018, an analysis was conducted (under the direction of Z-Index, with health professionals) of the bottlenecks and wishes regarding the recording of a patient using GDS. Overall, it has emerged that it is desirable to be able to see whether a patient is using GDS at both the medication level and the patient level. For details see next paragraph.
+
==<span class="anchor" id="mp klinische situatie"></span>Medication process in the clinical situation==
 +
This section contains additional information about the medication process in clinical situations. This concerns patients who are admitted to, for example, a hospital, a mental health clinic, a nursing home or other institutions.<br>
  
The directions below provide guidance on how the Medication Process can support these needs.
+
The medication process in the hospital-based outpatient clinic is not covered here. This corresponds to the outpatient situation as described in sections 5.1 to 5.5.
  
===Wishes of care providers===
+
''<u>'''NB'''</u>: At present (Q1 2026), the information is still limited to a summary of what was contained in FD v3.0.0 rc1.''
In 2018, an inventory was made with the user councils of Z-Index about the wishes regarding the recording and exchange of GDS. Below is an overview of these wishes.<br>
 
  
'''Who'''
+
===Some points of attention in the clinical situation===
*All healthcare parties (from prescriber to operator)
+
The clinical medication process is largely the same as described in the previous sections, with a few differences and points to note:
'''What'''
 
*Determines which pharmacy delivers
 
*Pharmacy must know whether the change applies to the current roll or not
 
*Important for stopping previous medication at the start of GDS
 
*Evaluation of GDS patients for health insurer
 
*Other logistics processes towards home care / informal care
 
  
'''Why'''
+
'''Medication supply'''<br>
*Determines which pharmacy delivers
+
During hospitalisation, medicines are generally supplied by the hospital pharmacy. In other institutions, this may be done by public, institutional or hospital pharmacies.
*Pharmacy must know whether the change applies to the current roll or not
 
*Important for stopping previous medication at the start of GDS
 
*Evaluation of GDS patients for health insurer
 
*Other logistics processes towards home care / informal care
 
  
'''When'''
+
'''Provisional and definitive medication orders'''<br>
*When starting medication, in a pharmacy already before notification of prescription
+
In the clinical situation, the term ‘provisional medication order’ (VMO) is used. In MP9, a VMO is recorded in the form of a medication agreement (MA). The application of the MA in a clinical situation is slightly broader than in an outpatient situation. In addition to an agreement between the prescriber and the patient about the use of medication, it is also:
*When transferring 1st / 2nd line
+
* an instructing order to the supplier to ensure that the medication is available for administration.
*When changing (incl. Stopping) medication
+
* an instructing order to the administrator to administer the medication.
*When changing CiO data
 
  
'''Where'''
+
The hospital pharmacist usually validates the administration request. This results in a ‘final medication order’, comparable to the TA.
*When working in the patient's file, it should be clear that this characteristic applies to the patient concerned. This can be different for each type of care provider (patient file, medication file). The wish of public pharmacists is that they always have this characteristic available for a specific patient.
 
*On medication overview
 
  
===Data elements Medication process===
+
'''Dispense request and medication dispense'''<br>
The building blocks for the Medication Process have the following fields that play a role in recording GDS.<br>
+
In a hospital, no VV is required during admission. The hospital pharmacist ensures that the medicine is available for the duration of the MA.  Usually, no MVE will be recorded either.<br>
 +
Sometimes medication is taken from the ward stock. Replenishing this stock is not considered medication dispense in the sense of this FD.<br>
 +
If the medication for an institution is supplied by a public pharmacy, VV and MVE may be recorded.
  
{| class="wikitable" "cellpadding="10"
+
'''Administration list'''<br>
! style="text-align:left;"| '''Buildingblock '''
+
During admission, an administration list is available for all patients receiving medication and (target) administration times are recorded as standard.
! style="text-align:left;"| '''Data-element nr'''
 
! style="text-align:left;"| '''Description'''
 
! style="text-align:left;"| '''Type of content '''
 
|-
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| Medicatieafspraak
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|23283
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|Additional information
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|Additional information contains a list of details of the medicatieafsrpaak that are important for pharmacovigilance monitoring and completion by a pharmacist.
 
  
For example: "change in GDS immediately"..
+
===Medication process during admission and discharge===
|-
+
Many changes in MAs and TAs can occur during admission and discharge. The generic sub-processes (Medication verification, Prescribe, Dispense, Administer) remain applicable, as described in sections 5.1 to 5.4. The sections below summarise the process from a clinical perspective.
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| Verstrekkingsverzoek
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|22759
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|Supplementary wishes
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|Logistical instructions important for the completion of the dispensing request by the pharmacist.
 
  
For example: "do not include in GDS"
+
====Prior to admission====
|-
+
Medication verification is usually carried out prior to admission. In the case of emergency admissions, this will often not be possible. However, it may be possible to do this later during the admission.
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;" rowspan="4"| Verstrekking
+
The patient's medication may need to be adjusted prior to admission:
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|20927
+
* Starting new medication
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|Distribution form
+
* Modifying, interrupting or discontinuing current medication
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|Distribution form.
+
If the admission date is not yet known, the data element {{fhir|PeriodOfUse.Condition}} in the relevant MA or stop-MA can be used to specify how many days before admission the adjustment must take place. As soon as the admission date is known or is changed, this is recorded in a new MA.<br>
 +
See the page [[mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG/voorbeelden_onzekerheidscriterium|Examples uncertainty condition]] for details on how to use this condition.
  
For example: GDS
+
====During admission====
|-
+
At the start of an admission, the medication the patient is already taking is reviewed. Various decisions can be made regarding this medication:
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|20924
+
* Unchanged continuation of medication use
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|Consumption period
+
* Generic substitution of medication
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|Stock for this duration
+
* Discontinuation of medication
|-
+
* Modification of medication
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|22500
+
* Temporary interruption of medication
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|Registration date
+
* Pharmacotherapeutic substitution of medication
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|The registration date is the time when a pharmacist records an intended dispensing
+
These processes generally proceed as described in sections 5.2.2.1 to 5.2.2.5. This is briefly explained in the following sections.<br>
|-
+
Medication verification may also take place during the admission period.
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|20272
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|Date
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|The time of the dispensing. The date when the medicine is made available to the patient
 
|}
 
  
===Application of data elements to support desired functionality for GDS patients===
+
=====Unchanged continuation of medication use during admission=====
====Recording that someone uses GDS====
+
The patient continues to use their medication from the outpatient situation unchanged (see [[#Continueren medicatie|section 5.2.2.2]]).
When working in the patient's file it is important to see that someone is using GDS. This applies to the pharmacy that supplies the GDS, as well as other care providers of the patient. It is therefore important that this information can be communicated with and shown to other health professionals.
+
* The MA and TA from the outpatient situation continue during admission and after discharge.
  
As long as there is no patient characteristic with which GDS can be registered, it can be decided to derive this information from the GDS data that have been recorded with the medication. A possible handle for this is the fact that medication is included in the distribution module together with the Distribution form field in the verstrekking (dispensing).
+
=====<span class="anchor" id="generieke substitutie"></span>Generic substitution of medication during admission=====
*Step 1: if medication is included in the distribution module: fill in the Distribution form field in the verstrekking with 'GDS'.
+
During admission, the patient receives a different medicine than in the outpatient situation. This medicine has the same active ingredient, in the same quantity and pharmaceutical form. The PRK therefore remains the same.
*Step 2: Based on the Distribution form field, deduce that a patient is using GDS. The fact that a patient has a dispensing (vertrekking) where the Distribution form field is filled with "GDS" indicates that the patient is using GDS. This dispensing can be a private dipsenisn, or it can be dispensed from another pharmacy (insofar as this data is collected and recorded in such a way that the contents of the Distribution form field are reusable). The fact that a patient uses GDS can then be shown when working in the medication file or the patient file. In consultation with end users, it should be further determined where and how this is shown.
+
* The MA continues during admission and after discharge.
 +
* The TA from the outpatient situation is stopped upon admission (stop type ‘stopped’). After discharge, the provider from the outpatient situation creates a new TA for the MA.
 +
* A new TA is created for the medication during admission. This is stopped upon discharge.
  
====Recording why someone uses GDS====
+
=====Discontinuation of medication during admission=====
Users have indicated that it is desirable to be able to record why someone uses GDS. There are currently no structural fields available for this.
+
The patient must permanently stop taking the medication prescribed in the outpatient setting (see [[#Stoppen medicatie|section 5.2.2.3]] and [[#stoppen TA|5.3.2.3]]).
 +
* The MA and TA are stopped upon admission (stop type ‘stopped’).
  
====Record for medication that this must be in the GDS====
+
=====Modification of medication during admission=====
Prescribers want to be able to indicate whether or not a medicine should be provided via GDS. This can be done as follows:
+
A modification is made to the medication from the outpatient situation, for example in terms of dosage (see [[#wijzigen medicatie|section 5.2.2.4]] and [[#wijzigen TA|5.3.2.4]]). This follows the regular modification process:
*Verstrekkingsverzoek, Additional wishes (aanvullende wensen) field. The code list for this field contains the item "not in GDS". This code list is thesaurus 2051 from file 902 in the G-Standard.
+
* The MA and TA from the outpatient situation are stopped with technical stop-MA and stop-TA (stop type ‘stopped’).
 +
* A new MA and TA are recorded with the modification; these are stopped upon discharge.
 +
* Upon discharge, a new MA and TA are created for the outpatient situation.
  
====Establishing / exchanging the duration of a medication roll====
+
=====Temporary interruption of medication during admission=====
The duration of the medication roll can be determined on the basis of the "duration of use" of the provision: the "duration of use" indicates the duration of a medication roll.
+
Interrupting medication from the outpatient situation upon admission and resuming it upon discharge follows the process described in [[#tijdelijk|section 5.2.2.5]].
 +
* The MA and TA from the outpatient situation are temporarily stopped, with stop type ‘suspended’.
 +
* Upon discharge, a resumption MA and TA are created for the outpatient situation.
  
====Establishing / exchanging whether a change in the medication should be effective immediately or not====
+
=====Pharmacotherapeutic substitution during admission=====
It is desirable that a prescriber can indicate whether changes in the medication should be implemented immediately or that they can wait until the next roll change. The handles for this are as follows:
+
During admission, the patient receives a different medicine than in the outpatient situation. This medicine is registered for the same indication, but contains a different active substance and therefore has a different PRK (e.g. omeprazole/pantoprazole).
*Medicatieafspraak, Additional information (aanvullende informatie) field. The code list for this field contains two items that relate to changes in the GDS, namely "Change in GDS immediately" and "Change in GDS per roll change". This code list is thesaurus 2050 from file 902 in the G-Standard.
+
* The MA and TA from the outpatient situation are temporarily stopped, with the stop type ‘suspended’ (see [[#tijdelijk|section 5.2.2.5]]).
*It is important that the prescriber has insight into the duration of the roll and how long it will take before the current medication roll is used up. This can be deduced from:
+
* A new MA and TA are recorded for the other medicine. This is done in a different MBH, because the medicine has a different PRK. The new MA and TA are stopped upon discharge.
**The verstrekking, period of use (verbruiksduur), see above. For this, the prescribing system must have access to the verstrekking data of previous verstrekkingen (dispensings).
+
* Upon discharge, a resumption MA and TA are created for the outpatient situation.
**Verstrekking (dispensing), Registration Date (aanschrijfdatum) or Date (datum) field (or if this field is not filled but the Registration date field is, then the registration date.; if both are filled, Date is preferred). Based on this date and the consumption period, it is possible to calculate the date on which the current medication roll is used.
 
  
=Reflections=
+
====<span class="anchor" id="bij ontslag">Upon discharge====
==Prescription without specified recipient (ambulatory)==
+
Upon discharge, the clinical medication is discontinued. However, in the event of an interim discharge, the clinical medication continues.<br>
In this paragraph, the term ‘prescription’ is used to indicate the message through which a patient may pick up a medicinal product from a supplier. A prescription contains a medicatieafspraak and a verstrekkingsverzoek.
 
  
In the Netherlands it is customary to digitally send prescriptions to a receiving pharmacy instead of having to collect prescriptions. This requires that the pharmacy is already known.<br>
+
If a new MA and TA are created upon discharge, the prescriber at the institution can use the data element {{fhir|NextPractitioner}}, to indicate who is expected to take over the treatment with the medicine in question (see [[#vb|section 5.2.5.1.7]]). This may be relevant, for example, when modifying or interrupting the medication from the outpatient situation.
  
This paragraph considers whether more flexibility can be achieved in the logistical processing of prescriptions, without canceling out current advantages. This paragraph may be seen as a long-term vision that we aim towards.
+
===Information exchange in the clinical situation===
 +
<section begin=informatieoverdracht klinische situatie />An institution makes available all medication data recorded within the institution itself (all its own building blocks). These may not all be relevant to receiving health professionals. Querying information systems could therefore filter the data.
 +
However, some medicines administered during hospitalisation may still be important after discharge. For example, because they have a long-term effect that requires medication monitoring even after discharge. These should therefore not be filtered out in advance. Sectors and suppliers can jointly draw up a list for this purpose.<section end=informatieoverdracht klinische situatie />
 +
[[mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG/tabel_klinische_ATC_codes|This page]] contains a list of examples of such drug groups.
  
===Basic principles===
+
==<span class="anchor" id="GDS-medicatie"></span> Overview of GDS medication==
When considering how to achieve flexibility in the processing of prescriptions, these basic principles have been formulated:
+
===Introduction===
*The patient is free to choose where prescriptions are handled
+
In the previous sections, information about GDS medication has been provided in various places. To provide more overview, that information is summarized in this section.<br>
*The current option for sending prescriptions remains possible.
 
*The information system must reuse the same functionality as much as possible.
 
*A prescription may only be dispensed once.
 
Since the methodology described below uses the existing method of sending prescriptions, the same legal rules and regulations apply to prescription validity. All discussions about electronic signatures are equally applicable to the current method of communicating prescriptions.
 
  
===Details===
+
The Medication Distribution System (GDS) is a distribution method in which medicinal products are packaged in units per administration time. The use of GDS has consequences for prescribing, dispensing and administering medication. For all involved healthcare professionals it must be clear that the patient receives their medication in GDS. This must be recorded and communicated unambiguously.  
A patient may choose from 3 options:
 
#A prescription is always sent to the same regular pharmacist.
 
#The patient indicates each time where the prescription has to be sent.
 
#The patient does not give any indication, and goes to a pharmacy which subsequently requests and processes the prescription.
 
Options 1 and 2 require a patient portal, in which the patient indicates his preference. For option 2, a patient may define a preferred pharmacy which would be at the top of the selection screen when the patient is asked where the prescription must be sent. If the patient does not give any indication, option 3 can be the only procedure.
 
  
The method partly uses a concept called “publish and subscribe”.  
+
The logistics of GDS medication are often carried out by an external party. This also requires information exchange with that party. However, the communication between the pharmacy and the GDS supplier falls outside the scope of this information standard.<br>
  
It is important that the pharmacist explains this principle to his customers.
+
On the page [[mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG/praktijkvoorbeelden/GDS|Practical examples GDS]] examples of different situations are elaborated.
  
===Work process===
+
===Prescribing and dispensing of GDS medication===
A physician decides to create a prescription for a patient. This may be during a consultation or even when repeat prescriptions are requested. The physician registers the prescription in his prescribing system (EPS). The physician does not need to consider the pharmacy as the patient handles this through the portal.
+
<b>Dispense request for GDS medication</b><br>
 +
{{#lst:mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|aanvullende wensen }}<br>
 +
<br>
 +
<b>Medication agreement for GDS medication</b><br>
 +
{{#lst:mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|aanvullende informatie }}<br>
 +
<br>
 +
<b>Administration agreement and medication dispensing for GDS medication</b><br>
 +
{{#lst:mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|toedienlijst GDS }}
 +
{{#lst:mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|distributievorm }}<br>
  
After approval of the prescription, a central prescription index is updated. The EVS automatically sends a notification to this prescription registry to facilitate this. Here, the prescription index is seen as a separate registry with the data type “prescriptions”. It is always possible to consider whether or not this can be merged at a later time. Initially, atomic registration in the registry is being considered. However, at a later date, consideration could be given as to whether categorical registration would be sufficient.
+
{{#lst:mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|startdatumtijd TA GDS }}
  
It is important to realise that currently only a notification is given when a prescription is ready. After all, the prescription is still in the EVS database with the status “is available”. There is no prescription message yet.
+
<u>Duration of use MVE</u><br>
 +
{{#lst:mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|medicatieverstrekking GDS }}<br>
  
The prescription registry knows from the patient’s preference settings what needs to be done with the notification:
+
=<span class="anchor" id="aanvullende info"></span>Additional information=
#With the option ‘send to regular pharmacy’, a notification is sent to the subscription holder of the patient with the message that a prescription can be retrieved.
+
This chapter contains additional information for this FD.<br>
#With the option ‘patient indicates pharmacy’, the prescription registry sends a notification (e.g., SMS) to the patient. The prescription registry then waits until the patient uses a smartphone app or the patient portal to indicate to which pharmacy the notification should be sent.
+
In Section 6.1 reference is made to the page with links to additional documentation.<br>
#With the option ‘no indication’, the prescription registry does nothing. The patient does not have a regular subscription holder.
+
In Section 6.2 the list of external references used in this FD is included.<br>
 +
Section 6.3 contains the document history.<br>
  
===Processing by pharmacy===
+
==Additional documentation==
A receiving pharmacy can deduce from the transmitted notification signal (data type) that it refers to an open prescription. The signal also identifies who the patient is as well as the source of the prescription.
+
On the page [[mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG/aanvullende_documentatie|Additional documentation for information standard MP9]] links to other relevant pages are available. These links are grouped according to the different types of information.<br>
  
For patients who selected option 3 (no indication), the process starts now. The patient identifies himself and notifies the pharmacy that a prescription is ready at a certain institution. The pharmacist may look in the prescription registry to find out which EVS is involved.
+
'''Supporting material Functional Design'''<br>
 +
This section contains Practical examples and Other examples.<br>
  
The pharmacy information system asks the EVS source system to send the prescription of the respective patient. Since this is a request without medical content, it may even be submitted at lower trust levels.
+
This main page of the FD contains the functional information for the information standard MP9. Part of this information is illustrated by means of examples. These examples are included on separate pages.<br>
  
===Sending via EVS===
+
This material previously formed an integral part of the FD, but has been placed separately in order to keep the FD itself compact and normative. The supporting material can be consulted for clarification and further elaboration.
If an EVS receives a request for “sending outstanding prescriptions”, the EVS will check whether prescriptions are indeed outstanding. This prevents a prescription from being retrieved several times. The address of the pharmacy is entered and the prepared prescription message is finally created. The prescription message is sent to the respective pharmacy.
+
<br>
  
If the prescription has been retrieved before, an error message is sent to the retrieving pharmacy announcing that the prescription is no longer available.
+
'''Implementation and project documentation'''<br>
 +
In addition to the FD and the supporting material, additional implementation and project documentation is available. This includes, among other things, general information about the Medication Transfer program, chain agreements, process descriptions, implementation guides and technical elaborations.
  
'''Sending prescriptions is the standard process and already customary for pushing prescriptions.''' The advantage of this is that the receiving pharmacy only needs to maintain one method for processing received prescriptions. It is noted again that the same legal rules and regulations continue to apply.
+
==References==
 
+
{| class="wikitable"
After sending a prescription, the EVS also sends a notification to the prescription registry to remove the entry of the outstanding prescription. This indicates that the respective prescription can no longer be retrieved.
+
! Author(s) !! Title !! Version !! Date (accessed) !! Source
 
+
|-
{{anchor|figuur 11}}
+
| Nictiz || Medication Process Information Standard || Website || December 2025 || <section begin="informatiestandaard medicatieproces" />[https://nictiz.nl/standaarden/informatiestandaarden/medicatieproces/ Medication Process Information Standard] <section end="informatiestandaard medicatieproces" />
[[Bestand:Interactiediagramvoorschrijven.png|Figuur 11 Interactiediagram Ongeadresseerd voorschrijven]]
+
|-
 
+
| MO Programme || About the Medication Transfer Programme || Website || December 2025 || <section begin="website medicatieoverdracht" />[https://www.samenvoormedicatieoverdracht.nl/programma Medication Transfer Programme]<section end="website medicatieoverdracht" />
=Appendix References=
+
|-
 
+
| MO Programme || Kickstart Medication Transfer || Website || December 2025 || <section begin="kickstart" />[https://www.samenvoormedicatieoverdracht.nl/programma/kickstart Kickstart]<section end="kickstart" />
==General references==
+
|-
{| class="wikitable" "cellpadding="10"
+
| Nictiz || Information Standards || Website || December 2025 || <section begin="informatiestandaarden" />[https://nictiz.nl/informatiestandaarden/ Information standards] <section end="informatiestandaarden" />
! style="text-align:left;"| Author(s)
+
|-
! style="text-align:left;"| Title
+
| Nictiz || Glossary Overview || Website || December 2025 || <section begin="begrippenoverzicht" />[https://nictiz.nl/standaarden/begrippen/ Glossary overview]<section end="begrippenoverzicht" />
! style="text-align:left;"| Version
+
|-
! style="text-align:left;"| Date (consultation)
+
| MO Programme || Glossary || Website || December 2025 || <section begin="begrippenlijst" />[https://www.samenvoormedicatieoverdracht.nl/begrippenlijst Glossary]<section end="begrippenlijst" />
! style="text-align:left;"| Source
+
|-
! style="text-align:left;"| Organisation
+
| Nictiz || Step 0 Documentation || 9 July 2025 || December 2025 || <section begin="technisch ontwerp" />[https://informatiestandaarden.nictiz.nl/wiki/mp:Medicatieoverdracht_Kickstart#Stap_0_documentatie Step 0 documentation]<section end="technisch ontwerp" />
 +
|-
 +
| NEN || NEN 7503:2022 Data exchange in healthcare – Electronic processing and exchange of data for prescribing and dispensing medication || 2022 || December 2025 || <section begin="NEN7503" />[https://www.nen.nl/nen-7503-2022-nl-294742 NEN 7503:2022 Data exchange in healthcare]<section end="NEN7503" />
 +
|-
 +
| Various || Guideline on the Transfer of Medication Data in the Chain || 2018/2019 || December 2025 || <section begin="richtlijn" />[https://www.zorginzicht.nl/kwaliteitsstandaarden/medicatieoverdracht-overdracht-van-medicatiegegevens-in-de-keten Guideline on the Transfer of Medication Data in the Chain]<section end="richtlijn" />
 +
|-
 +
| Various || Information Section: Addendum to the Quality Standard on the Transfer of Medication Data in the Chain || July 2023 || December 2025 || <section begin="informatieparagraaf" />[https://www.zorginzicht.nl/static/prozin_bijlage/e4e897a6-3c3c-47ac-a4c2-5c14d0a3cddb-informatieparagraaf-kwaliteitsstandaard-overdracht-van-medicatiegegevens-in-de-keten.pdf Information section]<section end="informatieparagraaf" />
 +
|-
 +
| Nictiz || ART-DECOR: Medication Process || February 2026 || February 2026 || <section begin="ART-DECOR" />[https://decor.nictiz.nl/pub/medicatieproces/mp-html-20260213T112547/dataset.html ART-DECOR]<section end="ART-DECOR" />
 +
<includeonly>
 +
| Nictiz || ART-DECOR: Medication Process Index || February 2026 || February 2025 || <section begin="ART-DECOR index" />[https://decor.nictiz.nl/pub/medicatieproces/mp-html-20260213T112547/index.html ART-DECOR index]<section end="ART-DECOR index" /> </includeonly>
 +
<includeonly> |-
 +
| Nictiz || ART-DECOR: Medication Process Scenarios || February 2026 || February 2025 || <section begin="ART-DECOR scenario's" />[https://decor.nictiz.nl/pub/medicatieproces/mp-html-20260213T112547/scenarios.html ART-DECOR scenarios]<section end="ART-DECOR scenario's" /> </includeonly>
 +
|-
 +
| Nictiz || Qualification || Website || December 2025 || <section begin="kwalificatie" />[https://nictiz.nl/wat-we-doen/activiteiten/kwalificatie/ Qualification]<section end="kwalificatie" />
 +
|-
 +
| NHG, KNMP, Z-index || Building Blocks for the Medication Process || 2014 || December 2025 || <section begin="bouwstenen medicatieproces" />[https://www.nhg.org/praktijkvoering/informatisering/bouwstenen-voor-het-medicatieproces/ Building blocks for the medication process]<section end="bouwstenen medicatieproces" />
 +
|-
 +
| Nictiz || Health Information Building Blocks – Main Page || Website || December 2025 || <section begin="zibs" />[https://zibs.nl/wiki/Hoofdpagina zibs.nl]<section end="zibs" />
 +
|-
 +
| Z-index || Z-Index Backbone || 17 December 2025 || December 2025 || <section begin="ruggengraat" />[https://www.z-index.nl/documentatie/functionele-beschrijvingen/algemeen/ruggengraat Z-Index Backbone]<section end="ruggengraat" />
 +
|-
 +
| Nictiz || Deduplication of MBHs || 12 August 2024 || December 2025 || <section begin="implementatiehandleiding migratie en hybride" />[https://informatiestandaarden.nictiz.nl/wiki/mp:Vkickstart_MigratieHybride#Ontdubbelen_van_MBH.27s Implementation Guide Migration and Hybrid]<section end="implementatiehandleiding migratie en hybride" />
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| NHG, KNMP, Z-index
+
| Nictiz || Infusion Working Method Kickstart || 1 September 2025 || December 2025 || <section begin="Werkwijze infusen" />[https://informatiestandaarden.nictiz.nl/wiki/mp:Kickstart_Werkwijze_Infusen Infusion working method]<section end="Werkwijze infusen" />
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| Building blocks of the medication process
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 2014
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| Augustus 2015
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| https://www.nhg.org/bouwstenen
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| NHG, KNMP, Z-index
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| ActiZ, KNMP, NVZA a.o
+
| Nictiz || Guide to Cardinalities and Conformance || 25 September 2025 || December 2025 || <section begin="Handleiding Kardinaliteiten" />[https://informatiestandaarden.nictiz.nl/wiki/Handleiding_Kardinaliteiten_en_conformance Guide to Cardinalities and Conformance] <section end="Handleiding Kardinaliteiten" />
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| Safe principles in the medication chain
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 2014
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| August 2015
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| http://www.knmp.nl/patiëntenzorg/samenwerking/brochure-veilige-principes-in-de-medicatieketen
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| ActiZ, KNMP, NVZA a.o.
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| Miscellaneous
+
| Nictiz || Information Standards: Foundation for Data Exchange in Healthcare || 8 September 2025 || December 2025 || <section begin="informatiestandaarden in de zorg" />[https://nictiz.nl/app/uploads/2020/09/2021-Paper-Informatiestandaarden-Nictiz.pdf Information Standards: foundation for data exchange in healthcare]<section end="informatiestandaarden in de zorg" />
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| Guideline on exchange of medication data in the medication chain
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 25 April 2008
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| August 2015
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| Website KNMP
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| Miscellaneous
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| Paul Geels
+
| Nictiz || Guide for Including Kidney Function Value with the Prescription || 28 March 2025 || December 2025 || <section begin="leeswijzer" />[https://informatiestandaarden.nictiz.nl/wiki/mp:LeeswijzerVoorschriftmetnierfunctiewaarde Guide for including kidney function value with prescription]<section end="leeswijzer" />
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| Assessment of medication self-management (BEM) in care homes, Institute for Responsible Medication Use
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| February 2009
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|  
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| http://www.instellingsapotheek.nl/downloads/rapporten/beoordeling_eigen_beheer_van_medicatie_in_verzorgingshuizen.pdf
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| Institute for responsible medicatiegebruik
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| ActiZ
+
| Dutch Government || Individual Healthcare Professions Act (BIG Act) || 2024 || December 2025 || <section begin="wet" />[https://wetten.overheid.nl/BWBR0006251/2025-07-05 Individual Healthcare Professions Act (BIG)]<section end="wet" />
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| Safety in the medication chain
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| March 2012
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|  
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| https://www.knmp.nl/downloads/brochure-veiligheid-in-de-medicatieketen.pdf
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| ActiZ, Miscellaneous
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| KNMG
+
| Nictiz || Lab2Zorg Design V3.0.0-beta.4 || 16 December 2025 || December 2025 || <section begin="lab2zorg" />[https://informatiestandaarden.nictiz.nl/wiki/Lab:V3.0.2-b4_Ontwerp_Lab2zorg Lab2Zorg Information Standard]<section end="lab2zorg" />
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| Guideline on electronic prescription
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| September 2013
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|  
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| Website KNMG
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| KNMG
 
 
|}
 
|}
  
==Qualification scripts==
+
==Document history==
[[mp:Vcurrent Kwalificatie|Qualification scripts]]
 
 
 
=Attachment: Document history=
 
  
 
{{anchor|tabel 6}}
 
{{anchor|tabel 6}}
Regel 2.794: Regel 2.458:
 
!style="text-align:left;"|Description
 
!style="text-align:left;"|Description
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;"| 0.95
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 9 3.0.0-rc.2
| style="background-color: white;"| 15 July 2016
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| March 2026
| style="background-color: white;"| Pilot version
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| all changes see: *[https://informatiestandaarden.nictiz.nl/wiki/mp:V3.0.0-rc.2_releasenotes_ENG Releasenotes]
 +
|-
 +
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 9 3.0.0-rc.1
 +
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| May 2025
 +
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| all changes see: *[https://informatiestandaarden.nictiz.nl/wiki/mp:v3.0.0-rc.1_releasenotes Releasenotes]
 +
|-
 +
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 9 3.0.0-beta.4
 +
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| November 2024
 +
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| all changes see: *[https://informatiestandaarden.nictiz.nl/wiki/mp:v3.0.0-beta.4_releasenotes Releasenotes]
 +
|-
 +
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 9 3.0.0-beta.3
 +
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| March 2024
 +
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| all changes see: *[https://informatiestandaarden.nictiz.nl/wiki/mp:v3.0.0-beta.3_releasenotes Release notes]
 +
|-
 +
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 9 3.0.0-beta.2
 +
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| October 2023
 +
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| all changes see: *[https://informatiestandaarden.nictiz.nl/wiki/mp:v3.0.0-beta.2_releasenotes Release notes]
 +
|-
 +
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 9 3.0.0-beta.1
 +
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| February 2023
 +
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| all changes see: *[https://informatiestandaarden.nictiz.nl/wiki/mp:v3.0.0-beta.1_releasenotes Release notes]
 +
|-
 +
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 9 2.0.0
 +
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 14 April 2022
 +
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| Changed images of usecase 4.1.38, 4.1.39 and 4.1.40, they showed GDS instead of WDS [https://bits.nictiz.nl/browse/MP-534 BITS MP-534]
 +
|-
 +
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 9 2.0.0
 +
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 08 April 2022
 +
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| broken internal links FD corrected [https://bits.nictiz.nl/browse/MP-607 BITS MP-607]
 +
|-
 +
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 9 2.0.0
 +
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 05 April 2022
 +
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| all changes see: *[https://informatiestandaarden.nictiz.nl/wiki/mp:V2.0.0_releasenotes Release notes]
 +
|-
 +
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 9 2.0.0 bèta
 +
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 01 October 2021
 +
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| all changes see: *[https://informatiestandaarden.nictiz.nl/wiki/mp:V9_2.0.beta_releasenotes Release notes]
 +
|-
 +
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 9.1.0
 +
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| September 2020
 +
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|
 +
*[https://bits.nictiz.nl/browse/MP-167 BITS MP-167] FD Translated in English
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;"| 0.96
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 9.1.0
| style="background-color: white;"| 1 December 2016
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 29 January 2020
| style="background-color: white;"| Paragraph 2.4 Process: Administer was adapted and C6: Sending/receiving administration data was added as a result.
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|
 +
*Stop textual adjustments
 +
*Par 7.11 added: Implementation of medication distribution system (GDS) fields
 +
*[https://bits.nictiz.nl/browse/MP-85 BITS MP-85], [https://bits.nictiz.nl/browse/MP-93 BITS MP-93], [https://bits.nictiz.nl/browse/MP-122 BITS MP-122] Use cases added (Register usage based on medicatieverstrekkingen, Verstrekkingsverzoek with number of repetitions, Prescribe non-drug)
 +
*Chapter 4: Added pictures of use cases
 +
*Renal function value in the prescription
 +
*[https://bits.nictiz.nl/browse/MP-48 BITS MP-48] Medication Overview: Par 5.7 added 'Fields not to be shown'
 +
*Various textual specifications/ improvements, including [https://bits.nictiz.nl/browse/MP-131 o.a. BITS MP-131]
 +
*Paragraph 'Unaddressed prescription' moved to chapter 'Considerations'
 +
*[https://bits.nictiz.nl/browse/MP-151 BITS MP-151] Removed draft TA creation process
 +
*[https://bits.nictiz.nl/browse/MP-128 BITS MP-128] Par 4.1.8: Explanation 'Medical necessity'
 +
*[https://bits.nictiz.nl/browse/MP-129 BITS MP-129] Par 4.1.35: Use case added
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 0.97
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 9.0.7
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 22 December 2016
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| July 2019
| style="background-color: white;"| Paragraph 2.4, 4.3.1 review remarks incorporated.<br>
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|
Paragraph 4.2.11 text made more precise.
+
*Removed examples of specific infrastructures
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 9.0.2
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 9.0.7
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 18 June 2017
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| December 2018
| style="background-color: white;"| Conversion of the document to wiki.
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|
 +
*Par 1.3.3. MBH at HPK level in case of 'non medicines' without a PRK level
 +
*Par 1.3.3. MBH for medicines without PRK (magistrals, infusions, etc.)
 +
*Par 2.2.5.5. Changing medication: Technical stop-ma: appointment date for stop-ma and new ma must be the same. Change on MA that has already been stopped explained (no extra Stop-ma needed)
 +
*Par 2.2.6. Added: VV under MA of someone else
 +
*Par 4.2.15. Explanation GDS supplier supplies different HPK
 +
*Par 7.10: Medication use indicator, according to appointment indicator, stop type, period of use and dosing instruction: table adapted and examples added
 +
*Par 4.1.34: Own articles explanation added
 +
*Chapter 5: example medication overview inserted in this wiki page instead of a separate wiki page (to simplify searching within the FD).
 +
*Various textual tightening / improvements
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 9.0.4
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 9.0.6
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| September 2017
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| May 2018
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|  
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|  
*Processed [[mp:V9.0_Ontwerpbeslissingen|Design decisions]] in functional design. This means the design decisions have become obsolete. The current Functional Design is now leading.
+
*Addition to proposed verstrekkingsverzoek and addition of reply proposed verstrekkingsverzoek
*Par. 1.3.1. Definitions of building blocks have been adapted and the abbreviation for medicatieverstrekking has changed to MVE.
+
*Chapter 6 table 4 addition of links to ART-DECOR transactions
*Par. 1.3.3. Medicamenteuze behandeling is now based on PRK, rewritten and introduced PT as well as added text on handling parallel MAs.
+
*Removed: chapter about LSP
*Par. 1.3.4. New data model diagram, various relations added and adapted on the basis of design decisions.
+
*Par. 7.10 table was extended with period of use and dosing instructions
*Par. 1.5 Glossary removed.
+
*Various paragraphs were made more precise
*C2 Medication process diagram changed: MO added to actively making available by the user; lines in swimlane of administrator/use adapted.
+
*Addition of the property ‘third parties’ building block’ for MA, TA and MGB in medication overview
*C4.1 New use cases added: Do not dispense before, Two PRKs in a single medicamenteuze behandeling, Discontinuation of medication by third parties, Creating a medicatieafspraak after the fact, Parallel medicatieafspraken.
 
*C4.2 New use case: Discontinuing medication in a GDS; modified use case: Request, dispense and not picked up.
 
*C5: Differences between medication profile and medication overview were described; inference rules adapted on the basis of the new design decisions.
 
*Where necessary, references from ART-DECOR to FD C7 were added.
 
*Various grammatical and minor textual changes.
 
 
|-
 
|-
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 9.0.5
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 9.0.5
Regel 2.845: Regel 2.565:
 
*Various abbreviations explained.
 
*Various abbreviations explained.
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 9.0.6
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 9.0.4
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| May 2018
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| September 2017
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|  
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|  
*Addition to proposed verstrekkingsverzoek and addition of reply proposed verstrekkingsverzoek
+
*Processed [[mp:V9.0_Ontwerpbeslissingen|Design decisions]] in functional design. This means the design decisions have become obsolete. The current Functional Design is now leading.
*Chapter 6 table 4 addition of links to ART-DECOR transactions
+
*Par. 1.3.1. Definitions of building blocks have been adapted and the abbreviation for medicatieverstrekking has changed to MVE.
*Removed: chapter about LSP
+
*Par. 1.3.3. Medicamenteuze behandeling is now based on PRK, rewritten and introduced PT as well as added text on handling parallel MAs.
*Par. 7.10 table was extended with period of use and dosing instructions
+
*Par. 1.3.4. New data model diagram, various relations added and adapted on the basis of design decisions.
*Various paragraphs were made more precise
+
*Par. 1.5 Glossary removed.
*Addition of the property ‘third parties’ building block’ for MA, TA and MGB in medication overview
+
*C2 Medication process diagram changed: MO added to Send and/or make available by the user; lines in swimlane of administrator/user adapted.
 +
*C4.1 New use cases added: Do not dispense before, Two PRKs in a single medicamenteuze behandeling, Discontinuation of medication by third parties, Creating a medicatieafspraak after the fact, Parallel medicatieafspraken.
 +
*C4.2 New use case: Discontinuing medication in a GDS; modified use case: Request, dispense and not picked up.
 +
*C5: Differences between medication profile and medication overview were described; inference rules adapted on the basis of the new design decisions.
 +
*Where necessary, references from ART-DECOR to FD C7 were added.
 +
*Various grammatical and minor textual changes.
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 9.0.7
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 9.0.2
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| December 2018
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 18 June 2017
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|
+
| style="background-color: white;"| Conversion of the document to wiki.
*Par 1.3.3. MBH at HPK level in case of 'non medicines' without a PRK level
 
*Par 1.3.3. MBH for medicines without PRK (magistrals, infusions, etc.)
 
*Par 2.2.5.5. Changing medication: Technical stop-ma: appointment date for stop-ma and new ma must be the same. Change on MA that has already been stopped explained (no extra Stop-ma needed)
 
*Par 2.2.6. Added: VV under MA of someone else
 
*Par 4.2.15. Explanation GDS supplier supplies different HPK
 
*Par 7.10: Medication use indicator, according to appointment indicator, stop type, period of use and dosing instruction: table adapted and examples added
 
*Par 4.1.34: Own articles explanation added
 
*Chapter 5: example medication overview inserted in this wiki page instead of a separate wiki page (to simplify searching within the FO).
 
*Various textual tightening / improvements
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 9.0.7
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 0.97
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| July 2019
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 22 December 2016
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|
+
| style="background-color: white;"| Paragraph 2.4, 4.3.1 review remarks incorporated.<br>
*Removed examples of specific infrastructures
+
Paragraph 4.2.11 text made more precise.
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 9.1.0
+
| style="background-color: white;"| 0.96
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 29 January 2020
+
| style="background-color: white;"| 1 December 2016
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|
+
| style="background-color: white;"| Paragraph 2.4 Process: Administer was adapted and C6: Sending/receiving administration data was added as a result.
*Stop textual adjustments
 
*Par 7.11 added: Implementation of medication distribution system (GDS) fields
 
*[https://bits.nictiz.nl/browse/MP-85 BITS MP-85], [https://bits.nictiz.nl/browse/MP-93 BITS MP-93], [https://bits.nictiz.nl/browse/MP-122 BITS MP-122] Use cases added (Register usage based on verstrekkingn, Verstrekkingsverzoek with number of repetitions, Prescribe non-drug)
 
*Chapter 4: Added pictures of use cases
 
*Renal function value in the prescription
 
*[https://bits.nictiz.nl/browse/MP-48 BITS MP-48] Medication Overview: Par 5.7 added 'Fields not to be shown'
 
*Various textual specifications/ improvements, including [https://bits.nictiz.nl/browse/MP-131 o.a. BITS MP-131]
 
*Paragraph 'Unaddressed prescription' moved to chapter 'Considerations'
 
*[https://bits.nictiz.nl/browse/MP-151 BITS MP-151] Removed draft TA creation process
 
*[https://bits.nictiz.nl/browse/MP-128 BITS MP-128] Par 4.1.8: Explanation 'Medical necessity'
 
*[https://bits.nictiz.nl/browse/MP-129 BITS MP-129] Par 4.1.35: Use case added
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 9.1.0
+
| style="background-color: white;"| 0.95
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| September 2020
+
| style="background-color: white;"| 15 July 2016
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|
+
| style="background-color: white;"| Pilot version
*[https://bits.nictiz.nl/browse/MP-167 BITS MP-167] FO Translated in English
 
|-
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 9 2.0.0 bèta
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 01 October 2021
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| all changes see: *[https://informatiestandaarden.nictiz.nl/wiki/mp:V9_2.0.beta_releasenotes Releasenotes]
 
|-
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 9 2.0.0
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 05 April 2022
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| all changes see: *[https://informatiestandaarden.nictiz.nl/wiki/mp:V2.0.0_releasenotes Releasenotes]
 
|-
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 9 2.0.0
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 08 April 2022
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| broken internal links FO corrected [https://bits.nictiz.nl/browse/MP-607 BITS MP-607]
 
|-
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 9 2.0.0
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 14 April 2022
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| Changed images of uce case 4.1.38, 4.1.39 and 4.1.40, they showed GDS instead of WDS [https://bits.nictiz.nl/browse/MP-534 BITS MP-534]
 
 
|}
 
|}
 
=Appendix: Figures and tables=
 
[[#figuur 1|Figure 1 Building blocks - overview]]<br>
 
[[#figuur 2|Figure 2 Building blocks - coherence]]<br>
 
[[#figuur 3|Figure 3 Activity diagram - Medication process in general]]<br>
 
[[#figuur 4|Figure 4 Process steps and transactions - medication verification]]<br>
 
[[#figuur 5|Figure 5 Process steps and transactions - prescribing]]<br>
 
[[#figuur 6|Figure 6 Process steps and transactions - make available]]<br>
 
[[#figuur 7|Figure 7 Process steps and transactions - administer]]<br>
 
[[#figuur 8|Figure 8 Process steps and transactions - use]]<br>
 
[[#figuur 9|Figure 9 Example effective period]]<br>
 
[[#figuur 10|Figure 10 Overview of systems and system roles]]<br>
 
[[#figuur 11|Figure 11 Interaction diagram Prescribing without address]]<br>
 
 
 
[[#tabel 1|Table 1 Building blocks - description]]<br>
 
[[#tabel 2|Table 2 Informing versus (Active) making available]]<br>
 
[[#tabel 3|Table 3 Overview of system roles]]<br>
 
[[#tabel 4|Table 4 Overview of transaction groups]]<br>
 
[[#tabel 5|Table 5 Types of clinical medication relevant for outpatient care providers]]<br>
 

Huidige versie van 1 apr 2026 om 12:56


NL.jpg Klik hier voor de Nederlandse live-versie

Inhoud

1 Introduction

This document is part of the Medication Process Information Standard (MP9), developed within the Medication Transfer Programme. During the Kickstart the working method described in the information standard is tested and, if necessary, adjusted.

1.1 General information

This document describes the functional design (FD) of the Medication Process Information Standard . It describes the recording and exchange of medication data and illustrates this with specific practical examples. This is explained using the concepts of actors (people and information systems) and transactions (what information is exchanged, when, and how).
For more information about information standards and how they are developed, see the Nictiz webpage for Information standards . The Glossary overview on the Nictiz website and the Glossary on the Medication Transfer programme website explain the terms used in this FD.

Links to the Step 0 documentation can be found here.

1.2 Target audience

The target audience for this document consists of:

  • Product managers, architects, designers, builders and testers of:
- suppliers of medication-related information systems.
- healthcare organisations and regional organisations.
- Nictiz.
  • Representatives of health professionals and patients.

1.3 Frameworks and principles

1.3.1 Legislation

The transfer of medication data as described in this document complies with legislation and regulations. Sending a medication agreement combined with a dispense request corresponds to a prescription as defined in the Medicines Act. Further explanation can be found in NEN 7503:2022 Data exchange in healthcare. The Guideline on the Transfer of Medication Data in the Chain also contains an explanation of the legal requirements for the exchange of medication data.

1.3.2 Guideline and process

In 2020, the revised quality standard Guideline on the Transfer of Medication Data in the Chain was published by the Dutch Healthcare Institute. The objective is described as follows:
‘The transfer of medication data within the patient's network, so that prescribers, pharmacists, and administrators can provide continuity of care and make responsible risk assessments for safe medical and pharmaceutical care at the time of prescribing, dispensing, and administering within the chain.’

The accompanying Information section provides a general description of the recording and exchange of medication data. The information standard elaborates on this in detail. The medication process broadly consists of the following sub-processes:

  • Prescribe
  • Dispense
  • Administer
  • Use

The medication verification sub-process is also important in this regard. Chapter 5, Medication Process, describes the care process.

1.3.3 Scope of the information standard

The scope of the information standard covers the functional descriptions (this FD) and the dataset for all data exchanges within all sub-processes in the medication process (in ART-DECOR).

1.4 Qualification

A qualification script is drawn up based on this FD and the accompanying dataset. Drawing up qualification scripts falls outside the scope of this FD. For more information, see the Nictiz page on Qualification and the landing page of the Kickstart.

1.5 Reading guide

1.5.1 Use cases and scenarios in this FD

Within Nictiz, information standards are generally described on the basis of use cases. In these information standards, a use case is defined as a description of a practical situation in healthcare that is linked to a scenario. A scenario is a coherent group of transactions for the exchange of data.
The FD for MP9 deals with the healthcare-wide exchange of medication data between a large number of different parties involved and in a variety of healthcare situations. Within MP9, therefore, different use cases with associated scenarios may occur in a single sub-process. A scenario may also apply to more than one sub-process. Furthermore, MP9 pays a lot of attention to the recording of data, in addition to its exchange.
A different structure has therefore been chosen for MP9:

  • Chapter 3 Information transfer provides an overview of the scenarios with their transactions, and the system roles required for this. It indicates in which sub-processes these occur.
  • The description of the care process is provided in Chapter 5 Medication process. For each sub-process, it indicates which system roles are required.

1.5.2 Chapter overview

Chapter 1 Introduction provides general information about the FD of MP9.
Chapter 2 Conceptual model describes the underlying conceptual model on which MP9 is based: the reason for developing this model, principles, definitions and working method.
Chapter 3 Information exchange provides an overview of the relevant information systems, system roles, scenarios and transactions, and the building blocks involved.
Chapter 4 Consolidation: what, why and how describes what consolidation is and what the associated rules are for MP9.
Chapter 5 Medication Process describes the broad outline of the process, the sub-processes involved and how medication data is used, recorded and exchanged within it.
Chapter 6 Additional Information contains text that has not been included elsewhere, and references to relevant documentation outside this FD.

1.5.3 Examples on separate pages

Due to the length of this FD, the practical examples have been moved to pages outside this main page. There is a page with all examples and separate pages with examples per sub-process or sub-topic.
In addition, there are several other pages with further explanations in the form of examples.

1.5.4 Functionalities in beta version

In the previous publication of the FD and the dataset, some functionalities were incorrectly given the version designation 'release candidate 1'. This concerns the proposal data (see section 5.6) and the functionalities in the Administer sub-process (see section 5.4).
In this publication of the FD and the dataset, these functionalities are therefore published as beta versions, as they still need to be tested. This is in accordance with Nictiz's Sustainable Release Policy.

1.5.5 Writing conventions

The following writing conventions are followed in this FD:

  • The medication building blocks are written as abbreviations. Only when they are first introduced and in section titles are the full names written out. The aim is to make the text shorter and more readable, especially in the case of long names such as ’variable dosing regimen’ or ’reply proposal dispense request’.
  • Data elements of the building blocks and values from value lists are written as they appear in the dataset in ART-DECOR, including capital letters. This ensures that it is always clear what is meant.
  • In this FD, the term ’patient’ is used to refer to both patients and clients.
  • In this FD, the term ’supplier’ is used. A supplier is a pharmacist or dispensing general practitioner who carries out the dispensing process or under whose responsibility it takes place.

1.5.6 Repeated text blocks

Various pieces of text may appear in multiple places in the FD. This concerns information that is relevant in different paragraphs. This is particularly the case in Chapter 5. Examples include:

  • Instructions for completing a data element that appears in both the MA and the TA.
  • Texts about GDS that appear in various paragraphs of Chapter 5 are summarised in a separate section 5.8.

In such cases, the text is copied from the first paragraph in which it appears. This ensures that any changes are made in the same way in every instance.

2 Conceptual model

This chapter explains the model that forms the basis of MP9.
Section 2.1 discusses the reasons for developing this model.
Section 2.2 explains the basic principles.
Section 2.3 describes the medication building blocks and the proposal data.
Section 2.4 introduces the concept of ‘pharmaceutical treatment’ and its functional application.
Section 2.5 explains the interrelationships between building blocks and medication treatment.
Section 2.6 describes how these building blocks can be exchanged.

2.1 Reasons for developing the conceptual model

Registration and communication of medication data are largely done digitally. Over time, various problems have come to light. This was investigated in a project by the NHG and KNMP in 2012-2013. The conclusion was that therapeutic and logistical aspects are intertwined in the recording and communication of medication data. In addition, there is a lack of a clear and shared conceptual framework.

The above has been elaborated in a report, Building blocks for the medication process from 2014. This report describes a conceptual model in which therapeutic and logistical data are separated. This model forms the basis for the MP9 information standard. The texts in this chapter are partly based on this report.

2.2 Principles of the conceptual model

The conceptual model was developed using the sub-processes in the medication process as a starting point:

  • prescribe
  • dispense
  • administer
  • use

During these sub-processes, information is generated that is recorded in the form of medication building blocks. A building block in an information standard is a collection of related data elements surrounding a specific concept within a specific context, for example a medication agreement in the medication process. These data elements describe the data required for a clear and unambiguous representation of this concept.
The various medication building blocks represent steps in the patient’s medication process: prescribing a medicine (medication agreement, dispense request, variable dosing regimen), followed by dispensing (administration agreement, medication dispense), administering (medication administration) and using (medication use) that medicine.
During a sub-process, the data elements of the relevant building block are filled in as far as possible and relevant. This results in a concrete instance of that building block.
Instances of building blocks can be exchanged digitally: either by actively sending them to another health professional, or by making them available for consultation by another health professional and the patient, at any given moment (see section 2.6). This allows a health professional to access all of a patient's medication data at any time, as intended in the quality standard Guideline on the Transfer of Medication Data in the Chain.
A full explanation of the conceptual model can be found in the original report Building blocks for the medication process.

2.3 Medication building blocks and proposal data

This section describes the medication building blocks and proposal data. After the initial introduction, the Dutch abbreviations for the building blocks are used throughout, except in section titles.

2.3.1 Therapeutic and logistical building blocks

Within the medication building blocks, a distinction is made between therapy and logistics:

Therapy
This concerns the medical aspects. It includes, among other things, the medication (treatment) agreements and their implementation. The therapeutic intention, the (actual) use and self-medication also fall under this category.
The therapeutic building blocks are: medication agreement (MA), administration agreement (TA), variable dosing regimen (WDS), medication administration (MTD) and medication use (MGB).

Logistics
This concerns aspects relating to the physical flow of medicines, such as requests and deliveries.
The logistical building blocks are: dispense request (VV) and medication dispense (MVE).

Figure 2.1 shows the medication building blocks, divided into sub-processes and distinguishing between therapy and logistics.

Figure 2.1 Medication building blocks - overview
Figure 2.1 Overview of therapeutic and logistical medication building blocks

The table below provides a description of these building blocks.

Building block Abbr. Description
medicatieafspraak
medication agreement
MA A medication agreement is an agreement between the prescriber and the patient regarding the use of medication by that patient. An agreement to discontinue or modify medication use is also a medication agreement.
wisselend doseerschema
variable dosing regimen
WDS The variable dosing regimen provides concrete details for the instructions for use section of a medication agreement. The dosing regimen can be modified in the interim without having to change the medication agreement.
verstrekkingsverzoek
dispense request
VV A dispense request is the prescriber's request to the supplier to dispense medication to the patient in line with the corresponding medication agreements.
toedieningsafspraak
administration agreement
TA An administration agreement contains the instructions for medication use from the supplier to the patient, their representative or administrator. With an administration agreement, the medication agreement is specified in concrete terms.
medicatieverstrekking
medication dispense
MVE A medication dispense is the provision of a supply of a medicine to the patient, their representative or administrator.
medicatietoediening
medication administration
MTD A medication administration is the separate administration of a medicine to the patient by the administrator.
medicatiegebruik
medication use
MGB medication use is a statement about the historical, current or intended use of a medicine by the patient. The statement can be recorded by the patient themselves, but also by a health professional or a representative of the patient.

2.3.2 Proposal data

A health professional or patient may wish to submit a proposal for a new MA or VV. Proposal data have been introduced to support this. In this FD and the dataset, the proposal data are published as a beta version (see section 1.5.4).

The table below provides a description of these proposal data.

Building block Abbr. Description
voorstel medicatieafspraak
proposal medication agreement
VMA The proposal medication agreement is a proposal made by a health professional or the patient to the prescriber regarding the prescription of medication. The proposal may involve stopping, starting, changing or continuing medication.
antwoord voorstel medicatieafspraak
reply proposal medication agreement
AVMA The reply proposal medication agreement is a response from the prescriber to the proposal medication agreement. In this response, the prescriber indicates whether they agree (after which an (adjusted) medication agreement will follow) or disagree (and the reason for this).
voorstel verstrekkingsverzoek
proposal dispense request
VVV The proposal dispense request is a proposal from a health professional or the patient to the prescriber to approve the dispensing of medication for the corresponding medication agreement.
antwoord voorstel verstrekkingsverzoek
reply proposal dispense request
AVVV The reply proposal dispense request is a response from the prescriber to the proposal dispense request. In this response, the prescriber indicates whether they agree (after which a dispensing request will follow) or disagree (and the reason for this).

A proposal may result in a new MA or VV. An AVMA or AVVV is always sent to the proposer.
A proposal is only intended for the prescriber to whom the proposal is addressed, not for the rest of the chain. They are therefore not building blocks (as in section 2.3.1) with which an overview of medication can be constructed, even though they are included in the dataset in ART-DECOR. They therefore do not fall under an MBH (see section 2.4).
Section 5.6 explains the use of the proposal data in more detail.

2.3.3 Medication building blocks and Health and Care Information Models

Health and Care Information Models (Dutch: zorginformatiebouwstenen or zibs) are conceptual models. Every information standard uses these as building blocks. However, zibs are context-independent and it may be necessary to add additional information to information standards in order to clarify that context. As a result, there are some differences between the medication building blocks in this FD and the medication zibs. For more information about zibs, see zibs.nl.

2.4 The concept of ‘pharmaceutical treatment’

This section introduces the concept of ‘pharmaceutical treatment’ (Dutch: medicamenteuze behandeling or MBH) and its functional application.

2.4.1 Pharmaceutical treatment as a technical concept

There may be several medication building blocks that relate to the same treatment. The concept of ‘pharmaceutical treatment’ has been introduced to indicate that these building blocks belong together. This concerns a technical concept. An MBH has no meaning in terms of care content. It takes the form of a unique identification number (id) that is linked by an information system to a building block or collection of related building blocks. The term ’pharmaceutical treatment’ is abbreviated as MBH.

The MBH makes the following possible:

  1. The unambiguous identification of the collection of related medication building blocks.
  2. The application of rules to a collection of building blocks, in order to unambiguously determine the current situation of a patient with regard to their treatment with a particular medicine (see Chapter 4).

2.4.2 Starting a new pharmaceutical treatment

Starting a pharmaceutical treatment involves recording an initial building block. This initiates a new MBH. The initial building block will usually be an MA, but it could also be a TA or MGB that is used to record self-care medication, or an MTD if medication needs to be administered immediately in an acute situation.
When recording a new building block, it must first be checked whether it concerns new medication, or whether a building block with the same product already exists. This may exist in one’s own information system, but also in information systems elsewhere.
A thorough check therefore requires consulting all available building blocks (for an explanation of consulting, see section 2.6 and Chapter 3). These building blocks are then checked:

  • If there is no existing building block for this medicine, a new MBH is created.
  • If a building block exists for the same medicine, the new building block will usually fall under the same MBH. However, the health professional must have the option of choosing to start a new MBH.

Figure 2.2 shows a flow chart for determining whether a new building block should be recorded in a new or existing MBH.

Figure 2.2 Flow chart for starting an MBH
Figure 2.2 Flow chart recording new building block in new or existing MBH

When is medication considered to be ‘the same medicine’ or ‘the same treatment’?
When recording an MA, the PRK (Prescription Characteristics from the G-Standard) of a medicine determines whether this MA belongs to a new or existing MBH. A different PRK leads to a different MBH. An explanation of which characteristics are important at this level can be found on the webpage Z-Index Backbone.
NB: The fact that a change in PRK leads to a new MBH only applies to the MA. A supplier could choose a medicine with a different PRK, for example because of a preference policy. The associated TA and MVE will have the same MBH as the MA.
The other building blocks follow the MA or TA to which they refer.

The following applies to products without a PRK:

  • Non-medicinal products. These are items such as crutches or bandages. In these cases, the HPK level (Trade Product Characteristics from the G-standard) determines whether it is a new product and therefore a new MBH.
  • Medicines. These may include:
  • Magistral preparations. These usually consist of several substances that do not fall under the same PRK. These substances are included separately as ingredients in the MA. Each individual magistral preparation or modification* thereof falls under a new MBH.
  • Own items without PRK. These are items that may be stored in the internal information system under a 90 million number, for example half tablets or frequently used magistral preparations. Each individual item or modification* thereof falls under a new MBH.
  • Medicines prescribed in free text and for which no product or ingredient code from the G-Standard is available. Each modification* to the product falls under a new MBH.
  • Infusions. A provisional working method has been developed for Kickstart; see the page Infusion working method.

For these products too, the rules only apply when recording an MA, not for TAs and MVEs. If and insofar as the supplier is permitted to deviate from the medication described in the MA, this does not lead to a new MBH.

*In principle, 'modification' means: Modifications that would lead to a different PRK for products with PRK and thus would fall under a new MBH, also lead to an adjustment of the MBH for these products. This rule is primarily intended to ensure consistency. Where this leads to implementation problems, a workable solution must be sought in consultation between users and suppliers.

Examples

  • Diazepam 5 mg 4x daily 1 tablet is changed to diazepam 5 mg 3x daily 1 tablet. The PRK remains the same, so both MAs fall under the same MBH.
  • Paroxetine tablet 10 mg once daily 1 tablet is changed to paroxetine tablet 20 mg once daily 1 tablet. The corresponding MAs relate to different medicines at PRK level and therefore fall under different MBHs.
  • As a precaution, a stomach protector has been agreed upon for treatment with prednisone. Although these are prescribed in parallel, they are different medicines. They are therefore not covered by the same MBH and can be changed and discontinued separately.
  • Switching from a beta blocker to an ACE inhibitor means a change in PRK. The corresponding MAs fall under different MBHs.

2.4.2.1 Parallel pharmaceutical treatments for the same medication

As described above, when recording a new building block, it must be checked whether an MBH already exists for this medication. However, there may still be situations where parallel MBHs exist for the same medication.
Examples include:

  • The patient has not given permission for their medication data to be made available.
  • During migration and in hybrid situations, building blocks for the same treatment may be recorded in different information systems under different MBHs.
  • Emergency situations in which the MA is recorded in the MBH opened by the MTD, after the administration of medication. If an MA already existed for that medication, there are now two MBHs with building blocks for that medication.

Merging of related building blocks that are recorded under different MBHs is described in the Implementation Guide Migration and Hybrid.

2.4.3 Stopping and modifying medication within a pharmaceutical treatment

Once a building block has been completed and exchanged, it cannot be modified. If modifications are necessary, they are made as follows:

Stopping

  • To discontinue medication, the associated agreements (MA, TA) must be stopped by recording a stop-building block within the same MBH. This is a new MA or TA with stop type ’stopped’.
  • Canceling is stopping an agreement (MA, TA) with a future startDateTime, so that the medication will not be used at all. This is done by recording a cancelation-building block within the same MBH. This is a new MA or TA with stop type ’canceled’. This makes it clear that the medication was never started, in contrast with discontinuing.
  • Permanently stopping a WDS must be done by a stop-MA.

Modifying

  • Modifying an agreement (MA, TA, WDS) is done within the same MBH by:
  1. Recording a new agreement with the modified information AND
  2. Stopping the existing agreement with a stop-building block with stop type ’stopped’.

The data element stop type is only filled in for stop-building blocks, i.e. only in case of stopping (including canceling) or modifying medication.
This method with stop-building blocks only applies to the agreement building blocks MA, TA and WDS. It does not apply to the other building blocks. MGB also has a stop type, but it has a different function. It indicates the period during which the patient did not use the medication, see section 5.5.2.
Chapter 5 provides a more detailed explanation of how to record (stop-) building blocks for each sub-process.

2.4.3.1 Regular and ‘technical’ building blocks

When permanently discontinuing a building block, the health professional will actively do so by entering the necessary information in a stop-building block.
In addition to regular stop-building blocks, there are also ‘technical’ stop-building blocks. These apply when medication is modified. In addition to recording a new building block with the modified information, the original building block must also be stopped. In this case, the health professional does not need to record a stop-building block themselves. It is created automatically by the system.
These stop-building blocks for modifying medication are referred to in this FD as technical stops, for example ‘technical stop-MA’.
The building block that is to be changed is stopped at the startDateTime of the new building block. In practice, the endDateTime of the technical stop building block may be slightly earlier (e.g. 1 second), so that information systems can process this more effectively.

2.4.4 Rules for parallel building blocks in an MBH

Within an MBH, several building blocks of the same type may be active at the same time, for example a current and a future MA. In principle, however, parallel building blocks are not permitted within a single MBH. Parallel building blocks are building blocks that:

  • are of the same type and
  • are both valid and
  • have a (partially) overlapping PeriodOfUse.

In this FD, the word active refers to both current and future building blocks. Section 4.4 provides further explanation of the terms active, current and future, as well as the term valid.

In some cases, parallel building blocks are permitted within an MBH. This is elaborated in the rules below for each type of building block.

  • Parallel MAs are not permitted within the same MBH. Complex build-up and phase-out schedules must also be recorded in a single MA.
  • Parallel WDSs are not permitted within the same MBH.
  • Parallel TAs are permitted within the same MBH. This may be necessary in order to fully implement the medication agreement.
  • Parallel MGBs are permitted within the same MBH, but only with parallel TAs. This enables correct medication verification, so that, for example, the medication use associated with one TA can be assessed as ’in accordance with the agreement’, while the medication use associated with another TA in the same MBH is registered as deviating. In all other cases, parallel MGBs are not permitted.


In certain situations, parallel MAs may arise or threaten to arise. Example:

  • When recording a new MA, it was not noticed that an MBH already exists for this medication.

If at any time it appears that there are parallel MAs, one of them must be discontinued.

2.5 Interrelationships pharmaceutical treatment and medication building blocks

An MBH may contain various building blocks. The interrelationships between the building blocks within an MBH is explained below, along with their numerical ratios, i.e. how often one building block may occur in relation to another building block within a single MBH. This concerns instances of the building blocks.

2.5.1 Interrelationships MBH - building blocks

The following applies to the interrelationships between an MBH and the building blocks (based on the MBH):

Pharmaceutical treatment → other building blocks
In principle, an MBH has at least one MA. There may be exceptions; some examples are:
• Self-care medication has only been recorded with building block MGB.
• Medication has been administered immediately in an acute situation and an MTD has been recorded.
• It has been agreed that the supplier may always provide stomach protection with an NSAID or prednisone.
In such cases, there is an MBH without MA.
There may be 0 to more MAs active within an MBH: 0 or 1 current MA, and 0 or more future MAs. See section 4.4.1 for an explanation of the terms active, current, and future.
An MBH can have 0 or more of the building blocks VV, WDS, TA, MVE, MGB and MTD. An MBH always contains at least 1 building block.

2.5.2 Interrelationships between building blocks

The table below shows the numerical ratios between the building blocks, starting with the MA. For each building block, the number of instances of another building block that can occur within the same MBH is indicated. Where necessary, statements are accompanied by examples.
When the word ‘refer’ is used, it refers to a Relationship field as it appears in the dataset in ART-DECOR. If such a relationship does not exist, but a statement is made about the numerical ratios between the building blocks, this is marked with an asterisk (*).

Some general rules about referencing:

  • A building block can reference a previously defined building block of the same type. This reference is not mandatory.
  • Stop building blocks must contain a reference to the building block to be stopped, provided that it is present in the MBH.
  • A normal building block never refers to a technical stop building block. Only a stop building block can refer to a technical stop.
Medication agreement → other building blocks
An MA may be succeeded by a new MA. Examples:
• Modifying existing medication.
• Discontinuing existing medication.
The new MA and any stop-MA then refer to the original MA.
An MA may be accompanied by 0, 1, or more WDSs.
An MA may be accompanied by 0, 1, or more VVs. Examples:
0 • The patient still has sufficient supplies
• It concerns self-care medication.
1 Prescribing a course of antibiotics.
>1 Repeat medication associated with long-term MA.
An MA may be accompanied by 0, 1, or more TAs. Examples:
0 • A new MA where no medication needs to be dispensed because the patient still has sufficient stock from a previous treatment.
• This concerns an MA for medication that does not require a legal prescription and that is obtained by the patient themselves from a chemist.
1 The most common situation, where a TA follows an MA.
>1 The supplier changes the commercial product or starts supplying the medication via GDS (Medicine Distribution System).
An MA may refer to a previously recorded TA. Example:
• A TA has been created for the dispensing of self-care medication. The prescriber decides to make this policy and creates an MA in the MBH of the TA.
An MA may refer to a previously recorded MGB. Example:
• The patient has created an MGB for self-care medication. The prescriber decides to make this policy and creates an MA in the MBH of the MGB.
Variable dosing regimen → other building blocks
A WDS refers to an MA.
A WDS may refer to a previously recorded WDS. Example:
• Modification of the variable dosing regimen.
Dispense request → other building blocks
A VV refers to 1 or more MAs. Example:
• In the event of an interim dosage increase, a VV can be recorded which, on the one hand, supplements the stock for the existing MA and, on the other hand, serves to start the stock for the future MA.

Exception:
In the transactions Making medication data available and Sending medication data, it is possible for a VV to exist without reference to an MA. This is only possible in the case of system migration, and sometimes in hybrid situations.

A VV may be accompanied by 0, 1, or more MVEs. Examples:
• 0 : The patient does not collect the medication.
• 1: This concerns a course of antibiotics.
• >1: GDS with VV for 3 months, dispensed weekly.
Administration agreement → other building blocks
A TA may be succeeded by a new TA. Examples:
• Modification of the existing MA.
• Supplying a product with a different PRK or HPK due to preference policy or stock shortage.
• Change in administration times or distribution form.
Multiple (possibly parallel) TAs may refer to the same MA. Examples:
• Supplying a medicine in the form of two or more products with different strengths that together produce the desired strength (parallel TAs).
• Supplying a medicine with a different PRK or HPK, for example due to preference policy or stock shortage (serial TAs).
• Supplying a medicine both in GDS and in a separate box as ’as needed’ medication. This involves different forms of distribution, so two TAs are required (parallel TAs).
A TA may exist without reference to an MA. Example:
• The supplier dispenses self-care medication and creates a TA in a new MBH.
• The supplier dispenses a supplementary medicine for which there is no prescription yet. He creates a TA for this in a new MBH and sends a VMA for the supplementary medicine to the prescriber.
(*) A TA may be accompanied by 0, 1, or more MVEs. Examples:
• 0: The patient has sufficient stock.
• 1: This concerns a course of antibiotics.
• >1: A repeat supply every 2 weeks.
Medication dispense → other building blocks
In an outpatient setting, an MVE is based on a VV. In that case, the MVE refers to that VV. Exceptions:
• Self-care medication obtained from the supplier.
• MVE based on a paper prescription. Paper prescriptions are in principle no longer permitted, but exceptions are possible; see the practical example Paper prescription.
(*)An MVE is based on an MA. Exception:
• Self-care medication obtained from the supplier. The supplier may also create a TA for this, but this is not mandatory.
(*) An MVE is based on a TA. Exception:
• Self-care medication obtained from the supplier. The supplier may also create a TA for this, but this is not mandatory.
(*) An MVE may be associated with multiple TAs. Example:
• A new TA has been created that did not require an MVE, because the patient had sufficient stock. The previous MVE then applies to both the old and the new TA.
Medication use → other building blocks
An MGB may refer to 0 or 1 MA. Examples:
• 0 : A patient records self-care medication with MGB.
• 1: A patient records their use of a medicine over the past few weeks with MGB, with reference to the relevant MA.
Multiple MGBs may refer to the same MA. Example:
• A patient regularly keeps track of their medication use by recording MGBs relating to the same MA.
An MGB may refer to 0 or 1 TA. Example:
• 0: A patient records self-care medication provided by the pharmacy using MGB.
Multiple MGBs may refer to the same TA. Example:
• A patient regularly keeps track of their medication use by recording MGBs relating to the same MA.
An MGB can refer to only one other building block, MA or TA. Reason:
• If an MGB refers to both MA and TA, and there is a difference between TA and MA, it is impossible to deduce the meaning of ’as agreed’.
Medication administration → other building blocks
An MTD refers to 0 or 1 MA and/or TA and/or WDS, depending on the situation. Examples:
• In ad hoc situations where medication must be administered immediately, the MTD does not refer to any building block.
• In outpatient situations, usually the TA will be referenced. In clinical situations, more likely reference will be made to an MA.
• The MTD can refer to both the MA and TA, if both exist. The MA to which the MTD refers must be the same as the one to which the TA refers.
• In the case of a WDS, the MTD will refer to both the WDS and the MA. The MA to which the MTD refers must be the same as the one to which the WDS refers.

The proposal data contain proposals for which it is not yet certain whether they will lead to new MAs or VVs. Proposal data always lead to responses containing the decision on those proposals. The numerical ratios for these proposal data are as follows:

  • A VMA can lead to 0, 1 or more MAs.
  • A VMA leads to 1 AVMA.
  • A VVV can lead to 0, 1 or more VVs.
  • A VVV leads to 1 AVVV.

2.5.3 Interrelationships between MBH and building blocks represented graphically

The statements in sections 2.5.1 and 2.5.2 result in the following figures:
Correlation MBH and building blocks

Figure 2.3 Interrelationships between MBH and building blocks

Figure 2.3 shows how many instances of therapeutic and logistical building blocks can occur within a single MBH. A patient may have zero or more pharmaceutical treatments.
Correlation building blocks within an MBH with mutual references

Figure 2.4 Interrelationships between building blocks within an MBH with mutual references

This figure shows the interrelationships between instances of the building blocks within a single MBH. The arrows indicate that one building block can refer to another building block. In the case of double-sided arrows, both building blocks can refer to each other. The following notation is used:

  • 0..1 – 0 or 1 time
  • 0..* – 0, 1 or more times
  • 1..* – at least once
  • 1..1 – exactly once

The numbers listed with a building block indicate how often this building block can occur within a single MBH (Figure 2.3), or, within the same MBH, with a single instance of the building block on the other side (Figure 2.4).
Example:

Explanation of notation numbers in images about MBH coherence and building blocks
Figure 2.5 Explanation of notation numbers in images about the interrelationships between MBH and building blocks

  • One instance of building block X can be associated with 0 or 1 instance of building block Y.
  • One instance of building block Y can be associated with 0, 1 or more instances of building block X.

NB: The cardinalities within transactions are described in ART-DECOR scenarios, see also Chapter 3.

2.6 Sending and/or making available

A patient's medication data may be stored in various information systems. The aim of Medication Process MP9 is to make these data accessible to all health professionals involved, and to the patient themselves.
There are two methods for exchanging medication building blocks in the healthcare chain: sending and making available.

Sending
Medication data are sent to other parties involved, who receive these data automatically. Medication data are not sent to specific health professionals, but to healthcare providers. When the FD refers to sending to ‘the supplier/general practitioner/pulmonologist, etc.’, it refers to the relevant healthcare providers, not that individual health professional.
In MP9, sending is done using a Sending transaction, for example Sending medication data. The initiative lies with the sending party.

Making available
Once recorded, medication data can also be made available. This means that they can be queried. Querying allows other parties involved in the chain to collect all available medication building blocks.

Not all data are always made available to everyone:

  • Proposal data are only sent by the person making the proposal to the recipient of the proposal, the prescriber.
  • Dispense requests are only made available for querying by the patient.
  • An information system only makes building blocks available that have been created by the health professional concerned. Any copies from another source are not made available.
  • The Height and Weight HCIMs can be sent with the medication prescription. Laboratory results can also be sent. Querying/making these building blocks available is not within the scope of MP9.

The actual exchange of data takes place in MP9 with the Query and Making Available transactions, for example Query medication data and Making available medication data. The initiative for this lies with the querying party.
PLEASE NOTE: In these transactions, making available is a response to a query, so it concerns the actual delivery of the requested data to the querying party.

See Chapter 3 for further explanation of these transactions.

3 Information exchange

This chapter provides an overview of the information systems, system roles, transactions and the associated building blocks in MP9. It briefly describes how these concepts relate to each other and how they are used in the description of this information standard. The purpose of this chapter is to clarify the basic principles of information exchange within MP9. For detailed information, please refer to the source data in ART-DECOR index.

3.1 Overview of concepts

Recorded medication data are exchanged in the form of instances of medication building blocks. This takes place via transactions between the information systems of health professionals. Transactions are grouped into transaction groups, which in turn are part of scenarios. These can be found in the Scenarios tab in ART-DECOR scenarios.
An overview of the transactions per system role can also be found there (actor: system). A system role is a function that the system fulfils in the exchange of data. Each information system in MP9 must be able to fulfil certain system roles in order to be able to execute the corresponding transaction.

The Dataset tab in ART-DECOR contains the generic dataset with all data types relevant to MP9. A transaction dataset is a subset of this generic dataset. It contains the building blocks and data elements that can or must be exchanged in the transaction in question. The cardinality and conformity of the data elements are specified for each transaction. For an explanation of this, see the Guide to Cardinalities and Conformance .

A use case describes a practical situation in healthcare for which the exchange of information is specified on the basis of:

  • Actors: Persons and information systems involved in the use case. This concerns the roles that these actors fulfil:
    • Business roles: prescriber, supplier, administrator, patient
    • System roles: sending, receiving, querying and making available
  • Transactions: What information is exchanged, when, between which systems and system roles, and which business roles are involved.

The report Information Standards: foundation for data exchange in healthcare provides further explanation and background information on these concepts and their interrelationships.

3.2 Information systems, system roles and transactions

This section describes the information systems, system roles, transactions and associated building blocks within MP9.

3.2.1 Types of information systems

Within MP9, different types of information systems are distinguished based on their functional role:

  • EVS – electronic prescription system
  • AIS – pharmacy information system
  • PGO – personal health environment
  • eTDR – electronic administration registration system
  • TrIS – thrombosis information system

XIS is the generic term used to refer to an information system.

3.2.2 System roles and associated transactions and building blocks

A system role is a function that the system performs in the exchange of data. It involves the following general functions:

  • Sending system – sends data to a Receiving system
  • Receiving system – receives data from a Sending system
  • Querying system – requests data from an Available-making system
  • Available-making system – sends the requested data to a Querying system

An information system can fulfil one or more of these system roles.

The table below provides an overview of the system roles within MP9 with their abbreviations, the corresponding transaction and the building blocks that may be involved. In the ART-DECOR scenarios can be found how the building blocks involved are implemented for each transaction.

System role Abbreviation Transaction Possible building blocks involved
Scenario Medication prescription
VoorschriftSturend MP-VOS Sending medication prescription MA with or without VV; Length, Weight (if applicable)
If necessary, kidney function values can be sent along with the prescription via the Lab2Zorg transaction. See Guide for including kidney function value with prescription.
VoorschriftOntvangend MP-VOO Receiving medication prescription
Scenario Medication prescription processing
VoorschriftAfhandelingSturend MP-VAS Sending data on processing of medication prescription TA with or without MVE
VoorschriftAfhandelingOntvangend MP-VAO Receiving data on processing of medication prescription
Scenario Medication data
MedicatieGegevensSturend MP-MGS Sending medication data 1 or more:
MA, VV, TA, MVE, MTD, MGB, WDS
MedicatieGegevensOntvangend MP-MGO Receiving medication data
MedicatieGegevensBeschikbaarstellend MP-MGB Making medication data available
MedicatieGegevensRaadplegend MP-MGR Query medication data
Scenario Proposal data
VoorstelMedicatieafspraakSturend MP-VMS Sending proposal medication agreement VMA with or without Length, Weight
VoorstelMedicatieafspraakOntvangend MP-VMO Receiving proposal medication agreement
AntwoordVoorstelMedicatieafspraakSturend MP-AVMS Sending reply proposal medication agreement AVMA
AntwoordVoorstelMedicatieafspraakOntvangend MP-AVMO Receiving reply proposal medication agreement
VoorstelVerstrekkingsverzoekSturend MP-VVS Sending proposal dispense request VVV
VoorstelVerstrekkingsverzoekOntvangend MP-VVO Receiving proposal dispense request
AntwoordVoorstelVerstrekkingsverzoekSturend MP-AVVS Sending reply proposal dispense request AVVV
AntwoordVoorstelVerstrekkingsverzoekOntvangend MP-AVVO Receiving reply proposal dispense request

Certain system roles are each other's logical counterparts and therefore always occur together in a system. For example, sending a prescription and receiving confirmation that the prescription has been processed. This concerns the following Send/Receive pairs:

  • MP-VOS and MP-VAO
  • MP-VOO and MP-VAS
  • MP-VMS and MP-AVMO
  • MP-VMO and MP-AVMS
  • MP-VVS and MP-AVVO
  • MP-VVO and MP-AVVS

3.2.3 Information systems and system roles

An information system can fulfil various system roles. The table below shows which roles these are for each information system.

system role EVS AIS PGO eTDR TrIS
MP-VOS - - -
MP-VOO - - - -
MP-VAS - - - -
MP-VAO - - -
MP-MGS
MP-MGO
MP-MGB
MP-MGR
MP-VMS
MP-VMO - - - -
MP-AVMS - - - -
MP-AVMO
MP-VVS
MP-VVO - - - -
MP-AVVS - - - -
MP-AVVO

Figure 3.1 is a graphical representation of this:

Information systems and system roles
Figure 3.1 Information systems and system roles

3.3 Scenarios

This section describes the following scenarios:

  • Medication prescription
  • Medication prescription processing
  • Medication data
  • Proposal data

In the description of each scenario the sub-processes in which it may occur are indicated. The corresponding process descriptions can be found in Chapter 5.
A subdivision per scenario rather than per use case has been chosen. This is because there is no one-to-one relationship between use cases and scenarios within the medication process. For example, the Prescription sub-process includes the use case of sending a medication prescription, but also the use cases of receiving data on the processing of a prescription, receiving and responding to a proposal from a supplier, or drawing up an overview of medication data. All scenarios apply in this sub-process. Conversely, the Medication data scenario can be used for all kinds of different use cases. A description per scenario is therefore the most efficient approach.

3.3.1 Scenario Medication prescription

3.3.1.1 Objective

The objective is for the prescriber to send a prescription to the supplier.

3.3.1.2 Process

This scenario applies to the use case of prescribing medication during the Prescribing sub-process.

3.3.1.3 Business roles and activity diagram

Business role (actor) Description of business role
Prescriber Sending medication prescription to supplier
Supplier Receiving medication prescription from prescriber

Activity diagram scenario Medication prescription

3.3.1.4 Systems and system roles

The prescriber uses an EVS. The supplier uses an AIS.

System Name system role System role code Description of system role
EVS VoorschriftSturend MP-VOS Sending medication prescription
AIS VoorschriftOntvangend MP-VOO Receiving medication prescription

3.3.1.5 Relationship between business roles, system roles and transactions

Scenario Business role System System role code Transaction group Transaction
Medication prescription Prescriber EVS MP-VOS Medication prescription (Sending/Receiving) Sending medication prescription
Supplier AIS MP-VOO Receiving medication prescription

3.3.2 Scenario Medication prescription processing

3.3.2.1 Objective

The objective is for the supplier to inform the prescriber about the processing of a medication prescription.

3.3.2.2 Process

This scenario applies to the use case of processing medication prescriptions during the sub-process Dispense.

3.3.2.3 Business roles and activity diagram

Business role (actor) Description of business role
Supplier Sending data on processing of medication prescription to prescriber
Prescriber Receiving data on processing of medication prescription from supplier

Activity diagram scenario Medication prescription processing

3.3.2.4 Systems and system roles

The supplier uses an AIS. The prescriber uses an EVS.

System Name system role System role code Description of system role
AIS VoorschriftAfhandelingSturend MP-VAS Sending data on processing of medication prescription
EVS VoorschriftAfhandelingOntvangend MP-VAO Receiving data on processing of medication prescription

3.3.2.5 Relationship between business roles, system roles and transactions

Scenario Business role System System role code Transaction group Transaction
Medication prescription processing Supplier AIS MP-VAS Medication prescription processing (Sending/Receiving) Sending data on processing of medication prescription
Prescriber EVS MP-VAO Receiving data on processing of medication prescription

3.3.3 Scenario Medication data

3.3.3.1 Objective

The objective is to enable health professionals and patients to exchange medication data by sending, receiving, querying and making the data available. Examples of use cases include:

  • Making available an MGB that has been recorded during the medication verification process;
  • Querying medication data for the purpose of drawing up an administration list;
  • Sending a stop-MA by a prescriber to the prescriber of the original MA;
  • Making a TA and MVE available by the supplier;
  • Querying medication data by a patient.

3.3.3.2 Process

This scenario applies to various use cases during each of the sub-processes in Chapter 5.

3.3.3.3 Business roles and activity diagram

The Medication data scenario can apply to all business roles (health professionals and patients).

Business role (actor) Description of business role
All actors Sending medication data to fellow health professionals/patient
Receiving medication data from fellow health professionals/patient
Query medication data from fellow health professionals/patient
Providing requested medication data to fellow health professionals/patient

Activity diagram scenario Medication data

3.3.3.4 Systems and system roles

The generic term XIS can refer to any information system, including EVS and AIS, as well as PGO, TrIS and eTDR.

System Name system role System role code Description of system role
XIS MedicatieGegevensSturend MP-MGS Sending medication data
MedicatieGegevensOntvangend MP-MGO Receiving medication data
MedicatieGegevensRaadplegend MP-MGR Query medication data
MedicatieGegevensBeschikbaarstellend MP-MGB Providing requested medication data

3.3.3.5 Relationship between business roles, system roles and transactions

Scenario Business role System System role code Transaction group Transaction
Medication data All actors XIS MP-MGS Medication data (Sending/Receiving) Sending medication data
MP-MGO Receiving medication data
MP-MGR Medication data (Querying/Making available) Query medication data
MP-MGB Making medication data available

3.3.4 Scenario Proposal data

NB: In this FD and the dataset, the proposal data are published as a beta version (see section 1.5.4).

3.3.4.1 Objective

The objective is to make a proposal regarding an MA or VV to the prescriber. All actors can make such a proposal.

3.3.4.2 Process

This scenario applies in use cases during all sub-processes. In section 5.6 the working method with proposal data is explained in more detail.

3.3.4.3 Business roles and activity diagram

The Proposal data scenario can apply to all business roles (health professionals and patients).

Business role (actor) Description of business role
All actors Sending proposal MA/VV to prescriber
Receiving reply proposal MA/VV from prescriber
Prescriber Receiving proposal MA/VV from all actors
Sending reply proposal MA/VV to all actors

Activity diagram scenario Proposal data

3.3.4.4 Systems and system roles

The prescriber uses an EVS. All actors use an XIS.

System Name system role System role code Description of system role
XIS VoorstelMedicatieafspraakSturend MP-VMS Sending proposal medication agreement
AntwoordVoorstelMedicatieafspraakOntvangend MP-AVMO Receiving reply proposal medication agreement
VoorstelVerstrekkingsverzoekSturend MP-VVS Sending proposal dispense request
AntwoordVoorstelVerstrekkingsverzoekOntvangend MP-AVVO Receiving reply proposal dispense request
EVS VoorstelMedicatieafspraakOntvangend MP-VMO Receiving proposal medication agreement
AntwoordVoorstelMedicatieafspraakSturend MP-AVMS Sending reply proposal medication agreement
VoorstelVerstrekkingsverzoekOntvangend MP-VVO Receiving proposal dispense request
AntwoordVoorstelVerstrekkingsverzoekSturend MP-AVVS Sending reply proposal dispense request

3.3.4.5 Relationship between business roles, system roles and transactions

Scenario Business role System System role code Transaction group Transaction
Proposal data All actors XIS MP-VMS Proposal medication agreement (VMS/VMO) Sending proposal medication agreement
Prescriber EVS MP-VMO Receiving proposal medication agreement
Proposal data All actors XIS MP-AVMO Reply proposal medication agreement (AVMS/AVMO) Receiving reply proposal medication agreement
Prescriber EVS MP-AVMS Sending reply proposal medication agreement
Proposal data All actors XIS MP-VVS Proposal dispense request (VVS/VVO) Sending proposal dispense request
Prescriber EVS MP-VVO Receiving proposal dispense request
Proposal data All actors XIS MP-AVVO Reply proposal dispense request (AVVS/AVVO) Receiving reply proposal dispense request
Prescriber EVS MP-AVVS Sending reply proposal dispense request

4 Consolidation: what, why and how

Consolidation involves merging data and then applying rules to create a coherent whole.
This chapter explains the what, why and how of consolidation.
Section 4.1 explains what consolidation is in the context of this information standard.
Section 4.2 explains the purpose of consolidation.
Section 4.3 describes the consolidation process.
Section 4.4 explains the concepts that are important in this context.
Section 4.5 describes the consolidation rules.
Section 4.6 explains what consolidation means for medication data overviews.

4.1 What is consolidation?

Consolidation is the merging of data and the application of rules to the merged set in order to arrive at a coherent whole.
In this information standard, this concerns the set of building blocks that is collected during querying. This collection can be very extensive. There may be different MBHs, each of which may also contain multiple building blocks. This can even amount to hundreds of building blocks.
After querying, consolidation rules are used to determine how each building block in the set should be interpreted.

4.2 What is the goal of consolidation?

The purpose of consolidation is to create a ‘coherent whole’ within the collection of building blocks. What this means exactly depends on the purpose of the query. An administration list requires different data than a general practitioner who wants to view the medication history of a new patient. It must be clear which building blocks provide the desired data. The consolidation rules can be used to determine the status of each building block within 1 MBH on the basis of two criteria:

  • Is a building block ‘active’ or not?
  • Is a building block ‘valid’ or not?

This status determines whether a building block contains the correct information for the intended application.

The concepts ‘active’ and ‘valid’ are explained in section 4.4.

4.3 Consolidation process

Consolidation involves the following steps:
Collecting building blocks
Building blocks for a specific period of time are collected from all available sources. This is done using the Query medication data transaction (see section 3.3.3).
In some situations, a building block may appear to be active and valid when in fact this is no longer the case. For this reason, the stop-building block with the most recent RegistrationDateTime must also be provided for each MBH, using the query parameter LatestStop. The available-making system will then provide the last stop-MA, stop-TA and stop-WDS, even if such a building block falls outside the requested time period. In this way, it can still be determined that the building block has been stopped.
Deduplicating identical building blocks
In principle, duplicate building blocks should not occur, as the information systems involved in this transaction are only allowed to make their own medication data available. In some cases, however, this can still occur. The information system must therefore be able to identify and deduplicate any identical building blocks.
Applying consolidation rules
Consolidation rules are used to determine the activeness and validity of each building block in an MBH. This is explained in more detail in the following sections.

4.4 Terms relevant to the description of the consolidation rules

This section explains the terms used in the consolidation rules. The general rules are described using examples. These rules are explained in detail in section 4.5.

4.4.1 Is a building block active?

Active means that the effective end date/time of a building block, viewed from the present, lies in the future. The following section explains what is meant by the word ‘effective’ in the above sentence.

4.4.1.1 Effective period

The effective period of a building block is the period during which a building block is (or has been) current.

Once a building block has been established, it does not change (see section 2.4.3). This also applies to its PeriodOfUse. In practice, however, the actual start and end dates of an agreement may differ from those specified in the building block.

General rule: The effective end date/time of a building block changes due to a stop building block with reference to that building block.

Example
A patient is prescribed a medication for an indefinite period. The MA has startDateTime = day 1 and no endDateTime. After two weeks, the prescriber decides that the patient should stop taking the medication due to side effects. The stop-MA has the startDateTime of the original MA = day 1 and endDateTime = day 14.
On day 30, the MA appears to be current when viewed on its own, as it has no endDateTime. However, the effective end date/time of the MA has become that of the stop-MA.

General rule: The effective start date/time and end date/time of an MA can be influenced by a TA.

Example
A patient is prescribed a medication for 5 days. The MA has startDateTime = day 1 and endDateTime = day 5. The patient picks up the medication after 3 days. The TA therefore has a startDateTime = day 4 and an endDateTime = day 8.
On day 6, the endDateTime of the MA has passed. If only that MA is considered, it no longer appears to be current. However, the TA shows that the MA should still be considered current. The MA has an effective start date/time = day 4 and an effective end date/time = day 8.

These general rules are specified in more detail in section 4.5.1.

4.4.1.2 Active and non-active

Active building blocks have an effective end date/time that lies in the future relative to the present. Active building blocks are:

  • Current building blocks, where the present lies between the effective start date/time and the effective end date/time.
  • Future building blocks, where the effective start date/time lies in the future.

Non-active building blocks have an effective end date/time in the past. These building blocks form the history of a treatment. This also allows the course of a treatment in the past to be viewed.

Figure 4.1 illustrates these concepts graphically.

Huidige actual and future building blocks

Figure 4.1. Active (present + future) and non-active building blocks within an MBH

4.4.2 Is a building block valid?

Valid refers to whether a building block accurately reflects the real situation. This depends on the context, in the form of possible other building blocks in the MBH concerned.
Once recorded, the information in a building block does not change. However, how that information should be understood may change when a subsequent building block is recorded within the same MBH.

General rule: A stop-building block stops the building block to which it refers, thereby making it invalid.

Example
There is an MA for an indefinite period with an accompanying VV. Can the supplier dispense medication based on this MA?
Situation A: No stop-building block with reference to this MA has been recorded. The MA is valid: the information in this building block is a correct representation of the actual situation.
The answer is Yes. Based on the information in this building block, the supplier may dispense the medicine.

Situation B: The MA has been followed by a stop-MA with reference to this MA. The MA has therefore been stopped and thus been made invalid: this MA does not provide an accurate representation of the real situation.
The answer is No. The supplier may no longer dispense the medicine, even though it is an MA for an indefinite period.

General rule: Some building blocks can also make building blocks of a different type invalid

Example
There is a current MA and TA for a medicine that needs to be administered. The TA is not followed by a stop-TA. Can the administrator administer the medicine?
Situation A: The corresponding MA has not been followed by a stop-building block. The MA and the TA are therefore both valid.
The answer is Yes. The administrator may administer the medicine in question.

Situation B: The corresponding MA has been stopped by a stop-MA with immediate effect. However, this stop-MA has not yet been processed in the pharmacy, which means that no stop-TA has been created yet. Although the TA is still current, it has become invalid due to the stop-MA.
The answer is No. The administrator may no longer administer the medicine.

These general rules are specified in more detail in section 4.5.2.

4.5 Consolidation rules

Section 4.4 shows that a building block can be valid without being active. Conversely, a building block can also be active without being valid. The corresponding rules for both are set out below.

4.5.1 Rules for determining the effective period of a building block

Section 4.4.1.1 lists two general rules regarding the effective period:

General rules:
The effective end date/time of a building block changes due to a stop building block with reference to that building block.
The effective start date/time and end date/time of an MA can be influenced by a TA.

The effective start date/time and end date/time, and therefore the effective period of a building block, are derived data. They are therefore not part of the dataset. The derivation rules are explained below. The number next to each derivation rule indicates the order in which the rules must be executed.

Starting medication
Making a medication agreement
Medication is started by recording an MA.

Rule 1a: The effective period of an MA is equal to its PeriodOfUse.

Making an administration agreement
A TA fills in an MA in concrete terms.

Rule 1b: The effective period of a TA is equal to its PeriodOfUse.

If an MA has an associated TA, the following applies:

Rule 2a: The effective period of the MA is equal to the effective period of the TA.


Stopping medication
Stopping a medication agreement
Medication is permanently stopped by creating a stop-MA with stop type ‘stopped’ and:

  • startDateTime = startDateTime of the original MA
  • endDateTime = date on which the medication is stopped.

The effective period of the original MA is replaced by that of the new stop-MA.

Rule 1c: When an MA is permanently stopped, the effective period of the MA is the effective period of the stop-MA.

Stopping an administration agreement
Situation A: The TA is stopped while the MA remains unchanged.
The effective period of the original TA is replaced by the effective period of the stop-TA. According to rule 1b, the latter is equal to its PeriodOfUse.

Situation B: The TA is stopped as a result of a stop-MA.
The stop-TA fills in the stop-MA in concrete terms. It is possible that the endDateTime of the stop-TA is later than that of the stop-MA, for example because the stop-MA specifies that the stop can take effect with the next GDS medication role. In such a case, the effective period of the MA changes, according to rules 1b and 2a.

Rules 1b and 2a: effective period stop-MA = effective period stop-TA = PeriodOfUse stop-TA.

Changing medication
Changing medication agreement
The prescriber changes medication within the MBH by discontinuing the original MA1 and creating a new MA2. This does not change the previous derivation rules:

Rule 1a: effective period of new MA2 = PeriodOfUse of MA2.
Rule 1c: effective period MA1 = effective period technical stop-MA.

Changing the administration agreement
Situation A: The TA is changed while the MA remains the same.
An MA is filled in in concrete terms by a TA. A change can be made to this TA (see section 5.3.2.4). This means that several consecutive TAs can be created under one MA. The effective period of the MA is now determined by all associated TAs.

Rule 2b: The effective period of an MA runs from the earliest startDateTime to the latest endDateTime of the associated TA's.

Parallel TAs may exist under a single MA whose RegistrationDateTime and startDateTime are the same. This does not change rule 2b.

Situation B: The TA is changed as a result of a change in the MA. This does not change the previous rules.

Temporarily interrupting and resuming medication
Medication is interrupted by creating a stop-MA with stop type ‘interrupted’ and with the same startDateTime as the original MA. The endDateTime of the stop-MA is the moment of the temporary interruption. Resumption is done by creating an MA with the date of resumption as startDateTime. However, the stop type ‘interrupted’ ensures that the effective period remains based on the effective startDateTime of the original MA.

Rule 1d: Temporary interruption of medication does not affect the effective period. The effective period remains the same as the effective period of the original MA.

4.5.1.1 Summary of rules for determining the effective period

The rules described must be applied in numerical order:

  • Rule 1a: The effective period of an MA is equal to its PeriodOfUse.
  • Rule 1b: The effective period of a (stop-)TA is equal to its PeriodOfUse.
  • Rule 1c: When an MA is permanently stopped, the effective period of the MA is the effective period of the stop-MA.
  • Rule 1d: Temporary interruption of medication does not affect the effective period. The effective period remains the same as the effective period of the original MA.
  • Rule 2a: The effective period of the MA is equal to the effective period of the TA.
  • Rule 2b: The effective period of an MA runs from the earliest startDateTime to the latest endDateTime of the associated TA’s.

4.5.2 Rules for determining the validity of a building block

Section 4.4 lists two general rules regarding the validity of building blocks within 1 MBH. These are specified in more detail below.
General rules:
A stop-building block stops the building block to which it refers, thereby making it invalid.
Some building blocks can also make building blocks of a different type invalid.

Stopping and making invalid other building blocks takes effect from the endDateTime of the stop-building block. The specific validity rules within a single MBH are as follows:

1. A stop-MA makes invalid at its endDateTime:
  • the original MA to which this stop-MA refers, and
  • the TA and WDS that also refer to that original MA, and
  • all previously recorded MGBs
2. A stop-TA makes invalid at its endDateTime:
  • the original TA to which this stop-TA refers, and
  • all previously recorded MGBs
3. A stop-WDS makes invalid on its endDateTime:
  • the WDS to which this stop-WDS refers, and
  • all previously recorded MGBs
4. Each type of MA, TA and WDS makes invalid all previously recorded MGBs.
5. Each type of MGB makes invalid all previously recorded MGBs, provided they originate from the same type of author.
Exception: In the case of parallel TAs, a new MGB only makes invalid the older MGBs that belong to the same TA and originate from the same type of author.

The same rules apply to cancelation-building blocks.

The validity rules apply to agreement building blocks, i.e. MA, TA, and WDS. MGBs are not agreement building blocks, but may still be relevant. That is why they are also included in the consolidation rules. In the case of MGBs, ‘invalid’ can be interpreted as ‘the information in this building block may be out of date’.
MTDs are not included in these rules. An MTD is a record of an action that has already taken place. A stop-building block has no influence on an MTD that has already been recorded.

NB: Once a building block has been made invalid, it cannot be made valid again. A new building block must then be created.

The rules are applicable in the most common situations within an MBH. However, there may be situations that are not adequately covered by these rules. If a system cannot determine which building blocks are valid based on the above rules, this must be indicated to the end user. The end user can then assess this further themselves.

The rules are illustrated with examples on the page Examples of validity rules.
The Implementation manual Consolidation/derivation Rules provides a (non-normative) step-by-step plan for a possible practical application of the rules.

4.6 Medication data overviews

After consolidation, for each building block in an MBH is known whether it’s valid or invalid, and active or non-active. This allows all data to be placed in its correct context.
Based on this, various overviews of medication data can be generated. There are all kinds of situations and purposes in which an overview of medication data can be used. Therefore, there is no single definition or description for this. Such an overview can also take various forms (paper, PDF, presentation on a screen, etc.).

The consolidation rules are used to compile:

For each situation a proper presentation can be chosen, in consultation between the user or organisation and the supplier. The effective period can be used, for example, to show the course of a treatment, or to classify medication as current, future and recently discontinued.
Further information on administration lists can be found in section 5.4.2.

There are also situations in which the consolidation rules do not lead to a complete and/or accurate overview, for example because the patient has not given permission to share information. Medication verification is therefore always desirable.

5 Medication process

This chapter describes the medication process in relation to recording and exchanging the necessary data. The generic medication process essentially consists of the sub-processes of prescribing, dispensing, administering and using. The process begins when a patient starts using a medicine, whether prescribed or not. It ends when the use of the medicine in question stops.

The process can vary depending on the sector and situation. Not all parts are always applicable; for example, a VV is required for medication dispensing in an outpatient situation, but not in a clinical situation. Sub-processes can also be carried out iteratively or in a different order.

Supporting activities such as medication verification and medication monitoring are also necessary to ensure that the medication process is carried out responsibly. Medication verification is involved in various sub-processes and is therefore also included as a separate sub-process.
Because MP9 contributes to the completeness of medication data, better medication monitoring can be carried out. Medication monitoring itself falls outside the scope of this FD.

The sub-processes are described in sections 5.1 to 5.5.
Section 5.6 explains proposal data.
Section 5.7 contains some points of attention regarding the clinical situation.
Section 5.8 summarises the information relating to GDS medication from the previous sections.

The functional description is illustrated with practical examples. All practical examples can be found on a separate overview page. In addition, there are separate pages with practical examples for each sub-process and for GDS (Medicine Distribution System, Dutch: Geneesmiddel Distributie Systeem):

Some practical examples are relevant to multiple sub-processes and can therefore be found on different pages.

5.1 Sub-process Medication verification

This section describes the medication verification process. Medication verification involves determining the actual use of medication by the patient, together with the patient or their representative. Other information that may be relevant to that use (contraindications, allergies, serious side effects and laboratory values) may also be requested. The aim is to gain optimal insight into the actual use of medication by a patient, so that good care can be provided. Medication verification may be necessary or desirable at various points in the care process. For example, prior to prescribing, dispensing or administering medication, when evaluating a treatment, or when preparing for admission. To support the implementation of this sub-process, various examples are available on the page Practical examples sub-process Medication verification.

5.1.1 Overview of the sub-process Medication verification

Using the Query medication data transaction, the health professional collects the available medication building blocks, including any MGBs recorded by the patient. After consolidation, the health professional has an overview of the patient's medication.
In addition, sources such as the following can also be used:

  • medication brought along
  • telephone information from the patient's pharmacist or general practitioner

The health professional discusses this information with the patient and can record the verified medication (including self-care medication and medication from abroad) with the MGB building block.
The recorded data on medication use are made available to fellow health professionals and the patient so that they can be queried.

5.1.2 Results of Medication verification

5.1.2.1 How is a medicine used?

When verifying medication, the following outcomes are possible for each medicine:

  • The medicine is being used as agreed.
  • The medicine is not being used as agreed. Examples:
– The patient is using the medicine differently than agreed, or wants to do so.
– The patient is using a different medicine than the one known to the health professional.
  • It is unknown whether the use is as agreed. Example:
– The patient has been prescribed medication abroad, but the prescription is no longer available.

The health professional can record these findings for each medicine using the MGB building block. This is explained in more detail in section 5.1.3.

In the event of deviating use, a prescriber may also decide to record a new MA or MA with modification (see section 5.2.2). If the prescriber sees no reason to do so, they may also record only an MGB, possibly with a comment that he or she has requested the patient to adhere to the agreements made earlier.
In the event of deviating use, a health professional can also send a VMA to the prescriber (see section 5.6) and/or advise the patient to inform the prescriber about the deviating use.

5.1.2.2 Inadvertently outstanding medication or ‘orphans’

During verification, it may become apparent that medication is incorrectly still outstanding. In certain situations, building blocks (MAs, TAs) may have remained inadvertently active, known as ‘orphans’. Examples:

  • In the hybrid situation, something went wrong when merging building blocks for the same medication.
  • Medication has been discontinued in a system other than that of the prescriber, and this system is no longer available for exchanging building blocks. As a result, the stop-MA is not provided and the original MA therefore still appears to be active and valid.

In the case of building blocks with endDateTime, the problem is limited because that medication is automatically no longer active after the endDateTime. Building blocks without an endDateTime, however, would continue to appear active and valid without intervention. Such ‘orphans’ can be identified during medication verification. The health professional must correct this with a stop-building block. If possible, the stop-building block is sent to the health professional who recorded the original building block.

5.1.3 Directions for recording data in the building block medication use

This section explains how to fill in certain data elements in specific situations. All formal source information about the building blocks and their data elements can be found in the Dataset and Scenarios tabs in the ART-DECOR index. The table below shows how certain data elements should be filled in in different situations.

The health professional performing the verification is the Author of the building block. In Informant, the source of the relevant information can be indicated, for example the patient, a health professional or another person involved. In RelationMedicationAgreement or RelationAdministrationAgreement, reference is made to the MA or TA that was the reference for specifying this use.

Situation Use Indicator AsAgreed Indicator MedicationUse StopType PeriodOfUse (fill in a maximum of 2 out of 3) DosingInstructions
startDateTime Duration endDateTime
Medication is/will be used in PeriodOfUse
This is as agreed yes yes leave empty fill in in accordance with MA or TA fill in in accordance with MA or TA
date/time when medication use started or will start (intended) duration of medication use date/time when medication use is or will be discontinued
This is not as agreed yes no leave empty date/time when deviating medication use started or will start (intended) duration of non-compliant medication use date/time when non-compliant medication use is or will be discontinued the actual dosage used must be entered
There is no agreement (self-care medication) / unknown whether this is as agreed yes leave empty leave empty date/time when medication use started or will start (intended) duration of medication use date/time when medication is or will be discontinued the dosage agreed upon by the patient must be entered
Medication is not/will not be used in PeriodOfUse
This is as agreed no yes leave empty or fill in in accordance with stop-agreement date/time from which medication use will be discontinued or suspended n/a in case of discontinuing (intended) duration of suspension of medication use n/a in case of discontinuing date/time when medication use is or will be resumed leave empty, there is no dosage
This is not as agreed no no discontinued / suspended date/time from which use will be discontinued or suspended n/a in case of discontinuing (intended) duration of suspension of medication use n/a in case of discontinuing date/time when medication use is or will be resumed leave empty, there is no dosage
There is no agreement (self-care medication) / unknown whether this is as agreed no leave empty discontinued / suspended date/time from which medication use will be discontinued or suspended n/a in case of discontinuing (intended) duration of suspension of medication use n/a in case of discontinuing date/time when medication use is or will be resumed leave empty, there is no dosage


5.1.4 Information exchange and system roles during sub-process Medication verification

During the Medication verification sub-process, various forms of information exchange may take place. The table below shows which system roles are required for this.

type of information exchange system role system role code
The health professional queries the available medication data. MedicatieGegevensRaadplegend MP-MGR
The health professional's information system responds to the query by providing the recorded medication data. MedicatieGegevensBeschikbaarstellend MP-MGB
The health professional can send the recorded medication data to other health professionals. MedicatieGegevensSturend MP-MGS

Health professionals who perform medication verification can use various information systems. See section 3.2.3 for an overview of the system roles per information system.

5.2 Sub-process Prescribe

This section describes the prescribing process. The prescriber role may be cariied out by anyone with prescribing authority under the Individual Healthcare Professions Act (BIG). In addition, a prescriber may delegate this task to other health professionals without their own prescribing authority. This is only permitted within the conditions set out in the Act and within the agreements of the healthcare organisation concerned.
To support the implementation of this sub-process, various examples are available on the page Practical examples sub-process Prescribe.

5.2.1 Overview sub-process Prescribe

5.2.1.1 Process of prescribing in general

Starting the prescribing process
The prescribing process can start during a consultation or following a proposal from another health professional or the patient regarding their medication treatment. See section 5.6 for an explanation of proposal data.
The prescriber evaluates the patient's situation, including their medication treatment. An overview of medication data can be used for this purpose (see Chapter 4).

Possible actions when prescribing
The prescriber then decides to start, continue, stop or change medication. The following medication building blocks can be recorded:

  • MA for recording the prescriber's therapeutic intention.
  • WDS for specifying the dosing regimen for medicines with varying dosages (e.g. anticoagulant medication)
  • VV for the logistical processing of the prescribed medication.

This is further elaborated for each building block in sections 5.2.2 to 5.2.4.
Section 5.2.5 contains instructions for completing the MA and VV building blocks in specific situations.

Exchanging data
The prescriber sends the (stop-) MA with or without VV to the supplier using the Sending medication prescription transaction. If necessary, a WDS, information about the patient's height or weight, or kidney function value can be sent along with it. The recorded data are also made available. The transfer of information is discussed further in section 5.2.6.
Medication monitoring is carried out during the prescribing process; the details of this are outside the scope of this FD.

5.2.1.2 Some specific situations

GP out-of-hours service (huisartsenpost, HAP)
A GP out-of-hours service works on behalf of the regular GP. In principle, the generic prescribing process is followed by the HAP. The HAP can also start, continue, change, and stop medication. If necessary, the HAP will also make the corresponding dispense requests. To supplement this process, the GP out-of-hours service prescriber can use the data element NextPractitioner (see section 5.2.5.1.7).

Medication process in the clinical situation
The medication process in the clinical situation is dealt with separately in section 5.7.

Medication on the administration list
For some patients, medication is listed on an administration list (administration patients). This medication can be administered by an administrator or by the patient themselves. The data required to generate an administration list can be recorded by the prescriber in MA or WDS and/or by the supplier in the TA (see section 5.2.5 and section 5.4.2).

5.2.2 Medication agreement

The MA is the therapeutic building block in a prescription. In it, the prescriber records what has been agreed with the patient about the medicine in question. The MA reflects the prescriber's therapeutic intention.

In general terms, a prescriber can create an initial MA within a new MBH, or continue, stop, change or temporarily interrupt an existing MA. This is explained in sections 5.2.2.1 to 5.2.2.5. See also section 2.4.3 for an explanation of the procedure for stopping and modifying a building block.

The intended duration of the medication is specified in the PeriodOfUse:

  • Medication for an indefinite period: only startDateTime is entered, without duration or endDateTime
  • Medication for a specific period: 2 of the 3 data elements must be entered. This also applies to medication for single use.
  • If an endDateTime is specified, the time must always be provided. This is to avoid confusion between ‘until’ and ‘up to and including’. In the case of an ‘up to and including’ date (i.e. a whole day), the time 23:59:59 applies.


Section 5.2.5.1 explains how a number of data elements should be completed in certain situations.

5.2.2.1 Starting medication

An initial MA usually marks the start of an MBH. Sometimes, an MBH can also start with a different therapeutic building block. Examples:

  • MTD in situations where acute administration of a medicine is required.
  • TA if the supplier does not (yet) have access to the digital MA, for example in the hybrid situation.
  • MGB recorded by the patient.

In such cases, the first MA in an MBH can follow after the other building block has been recorded. Even then, the MA always takes precedence in reflecting the prescriber's therapeutic intention.

An MA can be created to take effect immediately, but it can also be planned in advance, with a start date in the future (TMA). This TMA has a startDateTime that is later than the date on which the agreement was made.

5.2.2.2 Continuing medication

Examples of continuing medication are:

  • Repeat medication; only a new VV is required for an existing MA.
  • Upon admission to an institution where home medication is continued.

In both cases, the existing MA does not need to be adjusted unless the endDateTime of the MA has passed. In that case, a new MA must be recorded.
NB: Continuing treatment with a drug with a different PRK is not considered continuation, but a change (see section 5.2.2.4).

5.2.2.3 Stopping medication

An MA in which an endDateTime has already been specified, for example for a course of treatment, will automatically stop on that date. No stop-MA is required in this case.
If the medication needs to be discontinued earlier, or if an MA does not have an endDateTime, a stop-MA must be specified within the same MBH. The stop-MA contains the following new data:

data-element in dataset explanation
endDateTime The date on which the MA ends. This end date can also be in the future.
Prescriber Name of the health professional creating the stop-MA.
RegistrationDateTime Date and time on which the stop-MA is recorded.
MedicationAgreementStopType 'discontinued'
RelationMedicationAgreement Reference to the MA being stopped. A stop-MA must include this reference, unless there is no MA available in the MBH to refer to. If the MBH only contains TA(s) and/or MGB(s), the prescriber must be able to stop these with a stop-MA without a RelationMedication Agreement. In that case, the stop-MA will not get a reference to a TA or MGB either.
ReasonModificationOr Discontinuation Reason for stopping the MA. Filling in this data element is mandatory in outpatient settings. In clinical settings, this only needs to be completed if relevant for exchange within the care chain.

From the referenced MA, the remaining available information must be copied, including at least the following elements:

data-element in dataset explanation
startDateTime The original start date.
AgreedMedicine The agreed-upon medicine. In the case of magistral preparations or ingredients, 90 million numbers do not need to be copied.
InstructionsForUse The original instructions for use. The AdditionalInstructions data element does not need to be included, as the method of use is no longer relevant in a stop-MA.

The MA can be stopped immediately with an endDateTime today.
The MA can also be stopped with an endDateTime in the future. If the prescriber subsequently wishes to shorten the PeriodOfUse further, a second stop-MA is created. This second stop-MA refers to the most recent MA, in this case the first stop-MA.

Creating a stop-MA leads to the discontinuation of the associated WDSs and TAs. A stop-TA must also be created for the TAs. No stop-WDS is required for the WDS.

5.2.2.3.1 Stopping a medication agreement by another prescriber

A MA can be stopped by the prescriber themselves, or by another prescriber. When a prescriber stops a medication, they create a stop-MA. This is also the case when stopping someone else's MA. The stop-MA is sent to the health professional who created the MA that is being stopped (transaction Sending medication data).
The stop-MA must also be sent to the supplier. The prescriber can find this supplier by querying the TAs associated with the MA (transaction Query medication data). They then send the stop-MA to the supplier with an active TA (transaction Sending medication prescription).

5.2.2.3.2 Canceling a future medication agreement

Stopping an MA with a startDateTime in the future (TMA) is called canceling. The TMA is canceled by recording a cancelation-TMA. This is a stop-TMA with the stop type ‘canceled’. The cancelation-TMA shows that the patient has never used the medication in question according to that TMA.
The cancelation-TMA works the same as the stop-MA described above, but with two differences:

  • The stop type is ‘canceled’ instead of ‘discontinued’.
  • The startDateTime and endDateTime of the cancelation-TMA are the same.

The distinction between a cancelation-TMA and a regular stop-MA clarifies whether a medication has never been used (according to that TMA) or whether its use was first started and then stopped.

5.2.2.4 Modifying medication

Modifying medication can, for example, concern dosage, route of administration, period of use, or prescriber.

If a modification results in a different PRK, the prescriber discontinues the medication and records a new PRK in a new MBH (see section 2.4.2). Examples include a change in route of administration or strength, or switching to a different medication.
If the PRK of the prescribed medication remains the same, modifications are recorded under the same MBH.

Medication is modified by recording a technical stop-MA and a new MA with the modification within the same MBH. The technical stop-MA has an endDateTime equal to the startDateTime of the new MA with the modification (see section 2.4.3).
The new MA includes a reference to the original MA in RelationMedicationAgreement. If relevant for exchanges within the chain, the reason for the modification can be recorded in ReasonModificationOrDiscontinuation.

Extending the PeriodOfUse of an MA can be done in two ways:

  • Creating a new MA2 with a startDateTime after the endDateTime of the original MA1. A stop-MA is not required for MA1; it expires automatically on its endDateTime. The new MA2 can be created either during or after the PeriodOfUse of MA1.
  • Extending the PeriodOfUse of the original MA1 if it has not yet expired. This is a change with a technical stop-MA and a new MA2 with the extended PeriodOfUse.

A modification can take effect immediately or can be scheduled with a startDateTime in the future. If the modification is implemented in a future MA, a technical cancelation-TMA is created and a new TMA with the modification.

The technical stop-MA and technical cancelation-TMA work the same way as the regular stop-MA and cancelation-TMA. They also have the stop type ‘discontinued’ or ‘canceled’ (see section 5.2.2.3).

The technical stop-MA and new MA are created simultaneously and therefore have the same RegistrationDateTime (see section 2.4.3.1). They are sent and made available simultaneously. When queried, they are also provided simultaneously. The same applies to the technical cancelation-TMA and new TMA.

5.2.2.4.1 Correcting a medication agreement

A prescriber may have made a mistake in an MA, for example, a typo in the dosage. If the incorrect MA has not yet been shared with other health professionals, the prescriber can adjust or delete it in their own information system. If the incorrect agreement has already been shared with other health professionals, it must be corrected. If the PRK remains the same, correction follows the process of modifying an MA. Two new MAs are created within the same MBH:

  • A new MA with the correct information and ‘incorrect registration of medication’ in ReasonModificationOrDiscontinuation.
  • A technical stop-MA with the stop type ‘discontinued’ and a reference to the MA to be corrected in RelationMedicationAgreement.

Correcting a future MA is done in the same way, with a technical cancelation-TMA plus a new TMA.

If the correction involves prescribing medication with a different PRK, it is not considered a modification. In that case, the MA is stopped with a stop-MA with ‘incorrect registration of medication’ in ReasonModificationOrDiscontinuation. The new MA is recorded in a different MBH.

5.2.2.4.2 Modifying a medication agreement by another prescriber

An MA may be modified by the prescriber themselves or by another prescriber.
The technical stop-MA is sent to the health professional who created the original MA (transaction Send medication data).
The technical stop-MA and new MA are sent, with or without VV, to the supplier with an active TA (see section 5.2.2.3.1).

5.2.2.5 Temporarily interrupting and resuming medication

Temporarily interrupting means stopping the medication for a certain period of time. The interruption can take effect immediately or a future interruption can be planned. During the interruption period, the medication is considered active because of the intention to resume it in the future. Two new MAs are created within the same MBH:

  • A stop-MA with stop type ‘suspended’, reference to the MA to be interrupted in RelationMedicationAgreement and, if relevant for exchange within the chain, the reason for interruption in ReasonModificationOrDiscontinuation.
  • A new MA for resumption with a reference to that stop-MA and, if applicable, the reason for resumption in ReasonModificationOrDiscontinuation. This new MA can be created immediately or later, for example, only when the date of resumption is known.

If the prescriber wishes to permanently stop the interrupted MA, a stop-MA with stop type ‘discontinued’ is created with reference to the stop-MA with which the original MA was interrupted.

Temporary substitution with another medicine is not a modification or interruption but an actual discontinuation of the first medicine and the start of a new MBH with the substitute.

5.2.3 Variable dosing regimen

For some medicines, the dosage regimen is variable, for example because it depends on certain blood values. An example is anticoagulant medication. In this case, the prescriber determines the therapeutic INR range (International Normalised Ratio, a measure of blood clotting time) within which the treatment should take place.
The dosage instructions are then recorded in the WDS rather than the MA. With a WDS, the dosage of the medication can be adjusted without having to change the MA.
The thrombosis specialist draws up the specific dosage instructions within the agreed INR range and based on the measured INR value. This INR value is recorded in the WDS Comment data element, so that it is clear on which value a particular regimen is based. The prescribing physician who created the MA remains responsible for the VVs.

5.2.3.1 Starting a variable dosing regimen

The prescriber prescribes anticoagulant medication and records the following in the MA:

  • AgreedMedicine: the prescribed medication. The WDS always records the same medication as in the MA.
  • AdditionalInstructions ‘use according to thrombosis service schedule’; no dosage instruction is therefore included in the MA.
  • Comment: the INR range within which treatment should take place.

The prescriber creates an initial WDS to bridge the period until thrombosis care is involved. Based on the INR value and, if necessary, their professional assessment, the thrombosis specialist draws up a WDS that modifies or follows the prescriber's schedule. From this point on, the thrombosis service takes over the drawing up of the WDSs from the prescriber.

5.2.3.2 Continuing a variable dosing regimen

A WDS will always be drawn up for a fixed period. It is updated based on relevant measurements. When the WDS expires at the end of the PeriodOfUse, it will be replaced by a new WDS (but see also section 5.2.3.4). The new WDS will contain a link to the MA and to the previous WDS. A stop-WDS is not required.

5.2.3.3 Stopping a variable dosing regimen

As long as there is an MA, there must also be a dosage instruction. If this is filled in by a WDS, a WDS must always exist for the duration of the MA.
Permanently stopping a WDS is done by stopping the MA. The thrombosis physician or other prescriber creates a stop-MA, or sends a VMA with a proposal to stop to the prescriber. Stopping the MA leads to the discontinuation of the associated WDS. No stop-WDS is then required.
If treatment needs to be restarted after some time, the normal procedure of creating an MA and starting a WDS is followed.

5.2.3.4 Modifying a variable dosing regimen

In case of anticoagulant medication, the MA must always be accompanied by a WDS. Therefore, the WDS wil usually continue until after the next measurement of the relevant blood value. This means that a WDS usually needs to be modified. This is done according to the normal modification process by recording a new WDS and a technical stop-WDS (see section 2.4.3).
The new WDS references the MA and the previous WDS. The reason for the modification can be recorded in ReasonModificationOrDiscontinuation in the WDS. A new INR value will usually be the starting point for the new schedule; this is recorded in the Comment data element of the WDS.

Modifications relating to the dosage instruction are included in the WDS. Modifications to other treatment policies must be recorded in the MA.

5.2.3.4.1 Modifying a variable dosing regimen by another prescriber

A WDS can be modified by the author of the WDS themselves, but also by another prescriber. The latter then sends the technical stop-WDS to the health professional who created the original WDS.

5.2.3.5 Interrupting the dosing schedule

It may be necessary to temporarily interrupt the dosing schedule, for example due to co-medication or a planned procedure. This can be done in two ways:

  • If the intended start of the interruption is known, the dosage for the relevant period in the WDS is adjusted to 0. A new WDS with the zero dosage and a technical stop-WDS are created.
In this case, the MA and TA continue. This makes it clear that only the dosage schedule has been temporarily interrupted; the therapeutic treatment has not been stopped.
  • If the exact period during which the interruption is to take place is not known, the interruption must be carried out via a stop-MA. See section 5.2.2.5.

5.2.4 Dispense request

The VV is the logistical building block in a prescription. In the VV, the prescriber describes how much of a medicine should be dispensed.
Section 5.2.5.2 explains how a number of data elements should be filled in in certain situations.

5.2.4.1 Making a dispense request

If a patient needs a (new) supply of medicine, a VV is created. For example, at the start of a treatment with a new medicine. A VV does not have to be created at the same time as an MA is recorded. In the case of an MA with a longer period of use, several VVs are created over time while the MA remains the same.
In a clinical setting, a VV is not necessary: the hospital pharmacist ensures that the medicine is available for the duration of the MA.

5.2.4.1.1 Making a dispense request by another prescriber

A prescriber other than the one who created the MA may issue a VV under this MA. This applies to repeat prescriptions. In that case, in the prescription the MA from the original prescriber is sent along with the VV to the pharmacy.

5.2.5 Directions for recording data in the building blocks medication agreement and dispense request

5.2.5.1 Directions for recording data in the building block medication agreement

This section explains how to fill in certain data elements of the MA in specific situations. All formal source information about the building blocks and their data elements can be found in the Dataset and Scenarios tabs in ART-DECOR.

5.2.5.1.1 MedicationAgreementAdditionalInformation

In the MedicationAgreementAdditionalInformation data element, a prescriber can indicate, among other things, whether or not an MA should take effect immediately. The following values are available for this purpose:

  • Immediately on administration list or in GDS
  • After regular prescription processing on administration list or in GDS
  • Per next GDS medication role change on administration list

If one of these values is entered in the new MA when modifying medication, the technical stop-MA must be assigned the same value. When discontinuing medication, this information can be recorded in the stop-MA.
Section 5.8 provides an overview of all information about GDS medication.

5.2.5.1.2 AgreedMedicine

G-standard and free text
In AgreedMedicine, the medicine to be prescribed is recorded using a code from the G-standard, usually at PRK level.
It is possible to prescribe without such a code, i.e. in free text. However, this is only permitted if no suitable code is available in the G-standard, for example in the case of investigational medicines. This may only be done in exceptional circumstances, partly because medication monitoring cannot be carried out without a G-standard code.

Non-medicines
Non-medicines can also be prescribed at HPK level from the G-standard. Example: inhaler (Aerochamber, HPK 1915185) as an aid for prescribed aerosols. Non-medicines are not applicable for a medication overview or medication monitoring.

Own articles
Own articles (90 million number) can also be recorded in this data element. The condition is that once a 90 million number has been created within an organisation, it may never be changed. During the exchange, the root-oid (unique technical identification of the organisation) in combination with the 90 million number ensures that it is unique in relation to all 90 million numbers from other organisations.
The substances that make up this article are recorded as ingredients in this data element of the MA. At least one ingredient must be recorded, as is the case with magistral preparations.

5.2.5.1.3 InstructionsForUse

Description
Instructions for use are provided electronically in two ways:

  • Structured in accordance with the data structure under InstructionsForUse.
  • As free text in the Description data element. This contains the complete instructions for use in readable form, for example: 1 piece once a day.

The option to display free text is intended for situations in which the receiving system cannot process the structured information properly, so that correct information can still be displayed to the end user.

It is expressly intended that suppliers make as much use as possible of the structured information to generate their own descriptions during implementation. The structured information and the free text must correspond completely. The structured information must not contain anything that is not mentioned in Description.

Additional Instructions
Anticoagulant medication (see section 5.2.3.1)
For medicines with a variable dosing regimen, no DosingInstructions are included in the MA and TA. In AdditionalInstructions, ‘use according to thrombosis service schedule’ is specified.

Medication that must be administered
Additional instructions for administration may be given to the (professional) administrator and/or patient. Examples include:

  • Indicate that when stopping a fentanyl patch, the patch must be removed.
  • When dosing half a tablet, indicate what should be done with the other half of the tablet.

Such information cannot be recorded in a structured manner. It is recorded in free text in the AdditionalInstruction data element of the MA, TA and/or WDS.

DosingInstructions
‘As needed’ medication
In the case of ‘as needed’ medication, the data element AsNeeded.Condition specifies the situation in which the medication must be taken.

Dosage instruction with an interval of once every 36 hours
A dosage instruction that prescribes the intake of 1 tablet every 36 hours can usually be recorded as 1 MA with a Dose of 1 tablet and an Interval of 36 hours. However, not all information systems support intervals longer than 24 hours. In that case, an alternative method is required.
A practical solution is to use a three-day RepeatPeriodCyclicalSchedule with different DosingInstructions for each day:

  • day 1 one dose in the morning
  • day 2 one dose in the evening
  • day 3 no intake or administration.

Repeating this schedule still results in a correct dosing pattern with administration times that are 36 hours apart.

(Recommended) administration times for medication that must be administered
An administration list requires (recommended) administration times and dosage instructions. This information can be recorded in the TA, MA or WDS. Suppliers and prescribers in the outpatient setting do not routinely record the (recommended) administration times and must therefore be alert to the fact that the patient is receiving medication. Flexible (recommended) administration times are assumed as standard.

Sometimes a specific administration time is required, for example due to an interaction with other medication. In addition to stating the exact administration time, the administration list must also clearly indicate that no deviations from this time are permitted. This must be indicated by setting the data element AdministeringSchedule.IsFlexible to ‘No’ in MA, TA and/or WDS.

5.2.5.1.4 PeriodOfUse

If there is a situation-dependent startDateTime or endDateTime, this can be indicated in the data element PeriodOfUse.Condition. This condition makes explicit what the situation dependency entails. Examples of this are:

  • ‘Start X days before admission’ – if the exact start time depends on a planned hospital admission.
  • ‘Stop X days after holiday’ – if the medication is tapered off after a specific event with an uncertain end date.

See the page Examples uncertainty condition for details on how to use this condition.

5.2.5.1.5 RegistrationDateTime

The RegistrationDateTime indicates the date and time at which the medication building block was recorded and is used to correctly determine the sequence of the building blocks. Further explanation of the RegistrationDateTime can be found in ART-DECOR.

5.2.5.1.6 Comment

In the case of anticoagulant medication, the INR range within which the treatment should take place is recorded in Comment.

5.2.5.1.7 NextPractitioner

This data element can be used to record the health professional who can be contacted if there are any questions about this MA. If the health professional is not known, the relevant healthcare provider may be entered as an alternative. This data element can be used, for example, upon discharge from a clinical situation, see section 5.7.2.3.

It may also be relevant for a prescriber at a GP out-of-hours service (HAP). Examples:

  • New MA: The HAP prescriber can enter the name of the regular GP here.
  • Modifying existing MA: The HAP prescriber can enter the name of the prescriber of the original MA in the new MA here.
  • Stopping existing MA: The GP out-of-hours service prescriber can enter the name of the original prescriber in the stop-MA here.

This makes it clear to the entire chain, even outside GP out-of-hours hours, which prescriber to contact for matters such as handling questions.

5.2.5.2 Directions for recording data in the building block dispense request

This section explains how to fill in certain data elements of the VV in specific situations. All formal source information about the building blocks and their data elements can be found in the Dataset and Scenarios tabs in ART-DECOR.

5.2.5.2.1 Quantity of medicine to be dispensed

In a VV, either the Amount to be dispensed or the ValidityPeriod can be specified. When specifying a ValidityPeriod, the quantity to be dispensed must be clearly derivable from the MA's DosingInstructions.
Please note: the endDateTime in a ValidityPeriod has a different meaning than the endDateTime in the PeriodOfUse of an MA. These may be different.

  • ValidityPeriod.endDateTime: date until which the supplier has permission to dispense (and thus provide the patient with sufficient stock for use until that date).
  • PeriodOfUse.endDateTime: date on which the patient must stop taking the medication (this may be the same as the ValidityPeriod.endDateTime or may be further in the future).
5.2.5.2.2 Medication not in GDS

In the AdditionalWishes data element of the VV, the prescriber can indicate that a medicine may not be dispensed in GDS.
Section 5.8 provides an overview of all information about GDS medication.

5.2.6 Information exchange during sub-process Prescribe

5.2.6.1 Sending kidney function value along with medication prescription

For some medicines, kidney function is important. The kidney function value then determines the choice and/or dosage of the medicine. For such medicines, the kidney function value is always sent along with the medication prescription. Also, if new results have become available since the previous dispensing, these must be sent again with the medication prescription for the new dispensing.
This kidney function value is recorded in the LaboratoryTestResult building block and sent via the Sending Laboratory Results transaction. See the Lab2Zorg Information Standard. Sending the kidney function value in LaboratoryTestResult separately, without a medication prescription, falls outside the scope of the MP9 information standard.

5.2.6.2 Include height and weight with medication prescription

When sending the medication prescription, the prescriber can also include the patient's height and weight. This can be done, for example, when prescribing for children, or when prescribing medication for which weight (e.g. anticoagulants) or body surface area (e.g. some oncology drugs) are important.

This refers to the height and weight that the prescriber has used to determine the prescription. This may differ from the height or weight that is generally recorded for the patient.

BodyHeight and BodyWeight are separate building blocks and can only be sent in the transactions Sending medication prescription and Sending proposal medication agreement. This information cannot be queried.

5.2.6.3 Information exchange and system roles during sub-process Prescribe

During the Prescribe sub-process, various forms of information exchange may take place. The table below shows which system roles are required for this.

type of information exchange system role system role code
The prescriber sends a new MA to the supplier chosen by the patient, accompanied by a VV in the outpatient situation. This instructs the supplier to dispense the medication. VoorschriftSturend MP-VOS
The prescriber sends a stop-MA and any new MA to the supplier, accompanied by a VV or not. In doing so, the prescriber instructs the supplier to implement a change in medication policy.
The prescriber sends a new VV with existing MA to the supplier. This instructs the supplier to dispense medication again.
The prescriber sends height and/or weight along with the prescription.
The prescriber sends a kidney function value along with the prescription. VoorschriftSturend + LabResultaatSturend MP-VOS + LAB-LRS
The prescriber receives a message when the supplier has processed the prescription. VoorschriftAfhandelingOntvangend MP-VAO
The prescriber can receive a VMA and/or VVV from other health professionals and return an AVMA and/or AVVV to the proposer. VoorstelMedicatieafspraakOntvangend MP-VMO
AntwoordVoorstelMedicatieafspraakSturend MP-AVMS
VoorstelVerstrekkingsverzoekOntvangend MP-VVO
AntwoordVoorstelVerstrekkingsverzoekSturend MP-AVVS
The prescriber can also send proposal data to another prescriber and receive responses. VoorstelMedicatieafspraakSturend MP-VMS
AntwoordVoorstelMedicatieafspraakOntvangend MP-AVMO
VoorstelVerstrekkingsverzoekSturend MP-VVS
AntwoordVoorstelVerstrekkingsverzoekOntvangend MP-AVVO
When queried, the EVS provides the recorded medication data. VV is only provided to the patient. MedicatieGegevensBeschikbaarstellend MP-MGB
The prescriber queries the available medication data to perform medication verification and/or evaluate the patient's medication treatment of the patient. MedicatieGegevensRaadplegend MP-MGR
The prescriber sends medication data to/receives medication data from another health professional, for example at the patient's request or upon discharge. MedicatieGegevensSturend MP-MGS
MedicatieGegevensOntvangend MP-MGO
The prescriber sends medication data (MA and WDS) to the thrombosis service if the prescriber has created an initial WDS as a bridging measure. MedicatieGegevensSturend MP-MGS
In the event of corrected data, the prescriber assesses who they must actively inform by sending the correct data.
In the event of stopping someone else's MA, the prescriber sends the stop-MA to the prescriber of the stopped MA.

The prescriber uses an electronic prescribing system (EVS). See section 3.2.3 for an overview of the system roles per information system.

5.3 Sub-process Dispense

This section describes the process of dispensing by a supplier. A supplier is a pharmacist or dispensing general practitioner who carries out the dispensing process or under whose responsibility it takes place. To support the implementation of this sub-process, various examples are available on the page Practical examples sub-process Dispense.

5.3.1 Overview sub-process Dispense

5.3.1.1 Process of dispensing in general

Starting the dispensing sub-process
The dispensing sub-process starts when the supplier receives a new medication prescription (MA with or without VV). A request from the patient for repeat medication dispensing, or a signal from the repeat module of the AIS may also be a reason for starting this sub-process. Sometimes a change in the patient's situation is a reason for starting the dispensing sub-process, for example because their medication must now be dispensed in a Medication Distribution System (Geneesmiddel Distributie Systeem, GDS).

The availability of the prescribed medicine and the preference policy are checked. Medication monitoring is also carried out; the details of this are outside the scope of this FD.

Possible actions during dispensing
If the data are sufficient, the supplier processes the medication prescription. This may involve dispensing medication, but this is not always the case. Examples include:

  • The medication is stopped with a stop-MA.
  • The medication has been changed and the patient still has sufficient stock.
  • The patient does not collect the medication.


When processing the medication prescription, the following medication building blocks can be recorded:

  • TA to record how the corresponding MA has been filled in specifically.
  • MVE to record what has actually been dispensed to the patient.

This is further elaborated per building block in sections 5.3.2 and 5.3.3.
Section 5.3.4 contains instructions for implementing the MA and VV building blocks in specific situations.
Sometimes a supplier will want to contact the prescriber. For example:

  • A new VV is required.
  • There are questions about the MA received.
  • After a medication monitoring signal.

In such cases, the supplier can send a VMA or VVV to the prescriber. In it, the supplier makes a specific proposal for an MA or VV, stating the reason for that proposal. See section 5.6 for further information about these proposal data.

Exchanging data
The supplier sends the TA and, if a dispensing has also taken place, the MVE to the prescriber. If the Author of the VV is a different health professional than the Prescriber in the MA, the TA and, if applicable, the MVE are sent to that Author. The recorded data is also made available.
The transfer of information is discussed further in section 5.3.5.

5.3.1.2 Some specific situations

Medication process in the clinical situation
The medication process in the clinical situation is dealt with separately in section 5.7.

Medication on the administration list
For some patients, medication is listed on an administration list (administration patients). This medication can be administered by an administrator or by the patient themselves. The data required to generate an administration list can be recorded by the prescriber in MA or WDS and/or by the supplier in the TA (see section 5.4.2).

5.3.2 Administration agreement

With the TA the MA is specified in concrete terms. A TA always has a reference to the corresponding MA (if available), in the data element RelationMedicationAgreement. A new TA is not always necessary, for example in the case of repeat dispensing under a current MA.
The TA is filled in based on factors such as availability, preference policy, or the wishes of the patient or prescriber. This can result, for example, in a product with a different strength and an adjusted dosing frequency. A different strength means a different PRK. Since the TA falls under the same MBH as the MA, building blocks with different PRKs can occur within 1 MBH.

In general terms, a supplier can create a new TA, or continue, stop, change or temporarily interrupt an existing TA. This is explained in sections 5.3.2.1 to 5.3.2.5.
Section 5.3.4.1 explains how a number of data elements should be completed in certain situations.

5.3.2.1 Initial administration agreement

A new TA is always created for a new MA. An initial TA in an MBH will usually be created in response to a new MA. However, an initial TA can also be created without an associated MA. For example, if a patient purchases a self-care product at the pharmacy, the supplier may choose to record a TA and thereby start a new MBH. This enables medication monitoring and the self-care product can then also be included on an administration list (see section 5.4).

Just like the corresponding MA, a TA may start in the future. This TTA has a startDateTime that is later than the date on which the agreement was made.

5.3.2.2 Continuing an administration agreement

If the existing MA and TA suffice to dispense new medication, the TA does not need to be adjusted.

5.3.2.3 Stopping an administration agreement

A TA in which an endDateTime has already been specified, for example for a course of treatment, will automatically stop on that date. No stop-TA is required in this case.
A stop-MA for permanently discontinuing medication leads to a stop-TA within the same MBH with stop type 'discontinued'. This prevents further dispensing of the medication.

The stop-TA contains the following new data:

data-element in dataset uitleg
endDateTime The date on which the TA ends. This end date can also be in the future.
Supplier Name of the supplier creating the stop-MA
RegistrationDateTime Date and time on which the stop-TA is recorded.
AdministrationAgreementStopType ‘discontinued’
RelationAdministrationAgreement Reference to the TA being stopped. A stop-TA must include this reference, unless there is no TA available in the MBH to refer to. If the MBH only contains MGB(s), the prescriber must be able to stop these with a stop-TA without a RelationAdministrationAgreement. In that case, the stop-TA will not get a reference to an MGB either.
RelationMedicationAgreement Reference to the stop-MA giving rise to this stop-TA.
AdministrationAgreementReasonModificationOrDiscontinuation Reason for stopping the TA.

From the referenced TA the remaining available information must be copied, including at least the following elements:

data-element in dataset uitleg
startDateTime The original start date.
MedicineForAdministrationAgreement The agreed-upon medicine. In the case of magistral preparations or ingredients, 90 million numbers do not need to be copied.
InstructionsForUse The original instructions for use. The AdditionalInstructions data element does not need to be included, as the method of use is no longer relevant in a stop-TA.

The TA can be stopped immediately with an endDateTime today, or be stopped with an endDateTime in the future.

5.3.2.3.1 Stopping an administration agreement by another supplier

A TA can be stopped by the supplier themselves, but also by another supplier. When a supplier stops a medication, they create a stop-TA. This is also the case when stopping a TA from another supplier. The stop-TA is sent to the health professional who created the original TA. Their XIS system informs this health professional that there is a new change within the MBH.

5.3.2.3.2 Canceling a future administration agreement

Stopping a TA with a startDateTime in the future (TTA) is called canceling. The TTA is canceled by recording a cancelation-TTA. This is a stop-TTA with the stop type ‘canceled’. The cancelation-TTA shows that the patient has never used the medication in question according to that TTA.

The cancelation-TTA works the same way as the stop-TA described above, but with two differences:

  • The stop type is ‘canceled’ instead of ‘discontinued’.
  • The startDateTime and endDateTime of the cancelation-TTA are the same.

5.3.2.4 Modifying an administration agreement

It may be necessary to change the TA, for example due to a change in the product range or in the preference policy. Unlike the MA, in the case of a TA a modification of the product at PRK level does not lead to a different MBH.

Modifying a TA with an unmodified MA
Modifying a TA with an unmodified MA is done by creating a technical stop-TA with stop type ‘discontinued’ and a new TA with the modification within the same MBH. Both have a relationship to the original TA and the unmodified MA. The technical stop-TA has an endDateTime equal to the startDateTime of the new MA with the modification (see section 2.4.3). In the new TA, the reason for the change can be recorded in AdministrationAgreementReasonModificationOrDiscontinuation.

A modification can take effect immediately or can be scheduled with a startDateTime in the future. If the change is implemented in a future TA, a technical cancelation-TTA is created and a new TTA with the change.

The technical stop-TA and new TA are created simultaneously and therefore have the same RegistrationDateTime (see section 2.4.3.1). They are sent and made available simultaneously. When queried, they are also provided simultaneously. The same applies to the technical cancelation-TTA and new TTA.

Modifying a TA as a result of a modification of the MA
A TA may also need to be changed as a result of a modification of the associated MA. In that case, a technical stop MA and a new MA are created. This results in a technical stop-TA with a reference to the original TA and to the technical stop-MA. A new TA is created with a reference to the new MA, without a relationship to the original TA.
Modifying a TTA as a result of a modification of a future MA works in the same way.

action leads to with reference to
modification in TA
technical stop-TA n.a. original TA
new TA n.a. original TA (unmodified) MA
modification in TTA
technical cancelation-TTA n.v.t. original TTA
nieuwe TTA n.v.t. original TTA (unmodified) MA
modification in MA
technical stop-MA technical stop-TA original TA technical stop-MA
new MA new TA new MA
modification in TMA
technical cancelation-TMA technical cancelation-TTA original TTA technical cancelation-TMA
new TMA new TTA new TMA
5.3.2.4.1 Correcting an administration agreement

The same rules apply to correcting a TA as to correcting an MA (see section 5.2.2.4.1):
If the incorrect TA has not yet been shared with other health professionals, the supplier can adjust or delete it in their own information system. If the incorrect agreement has already been shared with other health professionals, it must be corrected. There are two new TAs are created within the same MBH:

  • A new TA with the correct data, ‘incorrect registration of medication’ in AdministrationAgreementReasonModificationOrDiscontinuation and a reference to the TA to be corrected and the unmodified MA.
  • A technical stop-TA with stop type ‘discontinued’ and a reference to the TA to be corrected in RelationAdministrationAgreement.

Correcting a future TA is done in the same way, with a technical cancelation-TTA plus a new TTA.

5.3.2.5 Temporarily interrupting and resuming an administration agreement

Interrupting a TA with an unmodified MA
Interrupting a TA with unmodified MA is done by recording two new TAs within the same MBH:

  • A stop-TA with stop type ‘interrupted’, reference to the TA to be interrupted in RelationAdministrationAgreement and reason for interruption in AdministrationAgreementReasonModificationOrDiscontinuation.
  • Upon resumption, a new TA with a relationship to the unmodified MA and to the original TA.

This may be relevant in the case of generic substitution during admission (see section 5.7.2.2.2).

Interrupting a TA as a result of an interrupt-MA
Interrupting a TA as a result of an interrupt-MA is done in the same way. However, the new TA has a relationship to the new resumption-MA, without a relationship to the original TA.

5.3.3 Medication dispense

The medication can be dispensed if a new or existing TA has been recorded for it. Medication may only be dispensed if there is a valid MA for it.
In an outpatient situation, a new or existing VV is also required. The MVE then contains a reference to that VV. In a clinical situation, an MA is sufficient.
Upon delivery, an MVE is recorded and made available.

5.3.3.1 Medication dispense in the case of GDS medication

It is desirable that a prescriber can determine whether changes in medication can wait until the next medication roll change. To do so, it must be clear when that roll change will take place.
To this end, it has been agreed that the DurationOfUse of an MVE will be equal to the duration of the medication roll. With a weekly medication roll, the MVE has a DurationOfUse of 7 days. For a fortnightly medication roll, the DurationOfUse is 14 days. In combination with the start of the MVE (in MedicationDispenseDateTime), it can easily be deduced what the last day of the roll will be.
This is particularly important for medication with a non-daily intake schedule. It prevents medication from being repeated too early and provides a clear starting point for roll changes. Examples:

  • Medication with an intake schedule of 3 times a week, on Monday - Wednesday - Friday.
  • Medication with a dosing schedule of once every two weeks. With a weekly medication roll, the roll will contain the medication one week and not the next.

5.3.4 Directions for recording data in the building blocks administration agreement and medication dispense

5.3.4.1 Directions for recording data in the building block administration agreement

This section explains how to fill in certain data elements of the TA in specific situations. All formal source information about the building blocks and their data elements can be found in the Dataset and Scenarios tabs in ART-DECOR.

5.3.4.1.1 DistributionForm

The DistributionForm data element of the TA and MVE can be used to indicate whether GDS medication is involved.
Section 5.8 provides an overview of all information about GDS medication.

5.3.4.1.2 InstructionsForUse

Description
Instructions for use are provided electronically in two ways:

  • Structured in accordance with the data structure under InstructionsForUse.
  • As free text in the Description data element. This contains the complete instructions for use in readable form, for example: 1 piece once a day.

The option to display free text is intended for situations in which the receiving system cannot process the structured information properly, so that correct information can still be displayed to the end user.

It is expressly intended that suppliers make as much use as possible of the structured information to generate their own descriptions during implementation. The structured information and the free text must correspond completely. The structured information must not contain anything that is not mentioned in Description.

Additional Instructions
Anticoagulant medication (see section 5.2.3.1)
For medicines with a variable dosing regimen, no DosingInstructions are included in the MA and TA. In AdditionalInstructions, ‘use according to thrombosis service schedule’ is specified.

Medication that must be administered
Additional instructions for administration may be given to the (professional) administrator and/or patient. Examples include:

  • Indicate that when stopping a fentanyl patch, the patch must be removed.
  • When dosing half a tablet, indicate what should be done with the other half of the tablet.

Such information cannot be recorded in a structured manner. It is recorded in free text in the AdditionalInstruction data element of the MA, TA and/or WDS.

DosingInstructions
‘As needed’ medication
In the case of ‘as needed’ medication, the data element AsNeeded.Condition specifies the situation in which the medication must be taken.

Dosage instruction with an interval of once every 36 hours
A dosage instruction that prescribes the intake of 1 tablet every 36 hours can usually be recorded as 1 MA with a Dose of 1 tablet and an Interval of 36 hours. However, not all information systems support intervals longer than 24 hours. In that case, an alternative method is required.
A practical solution is to use a three-day RepeatPeriodCyclicalSchedule with different DosingInstructions for each day:

  • day 1 one dose in the morning
  • day 2 one dose in the evening
  • day 3 no intake or administration.

Repeating this schedule still results in a correct dosing pattern with administration times that are 36 hours apart.

(Recommended) administration times for medication that must be administered
An administration list requires (recommended) administration times and dosage instructions. This information can be recorded in the TA, MA or WDS. Suppliers and prescribers in the outpatient setting do not routinely record the (recommended) administration times and must therefore be alert to the fact that the patient is receiving medication. Flexible (recommended) administration times are assumed as standard.

Sometimes a specific administration time is required, for example due to an interaction with other medication. In addition to stating the exact administration time, the administration list must also clearly indicate that no deviations from this time are permitted. This must be indicated by setting the data element AdministeringSchedule.IsFlexible to ‘No’ in MA, TA and/or WDS.

Some dosing instructions cannot be easily translated into intake times. Examples include:

  • Twice a week
  • Once a month
  • Twice a year

It is essential, particularly for patients having their medication administered, that the planned administration times are derived identically. For patients receiving medication, the use of the data element RepeatPeriodCyclicalSchedule is therefore mandatory in the case of dosing instructions that cannot be clearly derived. This makes it possible to always arrive at the same administration times, regardless of the information system used. For detailed examples with the data element RepeatPeriodCyclicalSchedule, see the page dosage examples.

5.3.4.1.3 PeriodOfUse

The intended duration of the medication is specified in the PeriodOfUse:

  • Medication for an indefinite period: only startDateTime is entered, without duration or endDateTime
  • Medication for a specific period: 2 of the 3 data elements must be entered. This also applies to medication for single use.
  • If an endDateTime is specified, the time must always be provided. This is to avoid confusion between ‘until’ and ‘up to and including’. In the case of an ‘up to and including’ date (i.e. a whole day), the time 23:59:59 applies.


If there is a situation-dependent startDateTime or endDateTime, this can be indicated in the data element PeriodOfUse.Condition. This condition makes explicit what the situation dependency entails. Examples of this are:

  • ‘Start X days before admission’ – if the exact start time depends on a planned hospital admission.
  • ‘Stop X days after holiday’ – if the medication is tapered off after a specific event with an uncertain end date.

See the page Examples uncertainty condition for details on how to use this condition.


The startDateTime of a TA may differ from that in the MA. Examples:

  • The patient does not collect the medication until several days after the startDateTime in the MA.
  • Starting or modifying GDS medication.

The same applies to the endDateTime.


If medication is to be supplied in GDS or if changes are made to GDS medication, the startDateTime of the new GDS TA is the same as the starting date of the next medication roll.

If the change must take effect before a planned roll change, the time until the medication roll change must be bridged. This can be done by supplying the medication separately during that period or by changing the medication roll immediately.

5.3.4.1.4 MedicineForAdministrationAgreement

Whereas in the MA the medicine is usually prescribed at PRK level, in the TA it is listed at HPK level. This level contains additional medication monitoring data relating to excipients. The TA then lists the specific commercial product that has been or will be supplied.

5.3.4.1.5 RegistrationDateTime

The RegistrationDateTime indicates the date and time at which the medication building block was recorded and is used to correctly determine the sequence of the building blocks. Further explanation of the RegistrationDateTime can be found in ART-DECOR.

5.3.4.2 Directions for recording data in the building block medication dispense

This section explains how to fill in certain data elements of the MVE in specific situations. All formal source information about the building blocks and their data elements can be found in the Dataset and Scenarios tabs in ART-DECOR.

5.3.4.2.1 RequestDate and MedicationDispenseDateTime

In an MVE, both the RequestDate and the MedicationDispenseDateTime can be recorded.

  • RequestDate: date/time at which the supplier records a planned dispensing.
  • MedicationDispenseDateTime: date/time at which the actual handing out of the medication took place.

Both dates are the same if the VV is processed immediately and the patient collects the medication on the same day. If the patient collects the medication at a later time than the VV was processed, these dates will differ. If the medication is not collected, no dispensing takes place and no MVE is recorded.

When using a dispensing machine, the MedicationDispenseDateTime is the date/time at which the patient collects the medication from the machine. If this date/time is not available in the AIS, the date/time at which the medication is placed in the dispensing machine may be used instead.

If multiple dispensings are made under the same VV, each dispensing has its own RequestDate and, of course, its own MedicationDispenseDateTime.

5.3.4.2.2 DistributionForm

The DistributionForm data element of the TA and MVE can be used to indicate whether GDS medication is involved.
Section 5.8 provides an overview of all information about GDS medication.

5.3.5 Information transfer and system roles during sub-process Dispense

During the Dispense sub-process, various forms of information exchange may take place. The table below shows which system roles are required for this.

type of information exchange system role system role code
The supplier receives a new MA, a stop-MA, or a technical stop-MA with a modified new MA from the prescriber. This may be accompanied by kidney function values, height or weight. VoorschriftOntvangend MP-VOO
LabresultaatOntvangendSysteem LAB-LRO
The supplier informs the prescriber about the processing of the medication prescription by sending the TA and/or stop-TA, with or without MVE. VoorschriftAfhandelingSturend MP-VAS
The supplier can send a VMA and/or VVV to the prescriber and receive an AVMA and/or AVVV. VoorstelMedicatieafspraakSturend MP-VMS
AntwoordVoorstelMedicatieafspraakOntvangend MP-AVMO
VoorstelVerstrekkingsverzoekSturend MP-VVS
AntwoordVoorstelVerstrekkingsverzoekOntvangend MP-AVVO
When queried, the AIS provides the recorded medication data. MedicatieGegevensBeschikbaarstellend MP-MGB
The supplier queries the available medication data to perform medication verification. MedicatieGegevensRaadplegend MP-MGR
Where appropriate, the supplier can send medication data to or receive medication data from other health professionals. MedicatieGegevensSturend MP-MGS
MedicatieGegevensOntvangend MP-MGO

The supplier uses a pharmacy information system (AIS). See section 3.2.3 for an overview of the system roles per information system.

5.4 Sub-process Administer

NB: In this FD and the dataset, the functionalities in the Administer sub-process are published as a beta version (see section 1.5.4).

This section describes the process of administering medication. Medication can be administered without an administration list. Section 5.4.1.2 provides several examples of this. However, this section focuses on administering medication based on an administration list.
There are various situations in which medication must be administered, for example in a hospital, a nursing home or in home care. Medication can be administered by professional administrators such as doctors, nurses and carers. It is also possible that the patient or their informal carer administer the medication, but need an administration list to do so. In this FD the general term 'administrator' is used.

To support the implementation of this sub-process, various examples are available on the page Practical examples sub-process Administer.

5.4.1 Overview sub-process Administer

5.4.1.1 Administering medication using an administration list

In principle, medication is administered using an administration list. When starting with an administration list, the prescriber, supplier, administrator and/or patient agree on which medication will be included on the administration list and what the intended (target) administration times are. This process may vary depending on the situation and the healthcare organisation.

Prior to administration, the administrator must have an administration list with the relevant medication details for the patient. Section 5.4.2 explains the content and preparation of administration lists.

The administrator checks the medication available and the details on the administration list and, if necessary, prepares the medication for administration. The administrator administers the medication and records the administration in the MTD building block. Section 5.4.3 describes how the recording should take place in different situations.

The administrator can send a VMA or VVV to the prescriber to make a proposal regarding a patient's medication. See section 5.6 for the handling of these proposal data.

At the end of the process, the recorded data are exchanged. This allows a health professional to check which medication has been administered to a patient. This can be important, for example, when a patient is transferred to another department or institution. The exchange of information is discussed further in section 5.4.4.

5.4.1.2 Administering medication without administration list

Sometimes medication is administered without it being on an administration list. Examples include:

  • A modification of the MA has been communicated verbally, but has not yet been recorded.
  • Occasional administration by the general practitioner, for example of a tetanus injection or anaesthetic.
  • Administration of medication in emergency situations. In this case, too, the administrator records an MTD after administration. This MTD can then be the first building block with which a new MBH is started. After this, an MA and TA should still be created within this MBH.

5.4.2 Administration lists

In order to account for which medication the administrator has administered to the patient, it must be stated on an administration list (apart from the exceptional situations in section 5.4.1). An administration list is a list of all medicines that have been prescribed to a patient and that must be administered to this patient. In principle, self-care medication is not included. Self-care medication can only be included on the administration list if a prescriber has established a prescribing policy for this and has created an MA for this purpose, and/or if a supplier has created a TA for this purpose.

5.4.2.1 Explanation of some data on administration lists

The sections below explain some data that may be important to include in an administration list. However, the exact information required for administration registration depends on the context of the administrator. The content of an administration list and the way in which an eTDR presents it can therefore differ depending on this context.

5.4.2.1.1 Medication in GDS

The administration list must clearly indicate whether a medication is dispensed in a GDS. The DistributionForm data element of the TA and the MVE can be used to indicate whether GDS medication is concerned.

5.4.2.1.2 Additional guidelines for administering medication

Additional instructions for administering medication can be provided to the (professional) administrator and/or patient. Examples include:

  • Indicating that the patch should be removed when discontinuing use of a fentanyl patch.
  • Indicating what should be done with the other half of a tablet when dosing half a tablet.

Such data cannot be recorded in a structured format. They are recorded in free text in the AdditionalInstructions data element of the MA, TA, and/or the WDS.

5.4.2.1.3 (Recommended) administration times

An administration list requires (recommended) administration times and dosage instructions. This information can be recorded in the TA, MA or WDS. Suppliers and prescribers in the outpatient setting do not routinely record the (recommended) administration times and must therefore be alert to the fact that the patient is receiving medication. (Recommended) administration times are assumed to be flexible unless specified otherwise.
If these data are missing, the administrator should check this with the prescriber or supplier.

Flexible (recommended) administration time
If the (recommended) administration time of a medication is flexible, it will usually be determined based on the administration times of other medications and the logistical rounds of the administrator.

Exact administration time
Sometimes a specific administration time is required, for example due to an interaction with other medication. In addition to stating the exact administration time, the administration list must also clearly indicate that no deviations from this time are permitted. This must be indicated by setting the data element AdministeringSchedule.IsFlexible to ‘no’ in MA, TA and/or WDS.

(Recommended) administration time in case of ‘as needed’ medication
For ‘as needed’ medication, the administration time is not normally known in advance. However, (recommended) administration times may be provided if there is a reason to do so, for example in the case of sleep medication.

RepeatPeriodCyclicalSchedule mandatory for certain dosing instructions
Some dosing instructions cannot be easily translated into intake times. Examples include:

  • Twice a week
  • Once a month
  • Twice a year

It is essential, particularly for patients having their medication administered, that the planned administration times are derived identically. For those patients, the use of the data element RepeatPeriodCyclicalSchedule is therefore mandatory in the case of dosing instructions that cannot be clearly derived. This makes it possible to always arrive at the same administration times, regardless of the information system used.

For detailed examples with the data element RepeatPeriodCyclicalSchedule, see the dosage examples page.

5.4.2.1.4 InjectionPatchSite

For some medications, it is necessary to know where the last injection was given or where the last patch was applied. This is recorded after each administration in the InjectionPatchSite data element in the MTD.

5.4.2.2 Drawing up the administration list

To ensure that medication is administered safely and correctly, an administration list must show the relevant medication details for that administration moment. Prescribers, suppliers and administrators are responsible for providing the medication data necessary for compiling an administration list in a timely manner.

5.4.2.2.1 Medication building blocks used in the administration list

An administration list is compiled based on all MAs, TAs and WDSs available at the time the medication is to be administered. Data such as (recommended) administration times and instructions for use are recorded in these building blocks. Recently registered MTDs are also important, including MTDs for changed or recently discontinued medication. These MTDs provide insight into how previous administrations went, for example with regard to the InjectionPatchSite. The administrator's information system (eTDR) retrieves the data for an administration list using the Query medication data transaction.

5.4.2.2.2 Which data from which building block?

Information about the InjectionPatchSite can be found in the MTD. For the other data, the following table shows in which data element of which building block they occur.

Table I Medication data items in data elements of MA, TA and WDS

Nr Data item Medication building block
Data element
MA TA WDS
1 Medicine AgreedMedicine MedicineForAdministrationAgreement AgreedMedicine
2 Prescriber Prescriber - -
3 Supplier - Supplier -
4 Author of the WDS - - Author
5 Start date PeriodOfUse.startDateTime
6 End date/duration PeriodOfUse.endDateTime, PeriodOfUse.duration
7 InstructionsForUse:
Description InstructionsForUse.Description
Route of administration InstructionsForUse.RouteOfAdministration
Additional instructions InstructionsForUse.AdditionalInstructions
Dose InstructionsForUse.DosingInstructions.Dosage.Dose
Administration time InstructionsForUse.DosingInstructions.Dosage.AdministeringSchedule.AdministrationTime
Administration speed InstructionsForUse.DosingInstructions.Dosage.AdministeringSpeed
Duration of administration InstructionsForUse.DosingInstructions.Dosage.DurationOfAdministration
8 Comment Comment, MedicationAgreementAdditionalInformation Comment, AdministrationAgreementAdditionalInformation Comment

Table I shows that various data items can appear in different building blocks. Most of the data required for the administration list are usually taken from the TA, as the TA fills in the MA in concrete terms. However, it may happen that only an MA is available. For example, if the supplier has not yet processed the MA. Whether data from this MA may be extracted for the administration list depends on the content of the AdditionalInformation data element (see section 5.2.5.1.1). This may concern new, modified or discontinued MAs. The following rules have been established for this purpose:

  • Data element AdditionalInformation is empty or contains ‘Immediately on administration list or in GDS’: the data from this MA are used to draw up the administration list.
  • Data element AdditionalInformation contains ‘After regular prescription processing on administration list or in GDS’ or ‘Per next GDS medication role change on administration list’: the data in this MA may not be used to draw up the administration list. Until the MA has been processed by the supplier in a TA, the existing agreements remain applicable. After processing the MA, the TA is leading for the required data on the administration list.

Exception: If prescribing, dispensing and administering are recorded in a single XIS, the content of AdditionalInformation is irrelevant. The MA is then used in every situation for drawing up the administration list. This may be the case in hospitals, for example.

A WDS, too, influences which data should be extracted from which building block.

The following table indicates for various situations which building block is leading for retrieving data for the administration list for a specific medicine. The numbers refer to the data items in the previous table. This is further elaborated for various situations on the Examples of application of building blocks on the administration list page.

Table II Which building block is leading for retrieving data for use on the administration list

Situation MA TA WDS
A) Only MA available: supplier has not yet processed the MA MedicationAgreementAdditionalInformation in MA is empty or contains

Immediately on administration list or in GDS

New MA
  • Leading building block for data items #1, 5, 6, 7, 8
  • Prescriber data #2
Modification or discontinuation of MA
  • Leading building block for data items #1, 5, 6, 7, 8
  • Prescriber data #2
MedicationAgreementAdditionalInformation in MA contains

After regular prescription processing on administration list or in GDS
or Per next GDS medication roll change on administration list

New MA
Modification or discontinuation of MA
  • Prescriber data #2

Existing TA:

  • Leading building block for data items #1, 5, 6, 7, 8
  • Supplier data #3
B) MA and TA available
  • Prescriber data #2
  • Leading building block for data items #1, 5, 6, 7, 8
  • Supplier data #3
C) MA, TA and WDS available
  • Prescriber data #2
  • Leading building block for data item #1
  • Supplier data #3
  • Leading building block for data items #4, 5, 6, 7, 8

5.4.3 Directions for recording data in the building block medication administration

After administering medication, the administrator records the administration data in the MTD building block. Any deviations from the originally intended administration (e.g. changed dosage, patient refusal, swallowing problems, side effects, etc.) are also recorded here. This section describes some specific situations.

5.4.3.1 Administration deviates from administration list

The administrator may, in consultation and within set frameworks, deviate from what has been recorded by the prescriber and/or supplier in the MA and/or TA. For example, in the date or time of administration, or in the amount administered. The reason for this is recorded in the data element MedicationAdministrationReasonForDeviation in the MTD.

5.4.3.2 Administration did not take place

If it is not possible to administer a medication, this can be recorded in the MTD by entering 0 in the AdministeredAmount, possibly with an explanation in the Comment data element. If it is not the intention to administer the medication at a later time, this can also be indicated in that data element.

5.4.3.3 Postponing an administration

If administration is not successful, it can be decided in consultation with the prescriber or supplier to administer the medicine at a later time, provided this falls within the agreements made regarding flexible administration times. An initial MTD with an AdministeredAmount of 0 can also be recorded, and a new MTD if the medication is administered later.

5.4.3.4 Correcting an MTD that has already been recorded

It may happen that an MTD that has already been recorded needs to be corrected because the administration took place differently than was recorded. If the MTD has not yet been made available, the administrator can adjust or delete it in their own information system. If the MTD has already been shared with other health professionals, corrections are made by recording and making available additional MTDs. The data element AdministeredAmount can be used for this. The value of this data element can be negative in a corrective MTD. In case of corrections, the final quantity administered is then equal to the sum of the AdministeredAmount in all recorded MTDs. In MedicationAdministrationReasonForDeviation the reason for the correction can be indicated, for example 'incorrect registration of medication' or ‘Medication spat out by patient'.

5.4.4 Information exchange and system roles during sub-process Administer

During the Administer sub-process, various forms of information exchange may take place. The table below shows which system roles are required for this.

type of information exchange system role system role code
The administrator queries a patient’s available medication data for drawing up the administration list MedicatieGegevensRaadplegend MP-MGR
When queried, the eTDR provides the recorded medication data. MedicatieGegevensBeschikbaarstellend MP-MGB
Where appropriate, the administrator can send medication data to or receive medication data from other health professionals. MedicatieGegevensSturend MP-MGS
MedicatieGegevensOntvangend MP-MGO
The administrator can send a VMA and/or VVV to the prescriber and receive an AVMA and/or AVVV. VoorstelMedicatieafspraakSturend MP-VMS
AntwoordVoorstelMedicatieafspraakOntvangend MP-AVMO
VoorstelVerstrekkingsverzoekSturend MP-VVS
AntwoordVoorstelVerstrekkingsverzoekOntvangend MP-AVVO

When administering medication, an electronic administration registration system (eTDR) is used. See section 3.2.3 for an overview of the system roles per information system.

5.5 Sub-process Use

This section describes the process of using medication and the recording of this use by a patient or their representative. Hereafter only the word ‘patient’ will be used.
Data about the patient's medication use can also be recorded by health professionals, for example during medication verification (see section 5.1).

To support the implementation of this sub-process, various examples are available on the Practical examples sub-process Use page.

5.5.1 Overview sub-process Use

The patient uses prescribed medication and/or self-care medication. This may also concern medication from abroad. This use may be in accordance with the agreements in MA and/or TA and/or WDS (for prescription medication), or in accordance with the instructions for use on the package (for self-care medication). The patient can also deviate from this.

If a new or modified MA or VV is required, a patient can contact the prescriber by sending a VMA or VVV. See section 5.6 for further information about proposal data.

Patients with a PGO or patient portal can view their medication data using the Query medication data transaction. They can also record their medication use in the medication building block MGB. The patient can record, among other things, for each medicine used:

  • Is the medicine used or not?
  • Is it used according to agreement (in MA/TA/WDS)?
  • If not, in what way does the patient deviatee from the agreement?
  • If applicable, the reason for deviation or discontinuation, for example side effects.

The recording of MGBs by the patient is optional. Information about their medication use in the form of MGBs recorded by the patient will therefore not always be available.

For patients who need to have their medication administered, the administration data are recorded by the administrator in an MTD, see section 5.4. However, some of these patients do take the medication themselves. If they record this in an MGB, it may differ from the data in the MTD.

The recorded data (MGB) are made available to the relevant health professionals.

5.5.2 Directions for recording data in the building block medication use

In the context of this section, this concerns patients who themselves record data about their use. The table below shows how the data elements in the MGB building block should be filled in in various situations.

Situation Use Indicator AsAgreed Indicator MedicationUse StopType PeriodOfUse (fill in a maximum of 2 out of 3) DosingInstructions
startDateTime Duration endDateTime
Medication is/will be used in PeriodOfUse
This is as agreed yes yes leave empty fill in in accordance with MA or TA fill in in accordance with MA or TA
date/time when medication use started or will start (intended) duration of medication use date/time when medication use is or will be discontinued
This is not as agreed yes no leave empty date/time when deviating medication use started or will start (intended) duration of non-compliant medication use date/time when non-compliant medication use is or will be discontinued the actual dosage used must be entered
There is no agreement (self-care medication) / unknown whether this is as agreed yes leave empty leave empty date/time when medication use started or will start (intended) duration of medication use date/time when medication is or will be discontinued the dosage agreed upon by the patient must be entered
Medication is not/will not be used in PeriodOfUse
This is as agreed no yes leave empty or fill in in accordance with stop-agreement date/time from which medication use will be discontinued or suspended n/a in case of discontinuing (intended) duration of suspension of medication use n/a in case of discontinuing date/time when medication use is or will be resumed leave empty, there is no dosage
This is not as agreed no no discontinued / suspended date/time from which use will be discontinued or suspended n/a in case of discontinuing (intended) duration of suspension of medication use n/a in case of discontinuing date/time when medication use is or will be resumed leave empty, there is no dosage
There is no agreement (self-care medication) / unknown whether this is as agreed no leave empty discontinued / suspended date/time from which medication use will be discontinued or suspended n/a in case of discontinuing (intended) duration of suspension of medication use n/a in case of discontinuing date/time when medication use is or will be resumed leave empty, there is no dosage


5.5.3 Information exchange and system roles during sub-process Use

During the Use sub-process, various forms of information exchange may take place. The table below shows which system roles are required for this.

type of information exchange System role system role code
When queried, the patient’s information system provides the recorded medication data. MedicatieGegevensBeschikbaarstellend MP-MGB
The patient can query their medication data. MedicatieGegevensRaadplegend MP-MGR
The patient can send a VMA and/or VVV to the prescriber and receive an AVMA and/or AVVV. VoorstelMedicatieafspraakSturend MP-VMS
AntwoordVoorstelMedicatieafspraakOntvangend MP-AVMO
VoorstelVerstrekkingsverzoekSturend MP-VVS
AntwoordVoorstelVerstrekkingsverzoekOntvangend MP-AVVO

The patient uses a PGO or a patient portal. See section 3.2.3 for an overview of the system roles per information system.

5.6 Proposal data

NB: In this FD and the dataset, the proposal data are published as a beta version (see section 1.5.4).

A prescriber may receive a proposal from a supplier, other health professional (including other prescribers), or from the patient regarding their pharmaceutical treatment. The following proposal data are available within MP9:

  • Proposal medication agreement (VMA) for proposals regarding the MA, with an optional reason for this proposal.
  • Reply proposal medication agreement (AVMA) for answering the VMA.
  • Proposal dispense request (VVV) for proposals relating to the VV, with optionally a reason for this proposal.
  • Reply proposal dispense request (AVVV), for answering the VVV.

In response to a proposal, the prescriber always sends an answer to the proposer. If the proposal leads to a new prescription, this will be sent to the supplier.

5.6.1 Proposal medication agreement

A proposer can send a VMA to the prescriber. This may concern a proposal to modify, stop or continue an existing MA, or to start a new MA. A prescriber who receives a VMA selects one of three possible responses:

  • ‘Accepted’: the prescriber fully agrees with the proposal that has been made. In that case, the following data will be copied exactly from the VMA into the new MA:
data element
PeriodOfUse
AgreedMedicine
MedicationAgreementStopType
ReasonModificationOrDiscontinuation
PrescriptionReason
InstructionsForUse, with the exception of the description. An XIS can choose to copy the description upon querying, or generate it itself from the structured fields.
AdditionalInformation
Comment
  • ‘Accepted with changes’: The prescriber agrees to the proposed pharmaceutical product but makes a therapeutic change in the MA compared to the VMA.
  • ‘Rejected’: If the prescriber does not agree with the PRK of the proposed pharmaceutical product, the proposal is considered 'rejected' and an MA with another pharmaceutical product is made. In addition, the entire proposal can be rejected and no MA is made. In both cases an explanation must be given.

5.6.2 Proposal dispense request

A proposer can send a VVV to the prescriber. This concerns a request for a repeat prescription. A prescriber who receives a VVV selects one of three possible responses:

  • ‘Accepted’: the prescriber fully agrees with the proposal that has been made. In that case, the following data will be copied exactly from the VVV into the new VV:
data element
MedicineToBeDispensed
Amount
NumberOfRefills
ValidityPeriod
DispenseLocation
AdditionalWishes
FinancialIndicationCode
Comment
RelationMedicationAgreement
  • ‘Accepted with changes’: The prescriber agrees to the proposed pharmaceutical product but makes another change in the VV compared to the VVV.
  • ‘Rejected’: If the prescriber does not agree with the PRK of the proposed pharmaceutical product, the proposal is considered 'rejected'. A VV with a different pharmaceutical product follows.

Another possibility is that the IntendedSupplier is changed. This, too, is seen as a rejection. The supplier making the proposal will receive the rejection if no dispensing is required. Finally, the prescriber can reject the VVV completely. An explanation must be given in all these cases.

5.6.3 Dispensing before approval by prescriber

When the prescriber issues a prescription based on the VMA or VVV, it is sent to the supplier. The supplier then processes the prescription. In exceptional cases, a supplier may dispense before the prescriber has responded to the VMA. This is done on the basis of professional judgement, regional agreements or a verbal agreement. This may involve:

  • An additional medicine that is routinely given with another product. For example, a laxative with an opioid.
  • A substitute. The pharmaceutical product in the TA may differ from the MA (see section 5.3.2). For clarity in the chain, it may be desirable to adjust the MA accordingly, for example for the purposes of an administration list. For this, the supplier can send a VMA to the prescriber.

5.7 Medication process in the clinical situation

This section contains additional information about the medication process in clinical situations. This concerns patients who are admitted to, for example, a hospital, a mental health clinic, a nursing home or other institutions.

The medication process in the hospital-based outpatient clinic is not covered here. This corresponds to the outpatient situation as described in sections 5.1 to 5.5.

NB: At present (Q1 2026), the information is still limited to a summary of what was contained in FD v3.0.0 rc1.

5.7.1 Some points of attention in the clinical situation

The clinical medication process is largely the same as described in the previous sections, with a few differences and points to note:

Medication supply
During hospitalisation, medicines are generally supplied by the hospital pharmacy. In other institutions, this may be done by public, institutional or hospital pharmacies.

Provisional and definitive medication orders
In the clinical situation, the term ‘provisional medication order’ (VMO) is used. In MP9, a VMO is recorded in the form of a medication agreement (MA). The application of the MA in a clinical situation is slightly broader than in an outpatient situation. In addition to an agreement between the prescriber and the patient about the use of medication, it is also:

  • an instructing order to the supplier to ensure that the medication is available for administration.
  • an instructing order to the administrator to administer the medication.

The hospital pharmacist usually validates the administration request. This results in a ‘final medication order’, comparable to the TA.

Dispense request and medication dispense
In a hospital, no VV is required during admission. The hospital pharmacist ensures that the medicine is available for the duration of the MA. Usually, no MVE will be recorded either.
Sometimes medication is taken from the ward stock. Replenishing this stock is not considered medication dispense in the sense of this FD.
If the medication for an institution is supplied by a public pharmacy, VV and MVE may be recorded.

Administration list
During admission, an administration list is available for all patients receiving medication and (target) administration times are recorded as standard.

5.7.2 Medication process during admission and discharge

Many changes in MAs and TAs can occur during admission and discharge. The generic sub-processes (Medication verification, Prescribe, Dispense, Administer) remain applicable, as described in sections 5.1 to 5.4. The sections below summarise the process from a clinical perspective.

5.7.2.1 Prior to admission

Medication verification is usually carried out prior to admission. In the case of emergency admissions, this will often not be possible. However, it may be possible to do this later during the admission. The patient's medication may need to be adjusted prior to admission:

  • Starting new medication
  • Modifying, interrupting or discontinuing current medication

If the admission date is not yet known, the data element PeriodOfUse.Condition in the relevant MA or stop-MA can be used to specify how many days before admission the adjustment must take place. As soon as the admission date is known or is changed, this is recorded in a new MA.
See the page Examples uncertainty condition for details on how to use this condition.

5.7.2.2 During admission

At the start of an admission, the medication the patient is already taking is reviewed. Various decisions can be made regarding this medication:

  • Unchanged continuation of medication use
  • Generic substitution of medication
  • Discontinuation of medication
  • Modification of medication
  • Temporary interruption of medication
  • Pharmacotherapeutic substitution of medication

These processes generally proceed as described in sections 5.2.2.1 to 5.2.2.5. This is briefly explained in the following sections.
Medication verification may also take place during the admission period.

5.7.2.2.1 Unchanged continuation of medication use during admission

The patient continues to use their medication from the outpatient situation unchanged (see section 5.2.2.2).

  • The MA and TA from the outpatient situation continue during admission and after discharge.
5.7.2.2.2 Generic substitution of medication during admission

During admission, the patient receives a different medicine than in the outpatient situation. This medicine has the same active ingredient, in the same quantity and pharmaceutical form. The PRK therefore remains the same.

  • The MA continues during admission and after discharge.
  • The TA from the outpatient situation is stopped upon admission (stop type ‘stopped’). After discharge, the provider from the outpatient situation creates a new TA for the MA.
  • A new TA is created for the medication during admission. This is stopped upon discharge.
5.7.2.2.3 Discontinuation of medication during admission

The patient must permanently stop taking the medication prescribed in the outpatient setting (see section 5.2.2.3 and 5.3.2.3).

  • The MA and TA are stopped upon admission (stop type ‘stopped’).
5.7.2.2.4 Modification of medication during admission

A modification is made to the medication from the outpatient situation, for example in terms of dosage (see section 5.2.2.4 and 5.3.2.4). This follows the regular modification process:

  • The MA and TA from the outpatient situation are stopped with technical stop-MA and stop-TA (stop type ‘stopped’).
  • A new MA and TA are recorded with the modification; these are stopped upon discharge.
  • Upon discharge, a new MA and TA are created for the outpatient situation.
5.7.2.2.5 Temporary interruption of medication during admission

Interrupting medication from the outpatient situation upon admission and resuming it upon discharge follows the process described in section 5.2.2.5.

  • The MA and TA from the outpatient situation are temporarily stopped, with stop type ‘suspended’.
  • Upon discharge, a resumption MA and TA are created for the outpatient situation.
5.7.2.2.6 Pharmacotherapeutic substitution during admission

During admission, the patient receives a different medicine than in the outpatient situation. This medicine is registered for the same indication, but contains a different active substance and therefore has a different PRK (e.g. omeprazole/pantoprazole).

  • The MA and TA from the outpatient situation are temporarily stopped, with the stop type ‘suspended’ (see section 5.2.2.5).
  • A new MA and TA are recorded for the other medicine. This is done in a different MBH, because the medicine has a different PRK. The new MA and TA are stopped upon discharge.
  • Upon discharge, a resumption MA and TA are created for the outpatient situation.

5.7.2.3 Upon discharge

Upon discharge, the clinical medication is discontinued. However, in the event of an interim discharge, the clinical medication continues.

If a new MA and TA are created upon discharge, the prescriber at the institution can use the data element NextPractitioner, to indicate who is expected to take over the treatment with the medicine in question (see section 5.2.5.1.7). This may be relevant, for example, when modifying or interrupting the medication from the outpatient situation.

5.7.3 Information exchange in the clinical situation

An institution makes available all medication data recorded within the institution itself (all its own building blocks). These may not all be relevant to receiving health professionals. Querying information systems could therefore filter the data. However, some medicines administered during hospitalisation may still be important after discharge. For example, because they have a long-term effect that requires medication monitoring even after discharge. These should therefore not be filtered out in advance. Sectors and suppliers can jointly draw up a list for this purpose. This page contains a list of examples of such drug groups.

5.8 Overview of GDS medication

5.8.1 Introduction

In the previous sections, information about GDS medication has been provided in various places. To provide more overview, that information is summarized in this section.

The Medication Distribution System (GDS) is a distribution method in which medicinal products are packaged in units per administration time. The use of GDS has consequences for prescribing, dispensing and administering medication. For all involved healthcare professionals it must be clear that the patient receives their medication in GDS. This must be recorded and communicated unambiguously.

The logistics of GDS medication are often carried out by an external party. This also requires information exchange with that party. However, the communication between the pharmacy and the GDS supplier falls outside the scope of this information standard.

On the page Practical examples GDS examples of different situations are elaborated.

5.8.2 Prescribing and dispensing of GDS medication

Dispense request for GDS medication
In the AdditionalWishes data element of the VV, the prescriber can indicate that a medicine may not be dispensed in GDS.

Medication agreement for GDS medication
In the MedicationAgreementAdditionalInformation data element, a prescriber can indicate, among other things, whether or not an MA should take effect immediately. The following values are available for this purpose:

  • Immediately on administration list or in GDS
  • After regular prescription processing on administration list or in GDS
  • Per next GDS medication role change on administration list

If one of these values is entered in the new MA when modifying medication, the technical stop-MA must be assigned the same value. When discontinuing medication, this information can be recorded in the stop-MA.

Administration agreement and medication dispensing for GDS medication

The DistributionForm data element of the TA and MVE can be used to indicate whether GDS medication is involved.

If medication is to be supplied in GDS or if changes are made to GDS medication, the startDateTime of the new GDS TA is the same as the starting date of the next medication roll.

If the change must take effect before a planned roll change, the time until the medication roll change must be bridged. This can be done by supplying the medication separately during that period or by changing the medication roll immediately.

Duration of use MVE
It is desirable that a prescriber can determine whether changes in medication can wait until the next medication roll change. To do so, it must be clear when that roll change will take place.
To this end, it has been agreed that the DurationOfUse of an MVE will be equal to the duration of the medication roll. With a weekly medication roll, the MVE has a DurationOfUse of 7 days. For a fortnightly medication roll, the DurationOfUse is 14 days. In combination with the start of the MVE (in MedicationDispenseDateTime), it can easily be deduced what the last day of the roll will be.
This is particularly important for medication with a non-daily intake schedule. It prevents medication from being repeated too early and provides a clear starting point for roll changes. Examples:

  • Medication with an intake schedule of 3 times a week, on Monday - Wednesday - Friday.
  • Medication with a dosing schedule of once every two weeks. With a weekly medication roll, the roll will contain the medication one week and not the next.

6 Additional information

This chapter contains additional information for this FD.
In Section 6.1 reference is made to the page with links to additional documentation.
In Section 6.2 the list of external references used in this FD is included.
Section 6.3 contains the document history.

6.1 Additional documentation

On the page Additional documentation for information standard MP9 links to other relevant pages are available. These links are grouped according to the different types of information.

Supporting material Functional Design
This section contains Practical examples and Other examples.

This main page of the FD contains the functional information for the information standard MP9. Part of this information is illustrated by means of examples. These examples are included on separate pages.

This material previously formed an integral part of the FD, but has been placed separately in order to keep the FD itself compact and normative. The supporting material can be consulted for clarification and further elaboration.

Implementation and project documentation
In addition to the FD and the supporting material, additional implementation and project documentation is available. This includes, among other things, general information about the Medication Transfer program, chain agreements, process descriptions, implementation guides and technical elaborations.

6.2 References

Author(s) Title Version Date (accessed) Source
Nictiz Medication Process Information Standard Website December 2025 Medication Process Information Standard
MO Programme About the Medication Transfer Programme Website December 2025 Medication Transfer Programme
MO Programme Kickstart Medication Transfer Website December 2025 Kickstart
Nictiz Information Standards Website December 2025 Information standards
Nictiz Glossary Overview Website December 2025 Glossary overview
MO Programme Glossary Website December 2025 Glossary
Nictiz Step 0 Documentation 9 July 2025 December 2025 Step 0 documentation
NEN NEN 7503:2022 Data exchange in healthcare – Electronic processing and exchange of data for prescribing and dispensing medication 2022 December 2025 NEN 7503:2022 Data exchange in healthcare
Various Guideline on the Transfer of Medication Data in the Chain 2018/2019 December 2025 Guideline on the Transfer of Medication Data in the Chain
Various Information Section: Addendum to the Quality Standard on the Transfer of Medication Data in the Chain July 2023 December 2025 Information section
Nictiz ART-DECOR: Medication Process February 2026 February 2026 ART-DECOR


Nictiz Qualification Website December 2025 Qualification
NHG, KNMP, Z-index Building Blocks for the Medication Process 2014 December 2025 Building blocks for the medication process
Nictiz Health Information Building Blocks – Main Page Website December 2025 zibs.nl
Z-index Z-Index Backbone 17 December 2025 December 2025 Z-Index Backbone
Nictiz Deduplication of MBHs 12 August 2024 December 2025 Implementation Guide Migration and Hybrid
Nictiz Infusion Working Method Kickstart 1 September 2025 December 2025 Infusion working method
Nictiz Guide to Cardinalities and Conformance 25 September 2025 December 2025 Guide to Cardinalities and Conformance
Nictiz Information Standards: Foundation for Data Exchange in Healthcare 8 September 2025 December 2025 Information Standards: foundation for data exchange in healthcare
Nictiz Guide for Including Kidney Function Value with the Prescription 28 March 2025 December 2025 Guide for including kidney function value with prescription
Dutch Government Individual Healthcare Professions Act (BIG Act) 2024 December 2025 Individual Healthcare Professions Act (BIG)
Nictiz Lab2Zorg Design V3.0.0-beta.4 16 December 2025 December 2025 Lab2Zorg Information Standard

6.3 Document history

Version Date Description
9 3.0.0-rc.2 March 2026 all changes see: *Releasenotes
9 3.0.0-rc.1 May 2025 all changes see: *Releasenotes
9 3.0.0-beta.4 November 2024 all changes see: *Releasenotes
9 3.0.0-beta.3 March 2024 all changes see: *Release notes
9 3.0.0-beta.2 October 2023 all changes see: *Release notes
9 3.0.0-beta.1 February 2023 all changes see: *Release notes
9 2.0.0 14 April 2022 Changed images of usecase 4.1.38, 4.1.39 and 4.1.40, they showed GDS instead of WDS BITS MP-534
9 2.0.0 08 April 2022 broken internal links FD corrected BITS MP-607
9 2.0.0 05 April 2022 all changes see: *Release notes
9 2.0.0 bèta 01 October 2021 all changes see: *Release notes
9.1.0 September 2020
9.1.0 29 January 2020
  • Stop textual adjustments
  • Par 7.11 added: Implementation of medication distribution system (GDS) fields
  • BITS MP-85, BITS MP-93, BITS MP-122 Use cases added (Register usage based on medicatieverstrekkingen, Verstrekkingsverzoek with number of repetitions, Prescribe non-drug)
  • Chapter 4: Added pictures of use cases
  • Renal function value in the prescription
  • BITS MP-48 Medication Overview: Par 5.7 added 'Fields not to be shown'
  • Various textual specifications/ improvements, including o.a. BITS MP-131
  • Paragraph 'Unaddressed prescription' moved to chapter 'Considerations'
  • BITS MP-151 Removed draft TA creation process
  • BITS MP-128 Par 4.1.8: Explanation 'Medical necessity'
  • BITS MP-129 Par 4.1.35: Use case added
9.0.7 July 2019
  • Removed examples of specific infrastructures
9.0.7 December 2018
  • Par 1.3.3. MBH at HPK level in case of 'non medicines' without a PRK level
  • Par 1.3.3. MBH for medicines without PRK (magistrals, infusions, etc.)
  • Par 2.2.5.5. Changing medication: Technical stop-ma: appointment date for stop-ma and new ma must be the same. Change on MA that has already been stopped explained (no extra Stop-ma needed)
  • Par 2.2.6. Added: VV under MA of someone else
  • Par 4.2.15. Explanation GDS supplier supplies different HPK
  • Par 7.10: Medication use indicator, according to appointment indicator, stop type, period of use and dosing instruction: table adapted and examples added
  • Par 4.1.34: Own articles explanation added
  • Chapter 5: example medication overview inserted in this wiki page instead of a separate wiki page (to simplify searching within the FD).
  • Various textual tightening / improvements
9.0.6 May 2018
  • Addition to proposed verstrekkingsverzoek and addition of reply proposed verstrekkingsverzoek
  • Chapter 6 table 4 addition of links to ART-DECOR transactions
  • Removed: chapter about LSP
  • Par. 7.10 table was extended with period of use and dosing instructions
  • Various paragraphs were made more precise
  • Addition of the property ‘third parties’ building block’ for MA, TA and MGB in medication overview
9.0.5 January 2018
  • Terminology: Stop-MA was changed to stop-MA in accordance with earlier project agreements (in Dutch different terminology Stop changed to staken)
  • Par. 1.3.4 Addition to indicate that MA may also refer to a building block under a different medicamenteuze behandeling.
  • Par. 4.1.22 Discharge was adapted because outpatient medication that was discontinued earlier may be started again at discharge.
  • Par. 4.1.26 Discontinuation of medication by third parties was adapted.
  • Par. 4.1.27 Two PRKs under a single medicamenteuze behandeling.
  • Par. 2.2.5.3 Medication discontinuation agreement was adapted to clarify the impact on previously entered future medicatieafspraken.
  • Footnote 3 Provisional and final medication order clarified and use case Provisional and final medication order (par. 4.1.31) added.
  • Par. 4.1.30 Use case Single use added.
  • Paragraphs 2.2.4, 2.2.5.2, 2.2.5.4, 4.1.16, 4.1.22 were adapted for substitution. In case of substitution, a medicamenteuze behandeling is not temporarily halted but effectively discontinued. The substitution is started under a new medicamenteuze behandeling.
  • Paragraph 4.1.33 Missing digital medicatieafspraak at admission was added.
  • C5 Medication overview was adapted with a reference to a new content page with functional elaboration.
  • Paragraph 7.10 Medicatiegebruik: use indicator, according to agreement indicator and stop type added as agreed.
  • C6 Building blocks of medication overview were changed to MA, TA and MGB.
  • Figure 2 Colours in data model in accordance with Figure 1.
  • Various abbreviations explained.
9.0.4 September 2017
  • Processed Design decisions in functional design. This means the design decisions have become obsolete. The current Functional Design is now leading.
  • Par. 1.3.1. Definitions of building blocks have been adapted and the abbreviation for medicatieverstrekking has changed to MVE.
  • Par. 1.3.3. Medicamenteuze behandeling is now based on PRK, rewritten and introduced PT as well as added text on handling parallel MAs.
  • Par. 1.3.4. New data model diagram, various relations added and adapted on the basis of design decisions.
  • Par. 1.5 Glossary removed.
  • C2 Medication process diagram changed: MO added to Send and/or make available by the user; lines in swimlane of administrator/user adapted.
  • C4.1 New use cases added: Do not dispense before, Two PRKs in a single medicamenteuze behandeling, Discontinuation of medication by third parties, Creating a medicatieafspraak after the fact, Parallel medicatieafspraken.
  • C4.2 New use case: Discontinuing medication in a GDS; modified use case: Request, dispense and not picked up.
  • C5: Differences between medication profile and medication overview were described; inference rules adapted on the basis of the new design decisions.
  • Where necessary, references from ART-DECOR to FD C7 were added.
  • Various grammatical and minor textual changes.
9.0.2 18 June 2017 Conversion of the document to wiki.
0.97 22 December 2016 Paragraph 2.4, 4.3.1 review remarks incorporated.

Paragraph 4.2.11 text made more precise.

0.96 1 December 2016 Paragraph 2.4 Process: Administer was adapted and C6: Sending/receiving administration data was added as a result.
0.95 15 July 2016 Pilot version